--------------------------------------------------
Resident Evil 4 Strategy Guide
Platform: Wii
Author: Kylohk
Version: 1.45
Date: 5-6-2008
--------------------------------------------------
Table of contents: [Search key]
===I. PREFACE===
1. Updates
2. Story
3. Series timeline [RE03]
4. Basics [RE04]
===II. RUMBLE IN THE VILLAGE===
5. Prologue [RE05]
6. Enter the freaky village [RE06]
7. Jailbreak [RE07]
8. Back in business [RE08]
9. A little fall of rain [RE09]
10. Magnificent bodyguard [RE10]
11. Evacuation delayed [RE11]
===III. RETURN TO CASTLE SALAZAR===
12. The break-in [RE12]
13. Rob-A-Hood [RE13]
14. The plot thickens [RE14]
15. I see zealous people [RE15]
16. Rescue and recapture [RE16]
17. The source of evil [RE17]
18. Raiders of the lost offering [RE18]
19. Lord of Las Plagas: The Tower [RE19]
===IV. SAVING PRIVATE ASHLEY===
20. The invasion [RE20]
21. How to lose the President's daughter in 10 minutes [RE21]
22. Comrades in arms [RE22]
23. Green Hawk down [RE23]
24. Stopping a worldwide conspiracy [RE24]
===V. IMPROVING YOUR MISSION EFFICIENCY===
25. Rustic village finances [RE25]
26. Making the most out of your inventory [RE26]
27. Weapon analysis [RE27]
28. Melee combat [RE28]
===VI. WHAT WAS ADA UP TO ALL ALONG?===
29. Ringing the bell [RE29]
30. Rescuing Luis [RE30]
31. Try to retrieve the sample [RE31]
32. Saving Agent Leon [RE32]
33. Obtain the sample, for real [RE33]
===VII. THE MERCENARIES===
34. Basics [RE34]
35. Overview of the characters [RE35]
36. Level strategies [RE36]
===VIII. QUICK REFERENCE===
37. Game files [RE37]
38. Standard enemies [RE38]
39. Boss battles [RE39]
===IX. CONCLUSION===
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| I. PREFACE |
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Resident Evil 4 is the sixth instalment of the Resident Evil survival horror
series made by Capcom. The original version is released for the Nintendo
Gamecube in January 2005. The game is later ported to the Playstation 2 by the
treacherous company, who initially promised exclusivity. Anyways, one year
later, the Wii is released, selling unexpectedly well, up to 13.17 million
units worldwide as of the third quarter of 2007.
Having not played the Gamecube version of Resident Evil 4, this game is an
entirely new experience for me, being the first game I played for my Wii. The
monsters and action are all back, as in the previous games of the series. The
Wii Remote brought a new way to control the game, hence making it a fresh
experience for many people.
Resident Evil 4 is probably one of the killer games for the Wii, despite
considered by some users as a port. This guide is intended for the Wii edition
of the game only, although plot details and such can be shared with the other
guides. If anyone wishes to ask me questions and such, you are free to mail me
at "My GameFAQs user name"@gmail.com.
This guide is divided into many sections. Section II guides you through
chapters 1 and 2 of this game; section III guides you through chapters 3 and
4; section IV guides you through chapter 5; section V aims to give you some
helpful tips to improve your game experience; section VI guides you through
the Separate Ways minigame unlocked after you beat the game once; Finally,
section VII lists out all the miscellaneous details for your enjoyment.
---------------
1. Updates
---------------
Version 1.45:
Readded the upgrade costs for the Riot Gun.
Version 1.4:
Completed the Mercenaries section.
Version 1.37:
Added strategies for the Village and Castle levels of the Mercenaries.
Version 1.35:
Started a new section on the Mercenaries.
Version 1.3:
Added a small subsection on the weapon analysis chapter that focuses on the
Handcannon. Also moved the weapon analysis chapter up to section V.
Version 1.2:
Updated some information on the rifle and knifing, corrected some
inconsistencies in the guide.
Version 1.1:
Added series timeline.
---------------
2. Story
---------------
Resident Evil 4 takes place in 2004, six years after the Raccoon City
incidents. Following the events of Resident Evils 0, 1, 2, 3 and Code
Veronica, the pharmaceutical firm Umbrella suffered a serious setback to their
operations as numerous facilities were wrecked by T-Virus leakage and the
liberal usage of self-destruct systems. To make things worse, the United
States Government took wind of Umbrella's illegal activities and destroyed
Raccoon City with an atom bomb. An indefinite suspension of business decree
was issued against Umbrella Corporation, causing stock prices to plunge. As a
result, Umbrella is finished.
Having left Raccoon City, Leon Scott Kennedy is now a government agent
answerable only to the United States President. His first assignment is to
rescue the president's daughter Ashley Graham, who was kidnapped by some
unknown group on her way home from college. Leon is driven to a village in
remote Spain where a girl looking a lot like her was sighted. That's when
things start to go wrong.
***************
Characters
***************
Leon Scott Kennedy
Age (as of 2004): 27 Affiliation: U.S. Government
Leon Kennedy is a former policeman who was to serve the Raccoon Police
Department. However, he couldn't join at a worse time. Due to the viral
outbreak, he's only a cop for a day! One whole day! Having escaped Raccoon
City before it was blown up by an atomic bomb, he started to fight against
Umbrella, eventually going under government custody. As of now, he's a
government agent sent in to search for the President's missing daughter. As in
Resident Evil 2, Leon has a rather humourous personality and doesn't take
things seriously. However, he's an experienced fighter which, in conjunction
with sometimes dumb luck, bring him through even the worst situations
unscathed.
Ashley Graham
Age: 20
Ashley is the daughter of the United States president who has been kidnapped
by some unidentified group on her way home from college. I'm sure you've
played many games in which the hero has to save a princess. Resident Evil 4
can be considered one of these games with a twisted theme! Being the damsel in
distress, Ashley lacks combat skills of any kind, hence you are required to
protect her at all times so that she doesn't get killed or recaptured. As a
rich "princess", Ashley is reluctant to enter certain disgusting situations
with Leon, as you will find out late in the game.
Luis Sera
Luis is a former policeman from Madrid who quit because no one appreciates his
heroism ("Being a hero is no longer cracked up to be anymore"). Now, he is
just a good-for-nothing guy who also happens to be quite a ladies' man. Luis
worked with the group in the village as a researcher and was caught stealing a
sample of some parasite they developed. As a result, he is captured, bound and
gagged, only to be rescued by Leon. Being an insider that used to be trusted
by the group, he knows a lot about the internal workings of the organization.
You can find notes around the game containing information written by him.
Ada Wong
Age: 30+ Affiliation: The Organization
Ada Wong is a spy who specializes in retrieving samples of viruses and other
biological agents. Leon met her during Resident Evil 2, when her mission was
to retrieve a sample of the G-Virus. The two had a rather romantic experience
and went their separate ways after Raccoon City was destroyed. 6 years later,
she is a double agent that seems to be working for Wesker, but is actually a
spy from an anti-Umbrella group. In fact, Leon's appearance is just a
fortunate coincidence. Ada is a much more serious character compared to Leon;
there won't be many laughs with her this time round!
Ramon Salazar
Age: 20
Lord Ramon Salazar is the eighth castellan of the castle in the vicinity of
the village Leon is in. He appears much older than he actually is. Having no
family (and probably insecure being a midget), Salazar is a devout follower of
the local cult Los Illuminados. He works with the cult leader and will be
devising many sinister traps against Leon. In addition, Salazar has a rather
silly voice, which makes him a comparable wiener to the now dead Alfred
Ashford.
Lord Osmund Saddler
Lord Saddler is the leader of the local cult Los Illuminados which kidnapped
Ashley. Saddler has a unique way of spreading his religion: Through mind
controlling parasites known as Las Plagas (The Plague in Spanish). He has a
special reason for capturing Ashley, as well as more plans for the world.
Despite his sadistic tone, Saddler uses many contemporary "cool" terms when
talking to Leon, which makes him a more likable villain contrast to say, Dr.
James Marcus, the reborn "Messiah Guy" of Resident Evil 0.
-------------------
3. Series timeline
-------------------
[RE03]
The Resident Evil series has an extremely long timeline, stretching back to
the founding of Umbrella Corporation in the 1950s. When it comes to the games,
there are 4 phases: The Forest Chapter, the Raccoon City Episode,
the Post-Escape Chapter, the Clean Slate.
*****THE FOREST CHAPTER*****
The Forest Chapter in the game involves 2 games in the Resident Evil series.
Resident Evil Zero and Resident Evil Remake. Their positions in the timeline
are as follows:
1998 July 23-24 Resident Evil 0
|
1998 July 24-25 Resident Evil
After a spate of recent murders of hikers and families in Raccoon Forest
outside Raccoon City, an investigation was carried out by the Raccoon Police
Department. Apparently, the victims were eaten alive by some cannibals. STARS
then sent in their Bravo Team to investigate those murders in Raccoon City,
and due to an engine failure, they were forced to make an emergency landing
right in the middle of Raccoon Forest.
Fortunately, no one was hurt, and Enrico Marini asked his team to investigate
the surrounding areas, and Rebecca Chambers, a 18 year old rookie cop stumbled
upon a crashed military police vehicle, and found that the MP were supposed to
be transporting a court marshaled Marine Lieutenant Billy Coen for the murder
of 23 people. Enrico Marini then made the wrong decision to order his team to
separate and search for Billy Coen.
Rebecca was lucky to be able to investigate a nearby train, and to find most
of the passengers having turned into Zombies. She stumbled into Billy Coen,
and tried to arrest him, but later, Billy saved her life, and they worked
together to stop the train, and arrived at a Umbrella Training Facility, where
they found a dilapidated Lab of some senior researcher Dr. James Marcus. They
were able to meet the Doctor himself in the Treatment Plant near the lab.
Apparently he was assassinated in 1988 by Albert Wesker and William Birkin,
but he survived due to the T-Virus brought in by his Queen Leech. Shortly
after, he mutated into a large Leech. Fortunately, Rebecca and Billy were able
to defeat it by blinding it with sunlight. The two then escaped, and went
their separate ways, with Rebecca investigating a mansion Umbrella uses for
research.
Meanwhile, Alpha Team has been busy searching for their lost teammates and
they found Bravo Team's helicopter's remains, along with the body of the pilot
Kevin. They continued to search for Bravo Team, only to be ambushed by a group
of Cerberus dogs, with Joseph Frost killed. Now, their own helicopter pilot
Brad was scared and flied away, leaving the remaining STARS against those
dogs.
In the confusion, Albert Wesker lured the entire Alpha Team into the mansion
mentioned in the last paragraph. The mansion was filled with Zombies, and the
STARS members found out that it was used for research by Umbrella, and they
found the lab beneath the mansion. They also made another discovery, Albert
Wesker has betrayed them all along! He is now planning to leave Umbrella and
to steal a prototype of one of Umbrella's buiweapons, the Tyrant to a new
organization.
Fortunately, Jill Valentine and Chris Redfield were able to bring down this
monster with the help of Brad's Rocket Launcher. Finally, they were able to
escape from this mansion into civilization along with Barry Burton and Rebecca
Chambers. However, as crazy as it seems, Wesker is not dead. He somehow
survived and now plots revenge against the STARS members, especially Chris for
destroying his Tyrant and ruining his plans.
Now let's move on.
*****THE RACCOON CITY EPISODE*****
Having returned to Raccoon City, the STARS members told the RPD of their
experiences in Raccoon Forest, but no one believed them. Even Chief Brian
Irons was bribed by Umbrella to keep their activities secret. To search for
the truth, Chris Redfield and company flew to Europe, for the Umbrella
Headquarters to continue to pursue the case, while Jill Valentine stayed
behind to investigate the underground labs.
1998 July 23-24 Resident Evil 0
|
1998 July 24-25 Resident Evil
|
1998 Sept 28 Resident Evil 3: Nemesis Part 1*
|
1998 Sept 29 Resident Evil 2*
|
1998 Oct 1 Resident Evil 3: Nemesis Part 2*
Bad move! In September, there was an accident in the underground Birkin lab
which spilled the T-virus all over the sewers of Raccoon City. The number of
people turning into zombies increased exponentially and Jill was caught up in
the disaster, and has to make her escape, her last escape.
She met a group of Mercenaries that were sent in by Umbrella to rescue the
civilians. One of the friendlier ones was Carlos Oliveira, with whom she made
their way through the uptown and downtown of Raccoon City, and managed to get
a cable car running so that they an move to the St. Michael Clock Tower area
to evacuate. You may have thought that would have been not so hard, as they
are experienced against zombies, but no!
There is actually a new bioweapon used by Umbrella called Nemesis to track
down and kill all STARS members he could find. In fact, he has killed Brad
already. But somehow, Jill managed to get to the clock tower area along with
Carlos, and were very close to signaling a helicopter to take them away, when
Nemesis destroys that helicopter using a rocket launcher, and infected Jill
with the T-Virus. Jill was unconscious for some days until Carlos could find
the vaccine for her from a nearby hospital.
Meanwhile, Leon Scott Kennedy and Claire Redfield, arrived in Raccoon City
with different intentions. Leon was there to join the Raccoon Police
Department, as it was the first day of his job. Claire was there to find her
brother Chris. The two met when they were ambushed by Zombies in the streets
of Raccoon City. They drove for the Raccoon Police Station, but were separated
by a fuel truck explosion.
But still, the two were able to rendezvous in the police station, only to find
that Chris Redfield was long gone. So, Leon decided to split up, look for any
survivors and get out of Raccoon City as soon as possible. On their respective
journeys, Leon met up with Ada Wong, a government agent sent in to spy on
Umbrella, while Claire met Sherry Birkin, the daughter of a Umbrella Head
Researcher William Birkin.
They both managed to find different ways into the Sewer System of Raccoon and
ended up in the Birkin Lab. Apparently, some spies led by Agent Hunk were sent
in from Umbrella to retrieve a sample of William Birkin's G-Virus, and William
Birkin, stubbornly refused, and was shot badly by those agents, to save his
life, William Birkin injected HIMSELF with the G-Virus, and turned into a very
horrible monster.
Leon and Claire have beaten up this monster several times on they way already,
but it still stalks them in their escape transport train. It takes a final
self destruct system of the train to blow up and completely sterilize William
Birkin. Hence, Leon, Claire and Sherry survived, while Ada miraculously
escaped, although Leon thought she was dead.
Having recovered from her T-Virus infection, Jill Valentine managed to take a
stroll through the Raccoon Park, and found an entrance to a Dead Factory at
the back of the park. She met Carlos again, and he told her of the US
Government's plan to nuke the city by dawn. That was only a few hours away.
Jill had to act quick.
She met Nemesis again, but was able to make use of strong corrosive acid to
burn most of its body away. She was about to escape to the landing area when
she found that Nemesis had mutated into another poisonous monster, but
fortunately, an experimental Rail Gun left by the US Army was left lying
around, and she could use it to liquidate Nemesis once and for all and make
her last escape in a helicopter just before Raccoon City was nuked.
*****POST-ESCAPE CHAPTER*****
1998 July 23-24 Resident Evil 0
|
1998 July 24-25 Resident Evil
|
1998 Sept 28 Resident Evil 3: Nemesis Part 1
|
1998 Sept 29 Resident Evil 2
|
1998 Oct 1 Resident Evil 3: Nemesis Part 2
|
1998 Dec 28-29 Resident Evil: Code Veronica X
Having survived the mansion and a city infested with zombies, Leon, Jill
and others knew all too well the evil of Umbrella's creations, and have
begun their crackdown on the corporation themselves. Meanwhile, Claire
is still minding her own business as she searches for Chris Redfield. She
thought that Chris was inside a Paris Umbrella Facility, but she was wrong,
she was spotted and captured, and taken to a prison on an isolated Island
in the south pacific, Rockfort Island.
Claire wakes up in her cell to the sound of gunfire and explosions. A little
later, Rodrigo, the person who captured her in Paris, now badly injured frees
Claire. He tells her that this island facility had been taken over, however
she still has no chances of escaping from the island. Claire leaves the cell
block and arrives at a graveyard, where many buried bodies come to life as
zombies. So, the T-Virus was spilled on this island too!
A little later, Claire met a 17-year old prisoner named Steve Burnside who's
escaped in the chaos. Steve tells her about an airport somewhere on the island
where he can fly away. He promptly leaves Claire to explore the island. A
little later, Claire encounters Alfred Ashford, the commander of the island.
Alfred blames Claire for the attack on the island swears to kill her through a
series of traps, which Claire manages to evade with the help of Steve. She
then gets a shocking surprise when the thought to be dead Albert Wesker
appears, revealing himself to be the mastermind of the attack on the island.
For some reason, Wesker lets her live. Therefore Claire and Steve were able to
fly off the island on a seaplane, moments before a self-destruct system went
off. However, the game is not over yet. Alfred also managed to escape this
island using a VTOL jet fighter. He somehow manages to make the seaplane go on
autopilot and set course for an Antarctic Transport Terminal. As a result,
Claire and Steve have to find their way out, but not before fighting off
Alfred and a monster named Nosferatu.
The two then board a snowmobile and set off towards an Australian observation
base. Back in the terminal, the mortally wounded Alfred enters a room where
Alexia, his twin sister is under cryogenic stasis. Apparently he's just in
time for her awakening. The naked Alexia is shocked to see her twin brother
die in her arms, and sends a very long tentacle after the snowmobile, grabbing
it and smashing it around. Of course, Claire and Steve are definitely down and
out at this point.
Meanwhile, Claire's elder brother Chris has landed on Rockfort Island, having
received the coordinates from Leon. Chris learns from Rodrigo that Claire's
left, shortly before the latter's swallowed up by a gulp worm. Chris fights
the gulp worm and kills it to free Rodrigo, who is now dying. He gives Chris
the lighter Claire gave him before he enters an eternal slumber.
Chris now explores the ruined island base to find an aircraft to go after
Claire. On his way, he meets his former captain Wesker, who's still got many
grudges against him. Chris is shocked by Wesker's superhuman strength.
Apparently Wesker injected a special virus into his body before he was badly
wounded by a Tyrant in the Arklay Forest laboratory back in the first Resident
Evil. Chris eventually finds a spare jet fighter despite Wesker and flies off
to the Antarctic base after Claire.
Chris eventually finds Claire in what appears to be a replica of the Umbrella
mansion in the Arklay forest. Claire is then forced to look for Steve by
herself when the awakened Alexia separates the two. She finds Steve chained to
a wall, having been injected with Alexia's T-Veronica virus. The virus causes
Steve to mutate into something resembling Incredible Hulk. Claire tries to run
away, but is grabbed by a tentacle. Just as he's about to kill her with an
axe, Steve regains his senses and severs the tentacle, which reacts by
violently slamming Steve into the wall. The mortally wounded Steve returns to
his normal self and confesses to Claire that he loves her. Claire cries as he
dies in her arms.
Back at the mansion replica, Chris spots Wesker trying to talk Alexia to give
her a sample of the T-Veronica Virus. Alexia tells him that he's not worthy of
such a power and mutates into an evil grey creature which Wesker found hard to
fight despite his superpowers. Eying Chris, he leaves him to handle it. Chris
manages to temporarily knock out Alexia. He finds the crying Claire locked in
a room with the dead Steve. Since the door won't budge, Claire tells Chris to
activate the base's self-destruct system to unlock it. Chris enters the code
for the self-destruct system: It is Veronica, after the founder of the Ashford
family.
Having activated the self-destruct system, Chris has a few minutes to leave
the base with Claire. Unfortunately, Alexia appears and undergoes further
mutations to become a towering monster. Chris asks Claire to leave him to
handle this, which he does with the help of a Linear Launcher, which is some
kind of plasma cannon.
With Alexia killed, Chris attempts to leave, only to find Claire to be in the
arms of Wesker. He runs after Wesker and confronts him in a submarine pen.
Chris tells Claire to wait for him at the hangar as he fights Wesker. AS
before, Wesker is no match for Chris. But fortunately, a gas pipe explodes,
separating the two. The two vow to get each other "next time". Chris manages
to join Claire on the jet fighter and take off just as the base begins to
explode. While airborne, Chris tells Claire that he vows to bring Umbrella
down. The two fly off just as the base blows up in a spectacular fashion.
*****CLEAN SLATE*****
1998 July 23-24 Resident Evil 0
|
1998 July 24-25 Resident Evil
|
1998 Sept 28 Resident Evil 3: Nemesis Part 1
|
1998 Sept 29 Resident Evil 2
|
1998 Oct 1 Resident Evil 3: Nemesis Part 2
|
1998 Dec 28-29 Resident Evil: Code Veronica X
|
2004 Resident Evil 4 (you are here)
Summing up all the games up till now, 3 Umbrella facilities have been
destroyed, severely hindering the company's operations. The publicity
surrounding the T-virus outbreak in Raccoon City didn't help the company much
either. The disclosure of so many horror stories gave the U.S. government no
choice but to impose severe punitive sanctions on Umbrella. An indefinite
suspension of business decree was imposed which shut the company down. By
2004, Leon has put Umbrella behind him and set off to rescue the President's
daughter, only things aren't as simple as they appear to be.
---------------
4. Basics
---------------
[RE04]
Resident Evil 4 features 3 control scenes, one for each controller: It can be
played with a Wii remote with the Nunchuck attachment, the Classic Controller
and even the GameCube controller.
When you use the Classic Controller or GameCube controller, Leon will aim with
the help of a laser sight, rather than an aiming reticule. This makes aiming
much more tedious. As a person who's tried playing this game with both the Wii
remote/Nunchuck combination and Classic Controllers, I'll say that the former
is miles better than the latter. Unless you are nostalgic (or looking for a
challenge, or just outright masochistic), using any controller other than the
Wii remote with Nunchuck is NOT recommended.
Please note that the Nunchuck controller must be plugged into the Wii Remote
in order for the game to start from the Wii Menu. Once you reach the title
screen, you can unplug the Nunchuck and replace it with the Classic Controller
if you wish. If you want to use the GameCube controller, plug the controller
into the Player 1 socket located on the top of the Wii. Disable your Wii
Remote and you are all set.
------------------
Standard controls
------------------
The default way to play this game is with the Wii Remote with the Nunchuck
attachment. This control scheme would be referred to as the "standard
controls" from here on.
Control Stick: Moves Leon around. Tilting the stick forwards makes him move
forwards, tilting it backwards makes him back up. Tilting the stick left or
right rotates him in the corresponding direction. When the stick is tilted
while the B button is held down, Leon will look up and down.
Control Pad: Press while holding down the B button to reload Leon's weapon.
Wii Remote: The Wii Remote acts as an aiming device in the game. Move it
around to move the aiming reticule around the screen. The Remote can also be
used to control the knife. Swing it left and right to slash the enemies with
your knife.
A Button: The A button is the action button of the game. Press it to interact
with objects. The A button acts as a confirm button in menus. When a nearby
enemy is dazed, press A to kick him.
B Button: The B button, located on the underside of the Wii Remote is the
combat button. Press and hold it to enter the combat stance. While in combat
stance, point the Wii remote towards the part of the screen where the enemy
is. When the enemy is being targeted, the aiming reticule will turn red. At
this point, press A to fire your weapon. The B button also acts as the cancel
button when you navigate between menus.
Minus Button: Press it to access your inventory screen. You can skip movie
scenes with the button too.
Plus Button: Use this button to interact with Ashley. The Plus Button can be
used to order Ashley to follow you or stay where she is. When pressed near
certain containers, you can order her to hide.
1 Button: Press the 1 button to bring out your map.
2 Button: Brings out the option screen.
C Button: Press and hold the C button to draw your knife. You can now aim your
knife with the control stick and swing the Wii Remote to slash it in that
fixed direction. Such knife attacks are more powerful than if you just swing
the Wii Remote by itself.
Z Button: This is the run button of Resident Evil 4. Press and hold it while
moving Leon to make him run.
-----------------
Classic controls
-----------------
If you really insist on playing this game with a GameCube or Classic
Controller, here is the button set up.
Control stick: Moves Leon and aims his weapon.
L button: Hold the L button to ready your knife. While holding the L button,
use the Control Stick to aim and the A button to slash the enemy.
R button: Hold the R button to ready your equipped gun. The aiming and attacks
are the same as that of the knife. Note that the L and R buttons are
equivalent to the C and Z buttons of the standard control scheme when you are
arranging items in your inventory screen.
A button: The A button is the action button of this game. Use it to open doors
and interact with objects around you. Press the A button while holding the L
or R buttons to swing your knife or shoot.
B button: Press and hold the B button while moving to make Leon run. Press
this button while holding the R button to reload your weapon.
X button: Orders Ashley to follow you or stay where she is. The X button
functions the same way as the Plus button of the standard controls in the
inventory screen.
Y button: Brings up the inventory screen.
C stick (or right analogue stick): Use it to zoom in and out while looking
through the scope of your rifle.
Z button: Brings out the map.
-----------------
Inventory screen
-----------------
Resident Evil 4 won't be complete without the need to manage your inventory
space. This feature has become much more complicated in the game. Instead of
stating with 8 spaces, you get an Attache Case which consists of an array of
grids. Different items take up different numbers of squares, and in different
dimensions. For example, a handgun will take a total of six squares, with a
width of three squares and a height of two squares. In order to make the items
fit, you may have to rotate them. To do so, select the item, and press the
Plus button. Press the C or Z buttons to rotate it.
Key items and treasures are placed in a separate compartment. There is no need
to worry about space when you pick those up. However, note that certain items
there can be combined together.
---------------
Health System
---------------
Resident Evil 4 features a new health system. Instead of the usual
electrocardiogram, you get a circular health gauge at the bottom right hand
corner of the screen. When the gauge is empty, you die. As in previous games,
the herbs and first aid sprays are back. Herbs can be combined to increase
their healing effects, and any herb mixture can have up to 3 herbs inside.
Here are the list of healing items in the game.
Green Herb: Restores a small amount health
Green Herb*2: Restores a larger amount of health
Green Herb*3: Restores all your health
Yellow Herb: The yellow herb is the life extension item in the game. Combining
it with a Green Herb or any other herbal mixture will result in a concoction
which increases the capacity of your health gauge in addition to its healing
effects.
Red Herb: The red herb is the enhancer herb. Combining it with a Green Herb or
a mixture of Green and Yellow Herbs will result in a concoction which restores
all your health when eaten. The GRY mix is best reserved for tight situations,
since you can heal yourself completely AND extend your life in one swig.
First Aid Spray: Restores all your health completely.
Chicken Egg: The village you are going to is an agricultural community.
Therefore, there are chickens that may lay eggs for you. Eggs are handy
recovery items, only taking up 1 square of your inventory. Eating a white egg
restores a small amount of health.
Brown Egg: Restores a bit more health compared to the chicken egg.
Gold Egg: This ultra rare egg restores full health! Good luck in finding them.
Black Bass: In certain areas of the village, you may come across bodies of
water. There are fish inside that you can kill with the knife. When they die,
you can pick them up. A regular sized Black Bass restores a considerable
amount of your health when eaten.
Large Black Bass: It's a whopper. This big fish restores all health when
eaten. Let's hope you have enough space to carry it though.
--------------
Combat
--------------
Shooting enemies:
One of the most praised features of the game has got to be the use of the Wii
Remote in aiming. Rather than using a laser pointer to aim at the enemies, the
game will make use of an aiming reticule that is always shown on the screen.
To ready your weapon, press and hold down the B button. Point the Wii Remote
at the screen and move it around to move the reticule. When no enemies are
targeted, the reticule is green in colour. When you move the reticule over the
enemy, it will turn red and you'll feel a slight vibration on your Wii Remote.
At this point, press A to shoot. Reloading is as easy as those rail shooters
in the arcade. Just shake it while the weapon is readied. Be warned though,
some weapons take quite a long time to remote, hence you may be vulnerable in
those few seconds.
Knifing:
The knife has been made much easier to use. Just swing the Wii Remote left and
right and Leon will swing his knife at the nearest target. There is absolutely
no need to aim!
Traps:
The enemies of this game are very intelligent. They will set up traps to slow
you down. Traps such as bear traps and explosive trip wires are common in the
early parts of the game. To detect traps, press and hold B and look around. If
the aiming reticule turns red as you randomly point at the ground, chances are
that there is a bear trap on the ground. To safely spring the trap, walk up
close, and slash it with your knife. Trip wired traps can be identified by
long straight pieces of wire with explosives on both sides. Shoot them from a
distance to destroy them. If enemies are nearby, you can consider luring them
over so they detonate the trap for you, killing themselves in the process.
Crowd Control:
Enemies in Resident Evil 4 often travel in large groups with the intention of
overrunning Leon. Thankfully, a number of weapons exist that are effective
against groups. For instance, you can wait until a large group is almost at
point blank range, and then blast them with the shotgun, blowing a few heads
apart. Another effective weapon are grenades.
The Grenade Launcher will not be making its return in Resident Evil 4.
Instead, we have hand thrown Grenades. Grenades are divided into three types:
The hand grenade is a pure explosive grenade that explodes a few seconds after
it is thrown; the flash grenade which momentarily stuns a large number of
enemies so you can run away; the Incendiary Grenade explodes on impact,
burning anyone who are unfortunate enough to get caught.
Finally, there are explosive objects scattered around the place. They include
oil drums, oil lamps and trip wire traps. Shooting one will cause it to
explode, taking several enemies with it. Just time it right.
---------------
Prize boxes
---------------
Resident Evil 4 features many prize boxes, that is, containers that can be
broken by slashing it with a knife. They include wooden boxes, barrels and
vases. Just run up to them and swing your Wii Remote. Leon will break the
container open. There may be ammo, herbs, money or even treasure inside for
your taking. Note that some of the containers may contain snakes that will
bite you if you don't slash them fast enough. Either way, after they have
attacked, they won't do it again, and you are free to chase after it and slash
it dead. Snakes drop eggs in this game, so consider it a free healing item.
-----------------
Treasure hunting
-----------------
A new aspect of the game is money, which can be used to buy new weapons and
upgrades. A major way of getting money is by looking for treasure. In fact,
the merchant will sell treasure maps in each area you visit. By doing so,
locations of the treasures will be marked with a star on your map. Move Leon
so he is standing on the star of the map and look around. The item may be
inside a treasure chest, or it may be embedded in the ceiling. If it's stuck
on a wall, aim your handgun at it and fire.
The item should fall down. Note that some treasures are worth more when you
combine gems in it. Those treasures have up to 3 holes on them upon
examination. Other treasures include Spinels, Velvet Blues, Rubies and
Emeralds. Those are found in abundance throughout the game and are not marked
by the treasure maps. Either way, the rule of the thumb is: When something
shiny is stuck on the ceiling, shoot it!
---------------
The Merchant
---------------
What's the use of the money? To buy new weapons and upgrades from the
merchant. The in-game currency is the Spanish peseta, which is supposed to be
obsolete since the Euro came along in 2002! Most weapons in the game cannot be
picked up for free and are bought from the merchant, this includes stronger
versions of the same class of weapon. For instance, four versions of the
handgun exist the first time you play the game, the shotgun three, the magnum
two. Other items that can be bought from the merchant include larger attache
cases and treasures maps.
An important service of the merchant is the tuning up of your current weapons.
As you progress in the game, you will be given the option of upgrading the
firepower, reload speed, firing speed and capacity of your weapons, for a
price. A weapon may appear weak when you first pick it up, but will become
more powerful as you upgrade it. Different weapons, including different
versions of the same "class", have different upgrade costs. Therefore, a sense
of economics is introduced to the game, and some older weapons may become more
desirable than the newer ones.
---------------------
Quick action prompts
---------------------
Back in Resident Evil 3, you'll be given some "life selections" during
dangerous situations, where you have a fixed time to select a course of action
given two choices. A similar system exists in Resident Evil 4 in the form of
quick action prompts. In heated situations, you'll be asked to quickly perform
some action with the Wii Remote. Such actions must be pulled off within a
certain amount of time otherwise Leon will be seriously injured or even
killed. The required actions are given on the screen.
There are three possible actions: Pressing the A and B buttons simultaneously,
swinging the Wii Remote to the left or shaking the Wii Remote continuously.
Quick action prompts can appear anytime, while you are running along the path,
during boss battles and in the middle of certain movie scenes! My advice is to
pay attention at all times and have a quick reaction time.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| II. RUMBLE IN THE VILLAGE |
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Here's where I make a walkthrough of the game. In addition to telling you what
to do, I will type out the contents of the cutscenes for your enjoyment, so
it's a spoiler rich guide. Be warned.
---------------
5. Prologue
---------------
[RE05]
"1998. I'll never forget it. It was the year when those grisly murders
occurred in the Arklay Mountains. Soon after, the news was out to the whole
world revealing that it was the fault of a secret viral experiment conducted
by the International Pharmaceutical Enterprise, Umbrella.
The virus broke out in a nearby mountain community, Raccoon City, and hit the
town with a devastating blow crippling its very foundations. Not taking any
chances, the United States President ordered a contingency plan, to sterilize
Raccoon City. With the whole affair gone public, the United States Government
issued an indefinite suspension of business decree to Umbrella. Its stock
prices crashed, and for all intents and purposes, Umbrella was finished."
We now come to the year 2004. Leon Kennedy is being driven to a rural village
in Spain by some policemen.
"I received special training in a secret organization working under the direct
control of the President. I was to assume the responsibility of protecting the
President's family."
One of the policemen escorting Leon mutters, "Why am I the one who always gets
the short end of the stick?" The other officer turns back to Leon and asks,
"Yo, who are you really? Come on and tell us. You are a long way from home
cowboy. You have my sympathies."
Leon replies, "I guess that's a local's way of breaking the ice. Anyway, you
know what this is all about. My assignment is to search for the president's
missing daughter."
The policemen really are cynics. One laughs, "What? All by yourself?" Leon
isn't surprised. "I'm sure you boys didn't just tag along so we could sing
Kumbaiyah together at some Boy Scouts' bonfire. Then again, maybe you did."
The other officer replies, "Oh, you crazy American. It's a direct order from
the chief himself. I tell you it's no picnic." Leon says, "I'm counting on you
guys."
The car stops over so that one of the officers can go out to relieve himself.
Leon continues his narration, "It was right before I was to take on my duties
of protecting the president's daughter when she was abducted. That's the
ultimate reason I'm in this lonely, rural part of Europe. According to our
intelligence, there's reliable information of a sighting of a girl that looks
very similar to the president's daughter. Apparently she's being withheld by
some unidentified group of people. Who would have thought my first job would
be a rescue mission?"
The cop is done. "Ah, it's freezing, so cold all of a sudden. Ah, must be my
imagination. Sorry it took so long." Looks like you may be followed...
They finally arrive at the village. "Just up ahead is the village," says a
cop. Leon goes out, "I'll go and have a look around." "We'll stay and watch
the car," one of the policemen says sarcastically, "Don't want to get any
parking tickets." "Right, parking tickets." Leon mutters.
"Good luck." Leon mutters, "Geez, who are these guys?". A cop almost heard
Leon. He opens the window and asks, "Did you say something?" Anyway, it's time
to begin your mission.
----------------------------
6. Enter the freaky village
----------------------------
[RE06]
You receive a transmission.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Hunnigan: Leon. I hope you can hear me. I'm Ingrid Hunnigan, I'll be your
support this mission.
Leon: Loud and clear. Somehow I thought you'd be a little older. So the
subject's name's Ashley Graham right?
Hunnigan: That's right. She's the daughter of the President. So try to behave
yourself okay?
Leon: Whoever this group is, they sure picked the wrong girl to kidnap.
Hunnigan: I'll try to find more information on them on my end as well.
Leon: good. Talk to you later. Leon out.
***************
New enemies
***************
Villager
Recommended weapons against them: Handgun (single), Shotgun (large groups)
The Villagers in these woods seemed to be violent savages, what's causing them
to be so? Fortunately, they tend to give themselves away by yelling out loud
when they discover you. Some grim music will start to play, and will stop once
you have killed all of them in the area. Villagers are also known as Ganado,
or cattle in Spanish, probably they are all pawns of some greater evil force
behind the scenes.
Villagers attack with various weapons like axes, pitchforks and torches. They
may also throw axes and dynamite at you. Villagers tend to appear in large
groups. If they are bunched up together, blast them with the shotgun. If you
can stun a villager with the handgun, run forward and kick him to the ground.
You may be able to take down several in the process if they are packed closely
enough. That's when you start slashing them with the knife. If you are
unfortunate enough to be grabbed by a Villager, shake your Wii Remote rapidly
to break free.
Dr. Salvador
Recommended weapons: Shotgun, rifle
Dr. Salvador is a guy with a bag over his head, armed with a chainsaw! Don't
let him attack you, since he will decapitate you instantly. I recommend that
you use heavy weapons like the Shotgun against him, since that will surely
knock him back. It takes quite a number of shots to take him out though.
***************
Walkthrough
***************
Run up the path, and you will find it blocked by a parked truck. Approach the
house for now, someone inside seems to be coughing, let's meet him.
"Excuse me, sir?" Leon asks the villager, who ignores him. He walks over to
him by the fireplace.
"I was wondering if you would recognize this girl in the photograph."
The villager seems to be very annoyed by your presence. He blasts out in
Spanish, "What the hell are you doing here? Get out this instant!"
Leon apologizes, "Sorry to have bothered you." As Leon is about to leave, the
villager grabs an axe and attempts to give him the chop, thankfully Leon
dodges in time and draws his weapon. "Freeze! I said freeze!"
The Villager doesn't stop. It's time you have to kill him. Shoot him in the
head, and he should momentarily lose his bearings. Kick him to the ground and
slash him till he's dead. After he's down and out, you will hear the truck
starting. It's heading in the direction of the police car, and some gunshots
are heard, then a loud crash! More hostile villagers are heading your way! You
receive another call from Hunnigan.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Hunnigan: Is everything okay?
Leon: I encountered a hostile local. I had no choice but to neutralize him.
There are still others surrounding the area.
Hunnigan: Get out of there and head towards the village. Take whatever means
to save the subject.
Leon: Understood.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
Before we go out to face the villagers, let's examine the house. Look beneath
the stairs and you see a sack of human skulls. Looks like the Villager you
just killed is an enthusiastic member of the local skulduggery club!
Go upstairs and you should find a box of 10 handgun bullets. Then jump out of
the window to face the villagers. Kill them, and feel free to examine the
corpse inside the house. He's not a zombie! A box behind the house can be
broken open with the knife, and inside maybe ammo or money. In addition, you
can go back to where the policemen were, and find their car crashed in the
stream below. How sad. Anyway, let's make your way to the village, named
Pueblo.
The next shack contains a typewriter, which can be used to save the game.
There is a box of 10 handgun bullets inside, as well as a Green Herb in the
box to the right. Some money may be found in the boxes on the shelves. Move
on.
You come to a dog stuck in a bear trap. Help it get out and it'll help you
later. Continue moving forwards, hugging the hillside to your right. You'll
eventually come to a Red Herb. Pick it up and continue along the path, but
walk slowly. Some explosive wire traps and bear traps are set up. Shoot the
yellow explosives to spring the explosive traps. Use your knife at close range
to take out the bear traps. You can find the bear traps by aiming at the
ground. If you see the reticule going red as you move the cursor, traps are
present. Continue along, meet some more villagers and take them out.
There is another shack before the bridge. You will find a Green herb and 2
wooden boxes with money. Cross the bridge. Notice the Villagers on the ridge?
They have spotted you, and are going to warn the others! Move on. There is one
more shack before the Village gates, kill the Villager inside and grab the
goodies. Go through the gate.
-------------------
Pueblo town centre
-------------------
You receive another transmission from Hunnigan.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Hunnigan: Leon, how are you holding up?
Leon: Bad question, Hunnigan.
Hunnigan: Sorry to hear that. I'll send you a playing manual, hope you find it
useful.
Leon: Thanks, I'll take a look at it.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
Look at the Playing Manual and head towards the village. You will get the
opportunity to look at it from a distance through your binoculars. It seems
they are burning a heretic at the stake. And who's the victim? One of the
policemen! Meanwhile, the Villagers around them are just minding their own
business. Freaks! Run towards the town center and the Villagers will start to
attack you.
Run towards the tower, climb up to the top, and get the Shotgun Shells. Then
enter the house next to the tower. (The one closer to the fire.) Another scene
starts.
Leon asks, "Who are these people? They're planning. Great, a chainsaw!" Yup,
it's Dr. Salvador, the Chainsaw maniac. It's time to barricade yourself in the
house. Push all the chests of drawers on the ground floor of the house you are
in to block the windows and run upstairs. There is a shotgun on a rack, take
it.
New weapon! Shotgun
Ammunition: Shotgun Shells Dimensions (W x D): 8 x 2
Firepower: 4.0 (Up to 8.0) Capacity: 6 (Up to 18)
Range: Short
The Shotgun is the standard heavy hitting crowd control weapon in the game.
The damage dealt by the weapon increases the close the target is. As in the
previous Resident Evil games, you can blow off heads by shooting at the
enemy's at a close range. There are more Shotgun shells on the bed. Take them,
go to the window, knock down the ladder the Villagers have placed, and jump
out to face Dr. Salvador.
I suggest that you retreat all the way back to the ramp near the gate through
which you entered the town centre. Run up the ramp and look down: As you can
see, it's a natural bottleneck. Use some delaying tactics (such as shooting at
the head) on the first few villagers that get close so that the rest of the
pack could catch up to them. When enough villagers have gathered, throw the
hand grenade at them to kill them all in one blast (Try to get Dr. Salvador
with the grenade too).
More villagers then run after you, yelling, "Yiiiaaaa!" Stay where you are and
fend off the villagers. The best tactic would be to shoot one in the head,
watch him recoil in pain and then quickly running forward to kick him. You'll
kick the villager to the ground, dealing considerable damage as well as
knocking other nearby villagers down as well. Whenever Dr. Salvador gets
close, blast him with the shotgun and try to hit as many villagers as possible
while doing so. It's just a matter of time before he dies with the shotgun.
When Dr. Salvador is dead (You can tell by his pig-like scream), grab your
reward of 10000 Pesetas.
Continue holding out until the next event occurs. Oh, and as you may notice,
the villagers are very environmentally friendly. When they die, their body
instantly melts into a puddle of slime. No burial, no mess indeed!
The bell rings, and the Villagers stop what they are doing, and walk off to a
secret passage behind a door with some symbol in it. Leon looks around the now
empty town centre. "Where's everyone going? Bingo?" Actually, if you
understand Spanish, the Villagers are off to pray. You receive another
transmission from Hunnigan.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Leon: Hunnigan, I have some bad news. I confirmed the body of an officer,
something's happened to the people here.
Hunnigan: Leon you need to get out there. Look for a tower. Follow the trail
near it.
Leon: Got it.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
Now that the village is empty, let's explore it in detail. Search the houses
in a clockwise direction, starting from the gat you entered. The first house
is boarded up, so don't bother with it, just take the Green Herb behind it.
Enter the second house. Break open the barrels to grab the goodies. There are
handgun bullets, shotgun shells and an Incendiary Grenade inside.
New weapon! Incendiary Grenade
Grenade Launchers are out, hand thrown grenades are in. Incendiary Grenades
are the most effective weapon against large groups of Villagers. It explodes
on impact, burning them to crisp. Anyone unfortunate enough to walk into the
flames will suffer the same fate!
Behind the second house is a box with a Red Herb inside. There is a ladder
placed against the wall of this house. Climb up, and walk over the "bridge"
onto the roof of the third house (The one in which you found the shotgun),
follow the path on the roof to the left, and turn right around the corner.
There is a Spinel, a gem that can be sold for cash. Reenter the third house
through the window.
There is a glass cupboard next to the shotgun rack. Break it open with your
knife and grab the Hand Grenade inside.
New weapon! Hand Grenade
Hand Grenades need no introduction. They explode a few seconds after you throw
them. Due to the delayed action, I don't find them as effective as the
Incendiary Grenade.
Go downstairs, break open the barrels to find some cash. Some Handgun bullets
can be found on a cupboard shelf in the room. Go back upstairs and jump out of
the window. Skip the tower, since you've searched it, and search the house
opposite. Inside is a barrel, break it open for cash. Then go over to the
padlocked door. Press A repeatedly to kick it open, and inside are more
Pesetas and boxes. One of the boxes hold Shotgun Shells.
Get out, search the back. There is a Green Herb on top of a pile of firewood,
and a box with a Yellow Herb inside. Combine a Green Herb, Red Herb and Yellow
Herb together, and you will have a mixture which restores full health and
extends the health gauge's capacity. Run up the ramp in front of you, and
there is another shack. Inside are two boxes, one with cash, another with a
Flash Grenade.
New Weapon! Flash Grenade
The Flash Grenade blinds enemies for a short time when thrown. It explodes on
impact. Don't underestimate it, since a certain powerful enemy will be killed
instantly by it.
With the town centre searched, follow the path behind the tower, as instructed
by Hunnigan. Inspect the shacks. The one to the left is empty; the one to the
right has a box of 10 handgun bullets and an Alert Order from the chief of the
village!
***************
Alert Order
***************
Recently there has been information that a United States government agent is
here investigating the village. (1)
Do not let this American agent get in contact with the prisoner.
For those of you not yet informed, the prisoner is being held in an old house
beyond the farm. We will transfer the prisoner to a more secure location in
the valley when we are ready. The prisoner is to stay there until further
notice. Meanwhile, do not let the American agent near the prisoner. (2)
We do not know how the American government found out about our village. But we
are investigating.
However, I feel that this intrusion at this particular time is not just a
coincidence.
I sense a third party other than the United States government involved here.
(3)
My fellow men, stay alert!
Chief, Bitores Mendez
Explanations:
(1) News travels fast of your arrival. You've been in here less than half an
hour and the Chief has already identified you!
(2) You will eventually run into this prisoner, but I have to tell you, he is
not Ashley.
(3) It seems you are not alone in this village. Who will be the third party?
You'll see later.
*****END FILE*****
Go through the gate and enter the farm.
---------------
Farm
---------------
Run into the farm and kill the two villagers you can see. One is in the barn,
the other behind it. Inspect the blue poster on the tree for information about
the blue medallions.
**************************
About the Blue Medallions
**************************
15 blue medallions...
7 in the farm... 8 in the cemetery...
For those of you who destroy 10 or more will be awarded...
(The rest is illegible)
Explanation: There are 15 blue medallions hanging around the place. Shoot them
all and you will be rewarded some gun from someone later on.
*****END FILE*****
Let's go hunting for the medallions, but first, enter the shack with the
typewriter and get the money inside the barrel. Go over to the shiny object
over the tub of manure and shoot it down. Take it, it's a Dirty Pearl Pendant.
The medallions can be found on the map, denoted by the blue dots. One is on
the tree above the poster. Another is hung at a high up window in the barn. A
third is on a tree at the back.
Enter the farmhouse, where you find are two enemies. Kill them and open the
boxes, barrels and cupboards on the ground floor. You should find cash and a
spinel. Look up inside the farmhouse and look around. You should see another
blue medallion hung at a window. Shoot.
Examine the area outside the farmhouse and you should find another medallion
hanging under a portion of the roof sticking out on the side opposite the
fourth medallion. Climb up the ladder inside the farmhouse, and open the
cupboard for handgun bullets.
Jump out of the window, follow the wooden walkway towards the edge and jump
down. You find yourself in an enclosure with a box. Break it open and you will
find a treasure, a Beerstein. Enter the shack and push the cupboard blocking
the door away. Go back out, and jump onto the roof of the farmhouse again.
This time, turn left and go all the way to the end before jumping down. You
will find yourself in a larger enclosed space, and 2 more medallions are
hanging in the air. Shoot them as well, and remember the locked gate over
there.
Break open the box for more cash, and climb out of the enclosure. Go through
the other gate that is unlocked.
----------------
Beyond the farm
----------------
Run along the path, all seems peaceful, until some Villagers push a rock down
a cliff, rolling towards you! There is where you should run for your life!
Shake the remote rapidly to sprint away from the rock, and when the game tells
you to dodge, as indicated on the screen, press the A and B buttons
simultaneously to dodge, otherwise you'd become a pancake! With the rock taken
care of, move on.
You'll come to a tunnel with two shiny objects on the ceiling. Shoot them down
and take them: they are Spinels. On the other side, you will enter an area
with a shack to your left, and a house in front of you. A Villager sees you
and runs behind the house, re-emerging at the window. He lights a stick of
dynamite and tosses it towards you! Back off to avoid the dynamite. Wait for
him to light another one and shoot him. If you are lucky, you may be able to
hit the stick while it's in the air and it will explode, killing the Villager.
Move forward slowly and look to your left. Another Villager with dynamite is
there. Shoot him from a range since he can't throw that far.
With that Villager dead, inspect the shack. Spring the bear traps inside with
the knife and blow up the wire trap. Open the boxes, you should find a Spinel.
Let's approach the house from the side. A couple more bear traps are on the
ground, so spring them. Move to the right, behind the house, and to the other
side. See the open window?
Jump in and engage another dynamite equipped Villager. With him dead, inspect
the house for more Shotgun shells. Now, let's approach the next house. You
hear a tapping sound... Look up one of the trees, and you will see a bird's
nest. Shoot it and a Red Catseye will drop down. Combine it with the
Beerstein. Open the box to the far right, and enter the house. (Kick the lock
away)
The first room has a cupboard with cash inside and a box of handgun bullets.
Enter the next room and destroy the wire traps from a distance. The second
room has more cash and a Green Herb inside another cupboard. One big cupboard
can be pushed aside, revealing a third room, and that's where the tapping
noise is coming from. Inspect the wardrobe, and a man falls out, bound and
gagged.
***************
Movie scene
***************
Leon removes his gag. The man says, "Ah, you're rough don't you think? You're
not like them?" Leon replies, "No. You?" Now that his bonds are removed, the
man asks, "Okay, I've only one important question, got a smoke?" Heh, a
nicotine addict, eh? Leon says, "Got gum."
All of a sudden, a gigantic person comes in accompanied by two villagers. The
freed man comments, "Perfect. The big cheese." Leon doesn't understand,
"What?" He attempts to kick the gigantic man, only to be grabbed by his leg
and hurled into the wardrobe. Leon falls unconscious. That's the end of
Chapter 1. And my, guide writing and game playing doesn't mix. 1 hrs 51
minutes have elapsed in what seems to be a small chapter!
---------------
7. Jailbreak
---------------
[RE07]
Leon is taken to some cult leader, who injects him with something. "Feeble
humans," The cult leader says, "Let us give you our power. Soon, you will
become unable to resist this intoxicating power." Some egg like object has
been injected into Leon. He wakes up, chained together with the man he rescued
last chapter.
Leon pushes against the man. "Hey! Hey! Wake up!" The man wakes up, and
mutters, "Aye, aye, aye! Crawl out of one hole, and into another." Leon asks
him. "You want to tell me what's going on around here?" "Americano, si? What
brings a bloke like you to this part of the world? Oh hey, take it easy,
whoever you are."
"Name's Leon, came here looking for this girl, seen her?" He shows the man the
photograph of Ashley Graham. "Hey, are you supposed to be a cop or something?
Nah, you don't look the type." "Maybe." "Let me guess, is she the President's
daughter?" "That's too good for a guess, care to start explaining?" A Villager
approaches your cell with a giant axe!
"Psychic powers!" The man begins, "No, just kidding with you, amigo. I
overheard one of the villagers talking something about the President's
daughter in the church." Leon then asks, "And who might you be?" "Me? I am
Luis Sera, I used to be a cop in Madrid. And now, I'm just a good for nothing
guy, who also happens to be quite a ladies' man."
Leon asks Luis, "Why did you quit?" "Policia, you put your life on the line,
nobody really appreciates you enough for it. Being a hero isn't what's it
cracked up to be anymore." Leon shares his experience, "I used to be a cop
myself, but for a day though." Luis replies, "I thought I was bad."
"Somehow I got myself involved in the incident in Raccoon City on the first
day of my job!" "That is the incident with the viral outbreak right?" Luis
asks, "I think I might have seen a sample of the virus in the lab in the
department."
The villager with the axe comes in, he wants to chop you to pieces! Luis
cries, "Do something, cop!" At this instant, the game will ask you to dodge
his axe. Press the A and B buttons simultaneously (or swing the Wii Remote to
the left) when told to do so onscreen, and the two will manoeuvre themselves
just so the axe chops their shackles apart. The Villager attempts to chop them
again, and Leon kicks him into a wall, probably breaking his neck in the
process. Luis runs off. You are free!
---------------
Prison area
---------------
You get another transmission from Hunnigan.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Leon: It's Leon. Sorry I couldn't get in touch sooner but I was a bit tied up.
Hunnigan: You're okay, right?
Leon: I'm fine. There was male civilian held captive. According to him
Ashley's in a church somewhere.
Hunnigan: What happened to him?
Leon: He managed to escape.
Hunnigan: Do you have a fix on the location of that church?
Leon: No, but apparently there's a secret passage in the village that leads
there. I'm heading back to the village.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
There are some Handgun bullets in your cell. Take them and get out, a hooded
person will ask you to find him. Take the rifle bullets next to the typewriter
and get out. Outside the cell, turn right and you will find a barrel, inside
is a Green Herb. Then go behind the cell and you will find the hooded person.
He's a Merchant, and he sells guns and tunes them up. The merchant asks you if
you have shot the blue medallions. He tells you that you can get a free gun
for him if you shoot 10 or more of them.
Don't tune up any of your weapons. Just buy a medium Attache case from the
merchant. Your inventory will be expanded in to a 11x7 grid from a 10x6 one.
Also buy the Rifle (but not the scope), you will need it for long range shots
and a Treasure Map of the Village, which shows you where all the unique
treasures are. Consider selling your Spinels and Pearl Pendant to him for now.
New weapon! Rifle
Ammunition: Rifle ammo Dimensions (W x H): 9 x 1
Firepower: 4.0 (Up to 18.0) Capacity: 5 (Up to 18)
Range: Long
The Rifle is a sniping weapon. Use it to kill faraway enemies before they can
even reach you. The bullets are very powerful and are capable of penetrating
several enemies at once. Headshots are guaranteed to blow their heads apart,
killing them instantly. Use the control stick to move the scope around. The
only drawback of the weapon is that every time you fire, Leon has to ready the
next bullet by exiting the scope view and eject the empty cartridge, taking a
few seconds of precious time.
If you ever feel like using the handgun and shotgun as main weapons, feel free
to upgrade them now.
Handgun:
Firepower (1.0 -> 1.2): 7000 ptas
Firing speed (0.47 -> 0.40): 5000 ptas
Reload speed (1.l73 -> 1.47): 4000 ptas
Capacity (10 -> 13): 4000 ptas
Shotgun:
Firepower (4.0 -> 4.5): 15000 ptas
Reload speed (3.03 -> 2.43): 7000 ptas
Capacity (6 -> 8): 8000 ptas
Chances are that you only have enough money to upgrade the handgun so far if
you choose this path. Don't bother upgrading the rifle just yet.
Move beyond the merchant and you will find 2 barrels, one with a Red Herb.
Take it, and get out of the prison. You will run into a Villager as soon as
you get out. Kill him quickly and move forwards, just a bit further than the
gate. A number of villagers will charge down the hill at you, holding
different weapons. Watch out for the ones with the dynamite. Their
explosiveness can be exploited to your advantage.
If you stand slightly behind the top of the steps, those villagers will
attempt to throw the dynamite at you from the bottom of the steps, but miss.
The dynamite may even bounce back towards him, killing him and other villagers
who are stupid enough to be nearby! This saves loads of ammo.
Hold out for a short time, and when the flow of villagers as slowed down, run
up the hill along the path to where they came from. The area has a number of
sandbag barriers that can be jumped over. Kill any stragglers up there, and
open the chest, there is a Left Half of some Emblem there. Open the chest for
some ammo and cash too. At this point, turn around, and brace yourself for a
few more groups of villagers. Use the sandbags and the narrow path to your
advantage, and throw a few grenades their way. Boom!
The place you are standing provides a perfect vantage point for your Rifle.
Combine the scope with it, and aim across the valley, killing any villagers
you see. I prefer headshots, since they are guaranteed to blow their heads
apart, killing them instantly. The two Villagers you should target are the one
on the tower and the one on the roof of a house. With them dead, head down the
hill and enter the first house you see. There are 3 Villagers there. Take them
out and grab the goodies. At this point, the music may stop, meaning all
threats have been neutralized in the area.
There should be some Shotgun Shells in a box, and a Flash Grenade inside the
locker. Climb up the ladder inside the house, and you will find a treasure
chest on the roof. Inside is the Right Half of the Emblem. Combine the two
halves and you have the Emblem which opens the gates to this prison. Get back
down now.
Jump out of the window at the back of the house and open the barrel. Take the
cash, turn right and run up the slope. There is another house here. Break the
2 barrels outside for some cash and handgun bullets. Search the house. There
are 2 lockers, one with cash, and another with a Yellow Herb. Climb up the
ladder outside the house, and climb up another ladder on the roof. You will
find yourself on top of a tower, with a barrel. Break open the barrel for more
shotgun shells. You can now go over to the gate and use the Emblem on it to
unlock it. Freedom!
---------------
Prison gauntlet
---------------
Run up the path. Before you enter the building ahead, search the area for 3
barrels, one in a corner should contain handgun bullets. Now, enter the
building, which is essentially a gauntlet featuring loads of heavily armed
villagers.
Go through the door to your right, and you will find yourself in a corridor
with a number of villagers. Fight your way through them. You will come to a
pair of windows. Jump through either one of them. Now, you are in a room with
dynamite wielding villagers on the other side! Run towards one of those skips
and press A to crouch behind them, so as not to be hurt by the dynamite. Pop
up immediately after the explosion, and wait for the villagers to light up
another stick. Aim carefully, if you do it right, you should be able to
intercept one of the two sticks of dynamite in the air with a bullet, causing
an explosion that kills all the enemies in the room.
Make your way to the other side, springing all the bear traps on the ground.
Inspect the two furnaces for a Spinel and handgun bullets. Pick up the rifle
ammo and some cash from the blown apart barrels and go to the next room. Kill
the villager. The music stops, all enemies have been killed in this area.
There is an opening in the wall blocked by wooden planks. Slash the plank open
and jump through. You will find an Elegant Mask hanging on the wall. Take this
piece of treasure and move on. Destroy the two barrels in the room for a Green
Herb and more Pesetas.
You will eventually arrive at a walkway over a pool of water. Kill one last
villager and jump in. In the water are handgun bullets, cash and a Flash
Grenade. Some fish are in the water. Slash them with the knife to kill them,
and you can pick these Black Basses as healing items. Eat the small one if you
have lost health, and keep the large one for later. Make sure you have a spare
6 x 2 rectangle in your case though! It's pretty big for a healing item. With
the fish in hand, climb back up and up the ladder you go!
---------------
Chief's house
---------------
Go to your left. You will find another treasure hanging over a pool of manure.
Shoot the wooden stick holding the cover up to drop it over the manure. Then,
shoot the treasure: It's a brass pocket watch. Enter the shack and break open
the box and barrel for rifle ammo and more cash. Move along the path,
destroying the trip wire trap in the way, as well as springing the bear traps
beneath it (What an intricate trap!). 2 crows may be caught in the explosion
and drop small amounts of cash.
You will come to a house; it belongs to the Chief of the village. Run up the
stairs and you will come to a locked door with a crystal ball. Rotate the
crystal ball so the image facing you matches the symbols of the door. Rotate
upwards, then to the left. The door will open.
You are in the Chief's bedroom. Check his wardrobe for more cash. Open his
desk for handgun bullets. There is a note written by the Chief on his bed.
***************
Chief's Note
***************
As instructed by Lord Saddler, (1) I have the agent in confinement, alive. Why
keep him alive? I do not fully understand what the Lord's intentions are.
I would, however, think he'd keep them separate; not confine them together as
has been ordered.
I don't expect Luis would trust a stranger but if by chance they did
cooperate, the situation could get a bit more complicated.
If for some reason, an unknown third party is involved, I don't think they'd
let a chance like this slip by. (2)
But maybe it's all Lord Saddler's ploy - leaving us vulnerable so that this
third party will surface, if they even exist that is...
It's an unlikely possibility, but if a prowler is already amongst us, then our
plans could be ruined.
I guess the Lord thinks it's worth the risk, if we're able to stop whatever
conspiracy is at work.
At any rate, it's the Lord's call. We will trust his judgment as always.
Explanations:
(1) This whole crazy place is run by a man called Lord Saddler. He might be
the person who injected the egg into your neck in the first place.
(2) This unidentified group continues to suspect a third party is at work.
*****END FILE*****
An Insignia Key can be found in another drawer next to the bookshelf. With
that in hand, go through the door. Leon overhears conservation between two
villagers downstairs. They are talking about him, the foreigner. However, they
are confident that the Chief will get Leon, since his Plagas are much stronger
than theirs. Plagas? What are they talking about.
All of a sudden, Leon gets grabbed by his neck by Chief Bitores Mendez. As he
strangles Leon, Mendez notices that Leon's eyes are red. He drops him to the
floor. He warns Leon, "You carry the same blood as our citizens. Nevertheless,
you're an outsider. Just remember, if you become unpleasant to our eyes, you
will suffer severe consequences."
He enters his bedroom, leaving Leon puzzled. "What? Same blood?" Well, you can
find out next chapter, since this one's ended.
--------------------
8. Back in Business
--------------------
[RE08]
You receive yet another transmission from Hunnigan.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Hunnigan: Leon. I've been able to get some information that might help you.
Leon: Fill me in.
Hunnigan: Apparently there is a religious group involved. They are called the
Los Illuminados.
Leon: "Los Illuminados"? That's a mouthful. Anyway, I had an unexpected run-in
with the big cheese of this village.
Hunnigan: But you're okay right?
Leon: Yeah. But he could have killed me but he let me live... And he mentioned
something about me carrying the same blood as them. Whatever that means.
Hunnigan: "Carry the same blood..." Hmm.... Interesting...
Leon: Anyway, there are more important things than solving riddles right now.
Hunnigan: You're right. Hurry and find that church Leon.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
At this point, you may choose to go back to the bedroom. If you do so, Chief
Mendez will grab you by the neck again, and really strangle you this time!
You've become unpleasant to his eyes! Fortunately, you're saved when some
woman in a red dress pops up at the window, and fires several bullets into
Mendez's back. Mendez jumps out of the window to get her, but she soars up to
the roof with her hookshot, causing Mendez to sail wide. Hmm... Who might she
be? Perhaps you've seen her in Raccoon City, the woman whose name has three
letters and starts and ends with an "A"?
Anyway, let's move on. Examine the upstairs corridor. You are free to open the
door beneath the staircase, which leads to a toilet. A villager is in side.
Close examination of the toilet indicates that there is only a urinal! Does
Mendez never er... excrete solid waste?
There is a Green Herb in the cupboard. Take it and go downstairs. Move past
the dining table and go right by the fireplace. There is a glass cupboard with
an Incendiary Grenade inside. Smash the glass and take it. Open the cupboard
thin the corner for more money. Go over and examine the oven. There is a Brown
Chicken Egg inside. If these items, leave the house.
Run to the right and hug the wall. Take out your Rifle, and aim over to the
path to the left. It's Dr. Salvador. Aim for his head, and fire. The villagers
with him will be alerted. Try to take them out before they get to you, and
turn your attention to Dr. Salvador. Continue pumping Rifle/Shotgun rounds
onto him and he will drop dead, and a Ruby too!
Move down the path, equip your Handgun. There are two villagers by the shack,
take them out and grab the red herb inside the box. Continue down the path and
you will find a nice reception committee of villagers waiting. This is the
perfect place to use the Incendiary Grenade. Fry them! With them dead, remove
the bar from the gate and go through.
-------------------
Pueblo Town Centre
-------------------
Man, the villagers are so friendly. Another welcoming committee awaits you
down the ramp. Blast a path through them with the shotgun and run to your
right. Ignore any villagers, run around them and head to the steel door on the
far side with the Los Illuminados logo. (The one to the right of the tower).
Go through.
------------------
Passage to church
------------------
You hear a soothing melody. It's the Save Room music of Resident Evil 4. Take
the handgun bullets from a cupboard to the right and smash open the barrel for
whatever's inside. Go through the door, smash the barrel for some TMP bullets.
Take them if you will be using the TMP. However, this guide assumes you don't.
Go to the right, open the hatch and jump down to the passage below.
Keep moving and check your map. Stop when you reach the large opening with the
star. There's a treasure somewhere. To reveal it, shoot the spirit lamp on the
ceiling, it will fall down, explode, and the treasures embedded on the ceiling
will be shimmering. Shoot them down with the handgun. There are 2 Spinels and
an Elegant Headdress. Keep going for now. Say hi to the merchant. Sell your
treasures to him. You should get 2000 Pesetas per Spinel, 10000 for the Ruby
and a measly 1000 for the Dirty Brass Pocket Watch. Keep the Beerstein and
Elegant Mask for now. Do you know why I prefer not to buy the TMP? Well, my
explanation's below.
Optional Weapon! TMP
Ammunition: TMP Ammo Dimensions (W x H): 3 x 2 with stock: 5 x 2
Firepower: 0.4 (Up to 1.8) Capacity: 30 (Up to 250)
Range: Medium Long
The Tactical Machine Pistol is the fastest firing weapon in the game. It fires
a long stream of bullets in rapid succession. Although it boasts the best
damage per second in the game, ammo is limited. As a result, you will be
burning through ammo faster than you get new bullets! The space consumed is
also an issue: You need the stock to ensure reasonable accuracy at range,
otherwise the aiming reticule will shake around as you hold the trigger. The
gun and the stock take up 10 blocks in your case.
If you intend to use the Rifle as your main Sniper Rifle in this game, feel
free to upgrade the firepower, reload speed and the capacity (only if your gun
is currently empty though).
Rifle:
Firepower (4.0 -> 5.0): 10000 ptas
Reload Speed (4.00 -> 3.23): 8000 ptas
Capacity (5 -> 7): 6000 ptas
Finally, I miss a lot due to the continuous firing and may sometimes fire far
too many bullets than needed, lowering the hit percentage significantly.
That's why I skip this weapon and the associated upgrade costs it may bring.
Climb up the ladder on this side, and you will be at the cemetery.
---------------
Cemetery
---------------
Ah, the church is on top of the hill. Look around you in the cemetery, and you
will find three more blue medallions suspended on trees. Shoot them all and
engage the two villagers that come to you. Enter the shack, and break open the
boxes for some cash and handgun bullets. Examine the tombstones, and you will
find symbols resembling the letters M, V and an inverted S. Remember them for
now. Go up the slope to the church. Kill the villagers there as well, watch
out for the dynamite thrower! Go and examine the church door. It's locked, and
there is a place where you can insert a circular object. You will receive
another call from Hunnigan.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Leon: Hunnigan. It's Leon. The door's locked, I can't get in.
Hunnigan: Didn't they teach you how to open locks at the academy?
Leon: There's some sort of indentation like something might fit inside.
Hunnigan: Well there's no use standing around. Leon you have to find some way
tor something to get inside.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
For now, go to the left and look up. See the blue medallion on the tree? Shoot
it. Afterwards, go and examine the right side of the church. Turn around the
corner to meet a pair of villagers, one with dynamite! Take them out fast and
move forward to the puzzle. But first, look up and shoot the blue medallion
there. Let's solve this puzzle.
***************
Puzzle
***************
3 family insignias of the dead ringers
The objective of this puzzle is to light up the 3 circles with the symbols
resembling the letters M, V and an inverted S, as in the cemetery. You get to
rotate the hand clockwise in increments of 3 and 4 only. Whenever the hand
stops on a circle, the circle will light up or dim, depending on its previous
state. So solve the puzzle, rotate the hand as follows: 3 -> 3 -> 3 -> 4 -> 4
-> 4 -> 3. The gem will be revealed, it's a Green Catseye, combine it with the
Beerstein.
*****END PUZZLE*****
Now, go down the path to the right of the church. You will be walking across
some wooden walkway along the sides of a cliff. Shoot the villagers dead
carefully. Look around carefully; There are 3 medallions, 1 above the wooden
path, 2 beneath it. Shoot them all to complete this sidequest. Enter the shack
and break the box on the table. Make sure you slash twice since there is a
snake inside. Slashing twice will ensure that the snake is dead (It drops an
egg). In addition, there is a file from Chief Mendez regarding the Closure of
the Church.
**********************
Closure of the Church
**********************
Regarding the two fugitives, the apprehension of Luis is our top priority; the
American agent a distant second.
What Luis stole from us is far more important than the girl. (1)
Unless we get it back, the girl will become useless to us. We must get it back
to execute our plan to the end.
If it gets in the wrong hands, the world would become a totally different
place than what Lord Saddler has envisioned. At all costs, we mustn't let that
happen.
Nevertheless, we're not letting go of the girl. To ensure that the agent does
not get to her, I have locked the church door where the girl is being held.
Anyone who needs access to the church must first get approval by Lord Saddler.
There is a key beyond the lake but it should be safe now that the "Del Lago"
has been awakened by our Lord. No one will get across the lake alive. (2)
Plus, our same blood flows through the agent's veins. It'll be just a matter
of time before he joins us. Once he does, there will be nobody else left that
will come looking for the girl. (3)
Explanations:
(1) Luis was imprisoned because he stole something very important from Los
Illuminados. They aren't going to give as much effort to catch you, for the
time being.
(2) The key to the church is found on the other side of the lake, but you will
have to fight a lake monster before you can cross!
(3) Looks like you may have been injected with something that would bring you
under control by Lord Saddler. Time may be running out!
*****END FILE*****
Continue along the path to the end, and go through the door.
---------------
Gigante Arena
---------------
Want to know why this area is named as such? You'll find out soon enough. The
first barrel you see holds some Rifle rounds. Enter the large open area. See
the crows crowded together? Throw a Flash Grenade at them and they will all
die. Pick up the money they drop, and another Flash Grenade. Search the open
area for a Spinel in the cart. Enter the shacks. There are more handgun
bullets and another Spinel. I wonder who's growling? Move to the other side of
the open area, where the gate is, and break open the barrels for more cash. Go
down the stairs and go through the door.
----------------
Arena Save Room
----------------
Welcome to the save room. Break open the barrels for more cash and bullets.
Talk to the merchant. He congratulates you for breaking the blue medallions,
awarding you with a new handgun, the Punisher. Since you have shot all of the
medallions, you get a free firepower upgrade as well. Sell your old handgun to
make space. Leave the area, and go through the gate to your right.
New weapon! Punisher
Ammunition: Handgun bullets Dimensions (W x H): 3 x 2
Firepower: 0.9 (Up to 1.9) Capacity: 10 (Up to 28)
Range: Medium
The Punisher is a specialized Handgun with the ability to shoot through 2
targets at once. It is temporarily a small upgrade over the Handgun (by 0.1
firepower, if you have shot all medallions). Don't upgrade this handgun, an
even better one is on its way.
---------------
Swamp
---------------
Enter the shack to the right for more handgun bullets and some cash. Run down
the narrow path. Some villagers hurl another rock towards you. As before,
spring away and dodge when you are told to do so.
You arrive at a swamp. There is a lone villager standing before a trip wire
trap. Shoot him with the rifle on the head. Walk over to the trap, jumping
into the water before it. Kill the villager you see and run up the ramp to the
right to get on the path again.
The villagers have been alerted! Kill the 2 villagers by the shack quickly and
look in the direction from which you entered the swamp, a large mob of
villagers are on the way. The trip wire trap should take care of the first
one. It seems the villagers aren't very bright at evading traps! Take
advantage of the narrow path to throw a few Grenades or Shotgun shells down
their way. You can also stun one and deliver a kick. That may take a few
villagers down this way! (A Hand Grenade can be found near the shore. Look for
the white glow)
There must be 10 villagers or more after you. You will know they are all dead
when the music stops. Examine the shack. Break open the boxes, watching out
for the snake in one of them. Break open the barrel. It's TMP Ammo. Use them
on your TMP if you have bought it or just sell it later.
Move to the end of the path and jump in the water again. Keep right, and clear
the trip wire trap. Then look up at the tree. See the bird's nest? Shoot it
and something drops out. Go over and take it. It's an Antique Pipe. Meanwhile,
more villagers have been alerted to your position! Run back to the left of the
path and go up the ramp there. Fight the villagers and go forwards. There is
an Incendiary Grenade on a bench. Keep moving. See the trip wire trap? Take
out your Rifle and look through your scope.
You will see a villager on the far end of the path. Shoot him in the head, and
another will come after you. Looks like he's unaware of the trap! He will just
walk into it and boom! With the threat neutralized, follow the path and get
back on dry land. Enter the shack, where you can find handgun bullets, as well
as a snake in the box (Slash it to get your free egg). Then continue along the
path and go through the gates.
---------------
Lake
---------------
First, move forwards until you reach the cliff overlooking the lake. Leon
takes out his binoculars to observe what's going on in the lake. He notices
two villagers on a boat dumping the corpse of the other policeman into the
lake. All of a sudden, a giant lake serpent comes to the surface and devours
his corpse! It's Del Lago!
Now, go back down and follow the path to the lake. Check your map; there is a
star on the path. Go there, look up at the tree. See the nest? Shoot it and a
treasure will drop down. It's a Gold Bangle with pearls. Enter the shack for
some handgun bullets and a Yellow Herb inside the box. Move forwards to the
next shack. There is a typewriter where you can save as well as a Green Herb
and more cash in a barrel. Head to the pier and get on the speed boat. It's
time to cross the lake.
All of a sudden, Del Lago rushes up to the surface and rams your boat. In the
confusion, the boat's anchor latches on to its back. Now, you are under tow by
Del Lago, and it's time to fight with the harpoon!
***************
Boss battle
***************
Del Lago
Attacks: Sneaky ram, long range charge Health: ~11 harpoons
Del Lago is the resident monster of the lake, 10 times meaner than the Loch
Ness Monster. He will drag you around the place. However, this doesn't mean
that the boat is out of control, you can still steer it. At the start, you
will be dragged into a series of floating logs. Tilt the control stick to the
right to dodge the first one. You can have enough time to throw a harpoon at
him before he dives into the water.
When he dives into the water, he will reemerge a second later and attempt to
ram your boat. You can anticipate this by always steering the boat to the left
whenever he dives. Afterwards, he will attempt to drag you into even more
floating logs, so prepare for evasive manoeuvres. If for whatever reason you
end up knocked off the boat (due to crashing into the log or into Del Lago),
shake the Wii Remote rapidly to swim back to your boat. Otherwise, you may be
devoured.
Sometimes, Del Lago dives into the water and all goes quiet. This is because
he is preparing for a long range charge. The onscreen cursors will help you
pinpoint the exact direction from which Del Lago is coming from. Just use the
control stick to turn until you do not see any red arrow on either side of the
screen. You can tell by the splashing of the water in the distance. Aim at him
with your Wii remote and press A to throw the harpoons at this point. You
should be able to throw at least 3 before he dives back down into the water.
The battle continues. After about 11 harpoons, Del Lago will suffer mortal
damage and sink to the bottom of the lake. But it's not over!
Leon finds the anchor rope wrapped around his leg. He has to cut off the rope
fast to avoid being dragged down with Del Lago's heavy corpse. When the game
tells you to cut the rope, shake the Wii Remote left and right and the rope
will be cut. After it's cut, you can breathe a sigh of relief.
*****END BOSS*****
Having crossed the lake, Leon feels dazed and finds his hand bleeding. He
falls unconscious in the house by the lake. Time for an intermission, folks,
that's the end of Chapter 1!
-------------------------
9. A little fall of rain
-------------------------
[RE09]
Leon feels a bit strange as some parasites in his body start to mess up his
nervous system. He sees his capillaries darkening, becoming visible on the
surface of the skin. He screams in horror, and he wakes up. Maybe it's a
nightmare.
You receive another transmission from Hunnigan.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Hunnigan: Leon, it's been six hours since our last transmission. I was
starting to get worried.
Leon: Don't you mean lonely? Anyway, I started to feel dizzy. I guess I might
have lost consciousness.
Hunnigan: Lost consciousness? Maybe that has some connection to what the chief
was talking about.
Leon: Can't say. But I'm all right now. I'm gonna continue my mission.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
***************
New enemies
***************
Parasite
Attacks: Tentacle Flay/Head bite/Acid spray
Recommended weapon: Shotgun, Rifle, Flash Grenade
The reason why the villagers are behaving so savage is that they are under the
influence of a mind controlling parasite, Las Plagas. From now on, whenever
you appear to kill an enemy, there is a chance that one of three different
types of parasites will pop out of their heads, while continue to make use of
their host's body.
The first type is reddish brown in colour, and appears to be lumpy. They
attack by flaying a long bladed tentacle. The second type looks like the head
of a centipede, and can bite off your head when they are close, killing you
instantly. The third type looks like the typical insect, and attacks by
spraying acid at you. When you have dealt enough damage to it, it abandons the
host body and continues to crawl around as an insect, wrecking havoc.
All parasites can be dealt with a close range shotgun blast. If the enemy is
far away, a single shot of the Rifle will destroy it. Parasites are extremely
sensitive to light. Throwing a Flash Grenade at it will kill it instantly, so
use this trick when many parasites have popped out of the enemies' heads!
Ganados Dog
Attacks: Lunging bite, tentacle whip
Recommended weapon: Shotgun
Resident Evil will not be complete without their trademark evil hellhounds. In
the previous instalments, we've killed Cerberuses to death. Now, it's time for
something new. The dogs in Resident Evil 4 are enhanced by Las Plagas. As in
the previous games, the dogs attack by lunging at you. When you are floored by
a dog, shake the Wii Remote rapidly to knock him away. In later stages of the
game, tentacles will stick out of some of the dogs' backs which they use to
whip you. The best weapon to use against dogs is the shotgun, since it can
deal with them at a range and there is no way he can evade the spread damage.
***************
Walkthrough
***************
Search the house you are in for Handgun Bullets and a Flash Grenade. There is
an Anonymous Letter on the bed.
*****************
Anonymous Letter
*****************
There's an important item hidden in the falls. If you are able to get it, you
might be able to get Ashley out of the church. (1)
But I'll warn you, the route to the church isn't a walk in the park by any
means. They've deployed what's called an "El Gigante", so God bless. (2)
About what's been going on in your body... If I could help you, I would. But
unfortunately it's beyond my power. (3)
Explanations:
(1) You will come to a waterfall soon. The item needed is in a cave behind it.
(2) El Gigante means "The Giant" in Spanish. You'll fight this boss in the
arena I talked about in the previous chapter.
(3) Leon's infected with something! The person writing this letter is likely
to be Luis, since that woman in the red dress is unlikely to have crossed the
lake, as you see in a minigame later.
*****END FILE*****
It's dark, and it's raining... Head back out to the pier and get onto the
speedboat. Check the map and look for a cove to the northeastern corner of the
lake, there is a star inside. Enter the opening and you will find yourself in
a secret cove, with the Merchant inside. Break the barrels around you for cash
and Handgun bullets, run up the steps, and you will find a box to your left.
Push it until it no longer blocks the path. You will find more barrels, one of
them has Rifle rounds in it. Climb up the ladder. Push the boxes to the side
so you can get to the three barrels. Break them open for some more cash and a
Green Gem. Combine the Green Gem with the Elegant Mask. Run to the end of the
path and you'll find a hole to jump down. Jump to enter the merchant's side of
the counter, where 10 rifle rounds can be collected, or stolen, hehe!
Now, sell your treasures (barring the Beerstein and Elegant Mask) to the
merchant. The Antique Pipe and Gold Bangle with Pearls will net you a total of
20000 Pesetas. Feel free to continue upgrading your handgun, shotgun and/or
rifle if it's your weapon of choice.
Handgun:
Firepower (1.2 -> 1.4): 10000 ptas
Capacity (13 -> 16): 6000 ptas
Shotgun:
Firepower (4.5 -> 5.0): 20000 ptas
Capacity (8 -> 10): 10000 ptas
Rifle:
Firepower (5.0 -> 6.0): 12000 ptas
Capacity (7 -> 9): 8000 ptas
Now, get out, and head back to the pier on the other side of the lake. Go
through the gates.
---------------
Waterfall Area
---------------
Run up the path, a Villager approaches. He walks in a funny manner, then all
of a sudden, some parasite pops out of his head! Say hello to a new enemy, the
parasite!
Throw a Flash Grenade at the parasite, it should kill it instantly and blind
the villager behind it. Kill the other villager as well. Then run along the
path, and jump from ledge to ledge across the rapid stream. You will come to a
rope. Before climbing down, look down at the installation below with your
Rifle. See the villager down there to the left? Kill him too. Climb down the
rope and get onto the dead villager's perch. Grab the handgun bullets and the
rifle rounds from the barrel. Look over to the stream. See the crates hanging
high above? Shoot them with the handgun and they will fall in the water and
drift to some fence to the left, forming stepping stones for you.
Jump down to the ground and move forwards. You will come to the stream. Shoot
the crate in front of you to create a stepping stone across the rapids. Then
jump over to the other side, past the middle path, all the way to the end. You
will find a ladder leading up to a tower. Climb up, and pull the lever. The
water will be diverted to operate some complicated machinery, causing a dam
upstream to close. The waterfall stops, and a cave is revealed. Now, get back
down, and jump back to the middle path. Take out your shotgun and reload it.
Attempt to move along this narrow path to the cave and you will find a lot of
villagers coming from both sides.
Blast a path through the villagers in front of you, run to the mouth of the
cave and turn around. All the villagers you have to face are in front of you.
Take them all down with your shotgun and maybe an Incendiary Grenade. When
they are all dead, examine the structure above you. See the shining object?
Shoot it with the handgun and it will fall down. It's an Amber Ring. Climb up
the ladder onto the tower and break the barrel, getting the Green Herb inside.
Enter the cave. You will come to a door with a circular object on it. It's the
Round Insignia, just what you need to open the church door.
You receive a transmission from Hunnigan.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Leon: I've obtained an object that resembles the cult group's insignia.
Hunnigan: Head back to the church. Ashley's safety is our number one priority.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
The door in front of you opens. Go through the passage and you will come to a
speedboat. Get on, you find yourself back in the Arena Save Room. Sell your
Amber Ring to the merchant; that gives you another 10000 pesetas to spend. Get
out to the Arena.
---------------
Gigante Arena
---------------
There are two barrels in front of you, break them open for a Green Herb. Then
enter the Arena. You are locked in! You see some villagers dragging something
out to you. "Hurry up!" one yells, "Use your muscles!" cries another.
Eventually, they lose their grip and the monster inside comes loose. It's El
Gigante (The Giant). El Gigante makes fast work of the villagers, then turns
to face you. Let's fight!
***************
Boss Battle
***************
El Gigante
Attacks: Ground punch, kick, tree swing, boulder roll
Health: 7-9 shotgun shells to expose his parasite
El Gigante is serious business. He attacks by brute force. He can swing his
fist down to you, and attempt to punch you flat into the ground. He can also
kick you like a football. So, keep your distance from him. His ranged attacks
are easy to avoid. He may grab a tree and swing at you. In that case, either
press A and B simultaneously or swing to Wii Remote to the left to dodge,
whatever instruction is on screen. He may grab a boulder and roll it at you
like a bowling ball. In that case, Keep running in a straight line
perpendicular to the direction the boulder is coming from to avoid it.
El Gigante cannot be defeated by conventional methods. Your weapons only serve
to expose his weakness. Fire your shotgun at him from a distance. It takes
between seven to nine shots for him to feel the pain. He will kneel down, and
a parasite will pop out of his back. In that case, run up to him, and press A
to climb on his back. Then swing the Wii Remote left and right repeatedly to
slash at the parasite with your knife. You will then be knocked off, and the
process repeats again.
If you have helped the dog out of the bear trap early in the game, the dog
will come and distract El Gigante, making it easier to beat him. After you
have slashed his parasite twice (and fired between 14-16 shotgun shells), El
Gigante will scream in pain and drop dead, as you have killed his parasite. If
you are close to him when he falls down, you may have to dodge his body by
swinging the Wii Remote to the left when the game instructs you to do so. Now
that he's dead, grab your cash prize: 15000 pesetas.
*****END BOSS*****
Now that El Gigante's dead, the arena gates will re-open. Before you leave,
search the firewood pile in the arena for handgun bullets and a Red Herb. The
cart next to it has a Yellow Herb. Inspect the shacks. You should find 2
Spinels, shotgun shells, handgun bullets and lots more money. Get out of the
arena through the other exit, and go through the door.
---------------
Cemetery
---------------
Run along the path now, no enemies so far. But be careful as you go up the
slope leading to the church. Three Ganados dogs will be waiting at the top to
ambush you, so take them out with the shotgun. Now, place the Round Insignia
on the church door and enter.
---------------
Church
---------------
Everything seems quiet. Let's examine the ground floor of the church. There is
a barrel in a corner with a Flash Grenade inside. Get onto the stage and grab
the Pesetas on a cupboard to the left. Now, you can climb up the ladder to the
left of the stage. The door to Ashley's cell is blocked by bars, so go over to
the edge of the catwalk and you should be able to jump onto the chandelier.
Jump, and wait for the chandelier to swing towards the ledge on the other
side, and jump again. On this side, go right, and get past the puzzle. There
are two barrels in the corner, with an Incendiary Grenade and more money. Now,
tackle the puzzle to trigger the bars to Ashley's cell.
Puzzle time! Colour overlay
The objective of this puzzle is to rotate the three projections so as to form
a copy of the image provided when they overlap with each other. To solve the
puzzle, you have to operate three projections which are red, green and blue in
colour. To solve the puzzle, turn the red projection twice, the green one
three times and the blue one once. Combine the three projections and you will
form an exact copy of the image in the centre. The bars around the cell will
be raised, providing access to Ashley.
Enter Ashley's cell for the next scene.
***************
Movie scene
***************
"Ashley!"
Ashley seems to be scared at first. "Don't come!" she cries.
"Take it easy!", says Leon.
"No, get away!"
"Calm down, my name's Leon. I'm under the president's order to rescue you."
Ashley's face brightens. "You mean my father?"
Leon replies, "That's right. I have to get you out of here, follow me."
You receive another call from Hunnigan.
Leon: It's Leon, I've succeeded in extricating my subject.
Hunnigan: Good work Leon. I'll send a chopper right away.
Leon: Where's the extraction point?
Hunnigan: There is another path that leads out of the village. The chopper
will pick you up there.
Leon: Got it. I'm on my way.
*****END SCENE*****
You now have to escort Ashley out. Read the Playing Manual 3 if you want.
Inspect the containers in the cell. There are handgun bullets and a Green Herb
in the barrels. Get out of the cell and jump down the ladder. Remember to
catch Ashley! You should encounter another movie scene with the cult leader.
***************
Movie scene
***************
"I'll take the girl." The cult leader says.
"Who are you?" asks Leon.
"If you must know, my name is Osmund Saddler, master of this fine, religious
community."
"What do you want?"
Saddler explains, "To demonstrate to the whole world our astounding power of
course. No longer can the United States think it can police the world any
longer. So we kidnap the President's doctor, give her our power, and send her
back." Heh, this is another of those games with an anti-American theme to it!
Ashley now remembers what happened to her, "No. Leon, I think they shot
something into my neck!"
Leon asks angrily, "What did you do to her?"
"We just planted her a little gift. Boy, there is going to be one hell of a
party when she returns to her loving father!" Saddler gives his evil laughter,
one hell of a party eh? Just what lines do "serious" cult leaders have these
days!? "But before that, I think I will bargain with the president for some...
donations. It takes a lot of money to get this church up and running!"
"Faith and money will get you nowhere, Saddler."
"Oh, I forgot to tell you that we gave you the same gift."
"I was unconscious!"
"When the eggs hatch, you will become my puppets. You will do whatever I say,
involuntarily. Don't you think this is a revolutionary way to propagate one's
faith?"
"Sounds more like an alien invasion if you ask me!", snaps Leon.
Some zealots enter with crossbows. At this point, Leon and Ashley run out of
the way just in time, and jump out of a side window to another room below.
Leon asks Ashley, "Are you okay?"
Ashley is now very worried. "Leon, what's going to happen to us?"
Leon reassures her, "Don't worry. We get into this mess, we can get out of
it."
Can Leon and Ashley find the cure for the Plagas inside their bodies, or they
will end the day as common Ganado? Tune in the next chapter to find out!
--------------------------
10. Magnificent bodyguard
--------------------------
[RE10]
You find yourself in a side room of the church. Break open the barrels for
more goodies. You should find a Red Herb along with ammo and cash. Get out to
the cemetery. In the cemetery, you will find a large horde of villagers
waiting for you down the slope. But there is a simple solution to this
complicated problem. See the wagon at the top of the slope? Shoot it, and it
will catch fire, roll down the hill and run over all the villagers in the way.
With them dead, run down the hill, collecting whatever they drop. Enter the
shack, break open the boxes for more cash. Then climb down the ladder and
reenter the secret passage.
---------------
Secret Passage
---------------
Talk to the merchant, a new gun is in stock, the Red9. Sell your Punisher and
buy it, along with the stock. Combine the stock with the gun immediately, so
as to increase the weapon stability.
New weapon! Red9
Ammunition: Handgun bullets Dimensions (W x H): 4 x 2, Stock: 3 x 1
Firepower: 1.4 (Up to 6.5) Capacity: 8 (Up to 22)
Range: Medium
The Red9 is the most powerful handgun in the game when you talk about
firepower. This is my weapon of choice for this game, so start upgrading it
with the money you have. The stock is used to stabilize the weapon, so that it
won't go off target as you fire repeatedly.
You should have saved over 150,000 pesetas by now. Upgrade every aspect of the
Red9. Move along the passage, and break open the only box for more handgun
bullets. Climb back up the other side, and break the box there for some
Pesetas. Head out to the town centre again.
-------------------
Pueblo Town Centre
-------------------
All item boxes and barrels have respawned. It's time to make another sweep of
the town. As soon as you have control of Leon, turn left and kill the villager
there, then enter the closest house to you. Press the Plus button to make
Ashley wait for you inside. No one will capture her this way. Break open the
barrel and box for some shotgun shells and more cash, and head out to explore
the town in a clockwise direction again.
Head behind the house for the box, break it open for cash. Look inside the
barn to the right, a villager has his back turned to you. Surprise him with a
rifle shot to the head! Then go through the barn and up to ramp to the left.
Enter the shack before the now boarded up gate to Mendez's house. Break the
boxes and cash in. Run back down the ramp, past the sealed up house and to the
next one to its right. Enter.
Break the barrel and boxes for shotgun shells and rifle rounds. Head out to
the back and break the box there. Oh, it's just cash. Look to your right,
another villager has his back turned towards you. Give him the head shot
treatment with the rifle. Then, a female villager should come and try to
ambush you from the right. Kill her quick.
Enter the next house you see. On the ground floor, there are two barrels, as
before, one holds handgun bullets. Go upstairs. TMP Ammo is in the glass
cupboard. Skip them, since you won't be using the TMP with this guide. Now,
enter the tower and climb up. Grab the Spinel on top. Then head to the path
leading to the farm. Some villagers are waiting for you. Take them out as
usual. There are 4 villagers in total. Move up the path, and watch out for the
bear traps. Spring them with your knife and head to the gate. Press the Plus
button again to call Ashley out to you. When she is with you, go through the
gate to enter the farm.
---------------
Farm
---------------
There is a fresh supply of traps and villagers in the farm. Go over to the
skip, and ask Ashley to hide by pressing the Plus button. Enter the shack with
the typewriter. Another file is in place.
**********************
Sera and the 3rd Party
**********************
The whereabouts of Sera are still unknown. Most likely he's using an old
secret passage taught to him by his grandfather who used to hunt in this
region long ago.
I'm pretty certain that he's hiding our property somewhere in the forest. If
his grandfather was still alive, I would have used him to find Sera...(1)
But now did he find out about the egg injected into his body? And the fact
that he was able to remove it before it hatched is concerning.
Another factor that concerns me is that Sera escaped with our property just
before the American agent arrived. I don't believe that was just a
coincidence. There has to be another player involved in this. (2)
In order to settle this whole situation, we have to capture Sera and wait for
the effects of the drugs to wear off before we inject him with another egg.
Once this is done, whoever is behind all of this will surface. Nobody shall
interfere with our plans. Those who do shall suffer severe consequences.
Explanation:
(1) This makes Sera's claim that he is a former policeman in Madrid
questionable. There is no coincidence that his family used to live in the same
region of this village.
(2) Who's the 3rd party? Could it be the woman in the red dress just now?
Definitely yes! Oh, and it may seem that "severe consequences" is Chief
Mendez's catchphrase!
*****END SCENE*****
Head to the skip where Ashley's hiding and move slightly forwards, until you
meet the fence, take out your rifle and look to the left through your scope.
There is a villager in the barn. A head shot is in order. With him down, head
over to the tube of manure where you found the treasure and look in the
direction of the farmhouse. You should see two villagers holding torches, with
another two above them. Head shot the lower ones. Another female villager
should run towards you from the right. Take her down with the handgun and
knife. Then, head shot the 2 upper ones. Head to the farmhouse, and you should
hear another villager yelling at you. Run back to the manure, and set your
sights at the farmhouse. The villager is likely to jump out of the window,
allowing for an easy head shot with the rifle.
Examine the barn, there is a barrel inside with cash. Now, enter the
farmhouse. It looks like bear traps have been set. Spring them all with the
knife. Break open the barrels for Pesetas, and open the cupboards to find more
handgun bullets and a Green Herb. Climb up the ladder and open the cupboard
for more cash. Jump out of the window and face one more villager. Then go left
and all the way to the end of the path. Jump down to the enclosure that is
well lit, and covered with bear traps. Spring all the traps with the knife,
and ask Ashley to follow you again. Go over to the locked gate, and give
Ashley a boost over to the other side. She will unlock it for you, and you can
go through.
----------------------
Villager rampage zone
----------------------
Run past the merchant, and begin to cross the bridge. You receive another
transmission from Hunnigan.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Hunnigan: Leon, I have some bad news.
Leon: I'd rather not hear it.
Hunnigan: Well, I'm afraid I'll have to tell you anyway. We've lost contact
with the chopper. Someone must have shot it down.
Leon: Great.
Hunnigan: We'll be prepping another chopper for you. Meanwhile, I want you to
head towards the extraction point.
Leon: Got it.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
Cross the bridge, and you will find a large horde of villagers chasing after
you!
***************
Movie scene
***************
"What are we going to do, Leon?" Ashley asks in terror. "I hate to say it but
we're sandwiched all right. Quick! Into that cabin!"
As you enter the cabin, Luis Sera throws you a wooden stick to block the door
with it. "Leon! Small world eh?" He says, he looks at Ashley. "I can see that
the President's equipped his daughter with ballistics too." That's a good one,
you mix military stuff with someone's figure! Yes, her bosoms are really
large!
Ashley's not amused. "How rude!" She exclaims, "I don't think there's any
relevance between my figure and my standing! Who are you anyway?"
Luis tries to calm her down, "Ho ho! Excuse me, your highness! Perhaps the
young lady might want to introduce herself before asking someone else his
name!"
"The name's Ashley Graham, the president's daughter."
Luis asks Leon, "Is she er... you know?" Leon replies, "She's cool."
"Well, there's supposed to be some kind of obvious symptom before you turn
into one of them anyway."
Ashley points out the window. "Look! Here they come!" She cries.
"Ashley! Go upstairs!"
Luis readies his handgun, he tells Leon, "Are you ready? It's game time! It
sure is!"
*****END SCENE*****
For a start, push the cupboards in the cabin to block all the windows. At
least you can hold them off for a short time before they will break it. What
comes after is a long endurance fight. Villagers will be entering from all
sides, so watch your back! If far too many of them expose their parasites,
it's a good idea to toss a Flash Grenade to clear them now and then. This is
one of the best moments to take advantage of kicks. Hit one villager in the
crowd, stun him, and run over and kick. You should be able to save many
shotgun bullets that way.
Eventually, Luis will ask you to go upstairs. Follow him. Hold off the
villagers coming up after you. Eventually, they will attempt to climb up
through the windows. In that case, run over and knock down the ladders
continuously. Then, you should be able to minimize the number of villagers you
have to handle. It's almost impossible not to get hurt in this mess, so get
your herbs ready.
Eventually, the villagers will stop attack and leave. Leon says, "Looks like
they are backing off." Luis asks, "So, what do we do now?"
"Well, the bridge I crossed to get here is out, so we have no choice but to
move on." But still, Luis leaves the cabin, "I forgot something, you guys go
on ahead." Gee, why must every single character leave Leon at any opportunity?
It's been like this since Resident Evil 2!
You are now left with Ashley to escape the village in Chapter 2-3.
-----------------------
11. Evacuation delayed
-----------------------
[RE11]
Now that Luis is gone, it's time to move on. Grab all the herbs, ammo that are
in the house, and get outside. Go over to the lit area. You should find a save
points, as well as a File detailing Two Routes that you can use to leave the
village.
***************
Two Routes
***************
Just a while I ago, I was informed by Lord Saddler that our men had shot down
a United States military helicopter.
There shouldn't be any more outside interference for a while now.
Unless the United States government determines who the traitor is, they can
only initiate very small covert operations.
We must use this time to our advantage and recapture the girl.
The two Americans can only get out of our territory by using one of two
routes. This is where we will stop them.
We shall make use of our forces to the greatest degree.
We will deploy a large number of Ganados in one of the routes to ensure that
they do not slip by us. For the other route we shall leave the task to El
Gigante. Whichever route they take, the agent will never leave here alive. Not
with the girl at least.
*****END FILE*****
The file sums up what's up right now. You have a choice of two paths to get
out of the village. You either fight through a lot of villagers or just one
Gigante. Well, if you had a TMP, the latter fight would be a cakewalk. Since
this guide does not advocate getting a TMP, let's assume you take the path
with the Ganados. Go over to the switching mechanism to the right, and turn
the crank to the left. The left path will open. Let's go through to the
villagers' gauntlet.
----------------------------
Path A: Villagers' gauntlet
----------------------------
As soon as you enter, you will be spotted by a female villager holding a
torch. Before you start fighting, run up to the open skip and press the Plus
button to hide Ashley inside. Run back to the gate to face off the villagers.
See the wagon full of explosives? Try to get as many villagers to bunch up as
possible and shoot the wagon. You can blow many villagers up, saving ammo.
Kill everything until the music stops and go around the corner.
You will come to a ladder. Break the barrel to the right for some money and
look up to the walkway with the rifle. A villager is on patrol. Shoot him
through the head and climb up. Turn left and a female villager will attack
you. Take her down. You should come to another junction with a skip. Let's
look around with the rifle, shall we?
There are three villagers on patrol around this circular walkway. If you are
lucky, you can catch them off guard, but by any chance, if the music starts
playing, take out your Red9 and prepare for them. They should come slowly, one
by one, allowing you to kill them using the headshot-kick-slash routine. When
the villagers are dead, press the Plus button to call Ashley out from her
hiding place. Once she is here, press the Plus button again to make her hide
in this skip.
Run around the walkway for more goodies. Walk along the walkway in an
anticlockwise direction. There is a Green Herb inside in the barrel. There is
alsoa place to the right where you can jump down. The enclosure below houses a
few more barrels, inside you can find shotgun shells and handgun bullets. With
those items in hand, jump down to the enclosure in the middle of the circular
path.
Walk forward a bit and you will be ambushed by another horde of villagers. In
among them are two chainsaw wielding females, the Bella Sisters! To deal with
this threat, don't stay in the "ring". Immediately climb up the ladder where
you jumped down and run a small distance along the walkway. The villagers and
the Bella Sisters should climb up the ladder after you.
While they are coming, use your Red9 and shotgun to take out as many villagers
as possible, lowering the chance for you to be surrounded. Eventually, only
the Bella Sisters remain. Try to let them both bunch up, and shoot them
together with the shotgun. Eventually, they will both die. One drops the Camp
Key, and the other drops a Ruby. Jump back down to the pit when they are all
dead, and call Ashley out.
There is some cash in the barrels in the ring, take the money, and open the
door with the Camp Key, you come to a new path. The first box you see holds
handgun bullets. Go through the door to the right. In that room, look left for
a boarded window. Break through the wood with the knife and jump through. You
are in a new enclosure. Break the barrels for a Flash Grenade and a Red Gem,
which can be plugged into the Elegant Mask.
Head back to the room, and jump down the hole. There is a Flash Grenade and
handgun bullets in the barrel. Climb back up and have Ashley wait in this
room. Go out, turn right, and follow the path. You will run into another horde
of villagers. Step back from the opening where you can see them, and shoot
them carefully. As before, wait before they bunch up before you shooting them
with the shotgun. The villagers often congregate at the slope leading up to
you, and that's the best place to throw a hand grenade at.
With the villagers wiped out, you have completed the gauntlet. Let's go back
and break open the barrel for more cash. Then call Ashley to you, run past the
gauntlet and break the barrels there as well. More handgun bullets are for the
taking. With them, remove the bar from the gate and go through, you are almost
there!
NOTE:
If you want to complete the Elegant Mask, you will have to go to the other
gauntlet and defeat El Gigante before you can get the missing Purple Gem. I'll
gladly provide the walkthrough for that part as well.
-----------------------------------
Path B: The gauntlet of El Gigante
-----------------------------------
The strategy for path B would be a fast but risky one. Make sure both Leon and
Ashley are at full health before attempting it.
Run along the path and El Gigante will drop down. Run all the way to the
chained up gate and turn back (make sure Ashley's at full health and standing
in front of you). Take out your rifle and start firing at El Gigante's head.
When he gets close, he will grab Ashley and give her a tight squeeze! Don't
worry! She'll survive it. Blast El Gigante with the shotgun and he'll let go.
Hit him a few more times and he'll kneel down in pain, exposing his parasite
(He shouldn't have time to grab anyone if you do it right).
Climb on his back and slash his parasite. When you jump off, run all the way
back to the gate through which you entered the gauntlet. You should have
enough time to shoot El Gigante once or twice with the rifle before he gets
close to you. When he gets too close, shoot him several times before he grabs
you. Shake the Wii Remote to break free and keep on shooting with the shotgun.
Don't worry about being grabbed again: Leon can survive up to 3 or 4 squeezes,
provided he's eaten enough yellow herbs. Eventually, the parasite pops out
once more, so climb onto his back once more to slash at it again.
While El Gigante is making his dying cries, run out of the way of his body,
otherwise you will have to dodge him through an on-screen prompt. With El
Gigante dead, grab your cash prize (15000 Pesetas) and run over to the chained
up gate. Use your knife to slash through the chains to reach the next part of
the gauntlet, where there are several shacks with ammo, money and an exit key
inside. Look up outside to find a bucket suspended in the air with something
shiny on it. Shoot the shiny object to retrieve it: It's the Purple Gem. Use
the exit key to open the door to reach the next area.
------------------
Village back gate
------------------
Run along the path, and turn right to find the merchant. There is also a small
cabin. Run to the right of the cabin and you will find more handgun bullets on
a rubbish bin. Break the barrel next to the merchant for rifle rounds. Enter
the cabin, open the locker for rifle rounds. Pick up the file on the Village's
Last Defense, written by Mendez himself.
***********************
Village's Last Defense
***********************
I clearly underestimated the American agent's capability. He's still alive.
I thought that we could wait until the egg hatched, but at this rate, he could
destroy the whole village before it does. We must take care of this nuisance.
We shall change our priorities - for the time being, we will cease our hunt
for Luis and ambush the two Americans.
There is a building used to enlighten betrayers just beyond the point where
you get off the lift. (1)
It's a perfect place for ambushing them. If all else fails, they still would
need to face me in order to get past the last gate that leads out of the
village.
For only before my sight will the gate open. (2)
Explanations:
(1) You are up for a cable car ride next. That building Mendez is referring to
isn't really a building, but a cave bore from the rock.
(2) Mendez is being literal here. You're going to fight him in a boss battle
soon enough, and the thing used to open the village gate has something to do
with his eyes.
*****END FILE*****
This is just like Mendez, leaving behind his plans for us to see. It seems we
are off to a cable car ride. Get out of the cabin and turn right. Run past the
gate and move until you come to a cable car station. Break the barrel for
rifle rounds. Get on the cable car, run up to the front and lean to the left.
Keep an eye on the cable cars that come the opposite way. Villagers will be
riding on them and will throw axes at you if you are close enough.
The best tactic against them will be to equip the rifle and aim at their cars,
firing pre-emptively from a distance. Thanks to the awesome penetrating power
of the rifle rounds, you can often knock off several villagers off the cable
cars in one shot. Also watch out for two villagers on the ledges to the left.
They will be waiting for your car to come close so they can jump on top and
chop the chain off. Those can be dealt with the handgun.
Once you have arrived on the other side, enter the control room, and have
Ashley wait there. Open the lockers for handgun bullets and a flash grenade.
Go out and down the stairs. Follow the first path you see into some cave. Turn
around the corner slowly. 2 villagers will be waiting for you behind some
sandbags. One will attempt to throw dynamite at you. You'd better shoot them
down fast! With them dead, jump over the sandbags and climb up the ladder.
There is one more villager there, kill him, and open the treasure chest. It's
a Yellow Catseye. Take it and combine it with the Beerstein to complete the
treasure.
Go back to the main path and call Ashley to you. Go down the stairs, and you
will find the merchant. Sell all your treasures. The completed Beerstein is
worth 20000 Pesetas, the semi-complete Elegant Mask is worth 12000. Go through
the gate for the climax of the chapter.
---------------------------
Chief Mendez's Ambush Barn
---------------------------
Run down the path to the barn. As you reach the door, Leon tells Ashley, "You
better stay outside. Ashley, go hide." "Yeah." Leon enters the barn alone.
Unknown to him, Chief Mendez is behind him. He grabs Leon by the neck and
attempts to strangle him. He throws Leon to the ground and twists the handles
of the barn door shut! He then turns back to Leon and readies his stopper
punch. At this point in the game, you will be instructed to dodge his punch.
Depending on what is shown on the screen, press A and B simultaneously or
swing the Wii Remote to the left to dodge.
Once he dodges, Leon will tip over a barrel of petrol and spill it on the
ground beneath Mendez. He shoots the patrol, starting a fire which eventually
spreads to the barrel, blowing Mendez up. But it's not over! Mendez begins to
mutate and his spine elongates. Claws grow out his back, and he's turned into
a monster. Let's fight, Mendez!
***************
Boss battle
***************
Chief Mendez
Attacks:
Claw slam, Grab, Claw swing (only after he is detached)
Number of shots needed to detach him from his lower body:
Red9 (1.8 firepower): 32+ shots
Number of shots needed to defeat him afterwards:
Red9 + Shotgun: 6 shotgun shots and 20+ Red9 shots
Mendez has turned himself into some centipede like creature! His main weapon
is his claw, which he uses to smack you silly. He can also grab you with them.
In that case, shake the Wii Remote rapidly to break free. Mendez's weak spot
is his thorax (or spine), shoot him in the spine continuously with the Red9,
but keep your distance. The best strategy will be to quickly shoot him 10
times, then run around him to the other end of the barn and reload. Then turn
around and shoot him 10 times again. If you are fast enough, you should not
get hurt. Sometimes, he will flinch backwards in pain for a short time,
bending his thorax backwards. If you shoot him at that point, you will deal
more damage than usual.
After over 30 shots, Mendez's spine will snap and fall off, leaving his upper
body. He now relies on swinging on the beams of the barn for movement. He
swings from beam to beam with his claws like a monkey! At this point, take out
your shotgun and shoot him as he springs around. Once it's empty, don't reload
it. Change back to the Red9. As before, you should keep your distance. When he
is close up to you, he will attempt to swing his claw at you. This attack can
take off more than half of your health! To avoid it, simply run out of the
way. The best place to shoot at him remains at the two ends of the barn.
After about 20 or so shots of the Red9, Mendez will fall onto the ground. He
makes one last scream and drops dead for real. His False Eye drops off. Go
over to his corpse and take it. So this is what he means by "before my sight"!
Get the cash, and you will receive another 30000 Pesetas for killing him. The
Village's Last Defense is down!
Before we get out through the hole that's just opened up for you in the wall,
let's search the barn for items. You will find a Green Herb, handgun bullets,
shotgun shells, TMP ammo and an Incendiary Grenade on the ground floor alone.
Climb up to the second floor for 3 herbs, one of each colour, and more handgun
bullets. Create 2 herb mixtures, one Green + Red, one Green + Yellow. Jump out
through the hole and meet Ashley. "Are you okay, Leon?" She asks. Give her the
G+Y herb mixture to extend her life gauge. Then get out, ride the cable car
back to the gate and present the False Eye to the retinal scanner there. You
will be accepted, and the door is unlocked. Wow, I never knew false eyes have
retinas! Go through.
---------------
Path to castle
---------------
Take your rifle out and look up the path. See the villagers up there? You can
kill a few if you wish. Continue up the path and a truck will start. It's
running down the path towards you! Whip out your Red9, and shoot a few rounds
into the front of the truck. It will catch fire, explode and turn over.
Examine the wreckage for a cash bonus. As you move up the path, you hear the
gate open behind you. More villagers are coming! Don't fight them, run. On the
way, open the two barrels to the left of the road for cash and a new gem, the
Velvet Blue. Afterwards, run over to the drawbridge of the castle.
***************
Movie scene
***************
Leon tells Ashley, "Quick! Onto the other side." The two runs across the
drawbridge and approaches two cranks.
"Quick!" says Leon, "You take that one. Ready?" The two crank up the
drawbridge, and the villagers can't get to them. "Shit!" One yells in Spanish.
"C'mon!" Leon cries, and they run into the castle.
They have entered the castle, where they think it is safe. Are the two really
out of the woods yet? Or have they just walked into the lion's mouth? Will
Luis ever show up again? Turn to the next chapter to find out!
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| III. RETURN TO CASTLE SALAZAR |
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Before we continue, let's have a minor recap of the story so far. Leon entered
a village in rural Spain to search for Ashley Graham, the President's missing
daughter. On his way, he encountered fierce resistance, including many savage
villagers. He was captured, but escaped, but not before Lord Saddler, leader
of the local cult Los Illuminados, injected him with an egg of the mind
controlling parasite, Las Plagas.
Having found Ashley, Leon manages to escape from the village with her,
encountering Luis Sera, a mysterious individual on the way. Now, they are
stuck in a castle, also owned by Los Illuminados! So they have jumped out of
the frying pan, and into the fire!
***************
New enemies
***************
Insane Cultists
Recommended weapon: Red9, Shotgun, Semi-automatic Rifle, Incendiary Grenades
These zealots are more devout members of Los Illuminados. Cultists in the
castle are definitely insane, with their obsession with death and brains (They
chant "cerebros, cerebros..." meaning brains, brains!). Another of their chants
is "to die is to live", which has a similar pronunciation to "Molly is
sleeping" when spoken in Spanish.
They behave similarly to the villagers outside the castle, but use medieval
weapons in combat including maces, crossbows and shields. Their attacks are
much harder to evade than the villagers, so give them more room if you want to
run past them. The methods used to kill villagers apply to them. Watch out for
some cultists who wear skull caps. The cap protects their heads from damage.
In that case, it may be helpful to aim at their knees, or their groins!
Blind Barbarian
Attack: Savage Talon Swing
Recommended weapon: Semi-auto rifle
Blind Barbarians, or officially Garradors, are one of the many types of
fighters that result from Plaga experimentation on humans. They will try and
guess the location of the enemies and swing around wildly and savagely. They
hit for a lot, so you won't want to be caught in one of this frenzies.
Fortunately, their blindness can be used to your advantage. Whenever you want
to fight one, keep your distance and walk, don't run. He'll never know where
you are!
Take out your semi-auto rifle and wait until he has his back turned towards
you. Shoot his exposed heart. This will damage his parasite and deal heavy
damage. After the shot, I suggest you walk away from where you are standing.
The barbarian will attempt to slash at where he thinks the bullet comes from,
all to no avail. Repeat this procedure until he dies, that'll put him out of
his misery.
Novistador
Attacks: High kick, claw slash, acid spray, decapitation
Recommended weapons against them: Any shotgun, semi-auto rifle
Novistadors, Spanish for invisible, are evil bugs that have been enhanced by
Las Plagas. Novistadors can swing from the ceiling and kick you. They can also
grab you. In that case, shake the Wii Remote rapidly to break free, however,
it will not come off before it's sprayed acid all over you!
The variants in the sewer are invisible, so they may be hard to intercept.
However, their presence still will slightly distort the environment; that
provides a chance for you to catch them with the shotgun. Another important
thing you should know is that the aiming reticule will turn red if you are
targeting one, even when it is invisible. This is another way of catching
them. Another way to kill these guys is to take them out from a distance: Take
out your rifle and zoom in on them. Look for something that looks like a
stream of yellow green saliva swaying back and forth in the air. That my
friend, is their head. Open fire and you can deliver a headshot, killing that
monstrosity in only one hit.
Much later in the castle, you'll encounter flying Novistadors. They may be
much harder to hit while airborne, but will die in one hit if you hit them
while flying, even though one may be hovering just a few inches off the
ground. Meanwhile, the ones that have landed take the same number of firepower
to kill. Does this make any sense at all?
-----------------
12. The break-in
-----------------
[RE12]
It's time to break into the castle. A merchant is conveniently located in the
entrance area. Let's go visit him, shall we? It's time for a long spate of
upgrades. If you are playing the game right, you should have over 200000
Pesetas at this point, so let's dig in.
First, buy a large attaché case for 40000 Pesetas and a treasure map for the
castle for 6000. Sell your rifle, as you will be getting better the semi-
automatic rifle for 35000 pesetas (the scope costs 12000 pesetas). Ignore the
Blacktail, since its maximum damage potential is much lower than that of the
Red9.
Optional weapon! Riot Gun
Ammunition: Shotgun shells Dimensions (W x H): 8 x 2
Firepower: 5.0 (Up to 10.0) Capacity: 7 (Up to 17)
Range: Medium
The riot gun is a pump action shotgun that is effective, even at long
distances. Not only does it have a higher damage potential than the normal
shotgun, it also has a better range, making it much safer than having to wait
until the enemies are almost at point blank range before shooting. However, an
even more powerful shotgun is on its way a few more chapters later, so I
suggest you stick with your current shotgun until you get that. Hell, there
isn't even a need for powerful shotgun attacks up till then!
New weapon! Semi-automatic Rifle
Ammunition: Rifle rounds Dimensions (W x H): 7 x 2, 3 x 1 for scope
Firepower: 7.0 (Up to 15.0) Capacity: 10 (Up to 24)
Range: Very long
The semi-automatic rifle is a parallel sidegrade over its predecessor. Sure,
it takes more space, but the semi-automatic nature makes up for it. Every time
you shoot, you can just go on and not remove the empty cartridge as in the
rifle, making it a much faster weapon. The scope also can zoom in closer than
that of the rifle. This is a must have for long range sneak attacks. The Rifle
and the Semi-automatic rifle both have their pros and cons, so it's a matter
of preference as to which rifle to use.
Take the time to upgrade your weapons. Here are the costs associated.
Handgun:
Firepower (1.4 -> 1.6): 15000 ptas
Firing speed (0.40 -> 0.33): 12000 ptas
Reload speed (1.47 -> 0.87): 10000 ptas
Capacity (16 -> 19): 8000 ptas
Red 9:
Firepower (1.8 -> 2.1): 20000 ptas
Capacity (10 -> 12): 8000 ptas
Shotgun:
Firepower (5.0 -> 6.0): 25000 ptas
Reload speed (2.43 -> 1.67): 15000 ptas
Capacity (10 -> 12): 12000 ptas
Riot Gun:
Firepower (5.0 -> 5.5): 20000 ptas
Rifle:
Firepower (6.0 -> 8.0): 20000 ptas
Reload speed (3.23 -> 2.33): 18000 ptas
Capacity (9 -> 12): 12000 ptas
Semi-automatic rifle:
Firepower (7.0 -> 8.0): 15000 ptas
Reload Speed (2.33 -> 1.90): 9000 ptas
Capacity (10 -> 12): 10000 ptas
Consider waiting until the rifle is empty before you upgrade its capacity.
Now, let's search the area. There are many barrels and boxes in the area. They
hold cash and shotgun bullets. One box has a snake inside. Be ready to slash
at it twice to kill the snake. Look behind the shack for a treasure chest.
Inside are 5000 Pesetas' worth of gold bars. With these items in hand, go
through the door.
--------------
Catapult zone
--------------
Run along the walkway until you come to a crate with rifle rounds on it. Take
the rounds, combine the scope with the semi-auto rifle and look up at the
castle walls. See two zealots walking around? Give them head shots, their
heads will explode.
With the two cultists dead, continue along the path, go up the stairs to a
courtyard. All seems to be fine until a cult leader discovers you. He orders
his men to catapult burning rocks at you! Run forward for cover immediately
and go up the stairs. Ask Ashley to wait at the top of the stairs, leaning
against the wall to the left.
Look up the walls to your right through the scope of your semi-auto rifle. See
the red barrel next to the guy operating the catapult? Shoot the barrel and
the cultist will be blown up, disabling one catapult. Now, walk slowly to the
bridge to the right and turn around. Look up the walls. See the cultist's
head? Shoot it to pieces. 2 down, 4 to go.
Walk forwards along the bridge until you just see the 3rd catapult (and the
cult leader) up the walls to your right. Kill the two of them to disable the
3rd catapult. At this point, run back to Ashley and go down the steps. 2
cultists will walk up the stairs, chanting "Lord Saddler" and maybe "To die is
to live" in Spanish. Make quick work of them with your guns to prevent Ashley
from being snatched.
With the threat to Ashley neutralized, go back to the top of the stairs. Look
to your right and use the scope to zoom in to the window of the shack to the
other side of the bridge? See the cultist? He's wearing a skull cap, so you
can't head shot him. Instead, aim at his chest. If it doesn't kill him, he
will be drawn out, allowing you to kill him with an easy shot. The 4th and last
catapult is the trickiest. Run straight across the bridge and hide behind the
crates to the left of the shack.
Turn around; keep your eyes to the catapult to the far right above the walls.
Go slowly to the bridge leading right, and walk slowly across, looking at that
catapult through your scope from time to time. Eventually, you will discover
the head of cultist operating the catapult which you can blast to pieces in
one shot! Threat neutralized.
Now, press the Plus button to let Ashley follow you again. Examine the shack.
There are a couple of boxes with cash inside, as well as a treasure chest with
a Yellow Herb. The real treasure lies in the chest behind the shack, which
holds a Gold Bangle. Go back down the stairs to the courtyard, and down the
steps to the right. You will enter the base of a tower with a cannon inside.
Break the barrels for an Incendiary Grenade, a Velvet Blue and more Pesetas.
You are going to use the cannon to break into the castle. Go all the way back
up the stairs, and cross the bridge leading to the top of the tower. (Opposite
the shack) There will be a crank. Rotate your Wii Remote in the direction
specified by the game to move the cannon up into position. Now fire the cannon
by pressing the A button near it. There she blows! The castle gates are down.
It's time to go through.
There is a merchant behind the gates.
Riot Gun:
Firepower (5.5 -> 6.0): 24000 ptas
It's time to upgrade the capacity of your semi-auto rifle. In doing so, it
will have a capacity of 12, and you've just got a free refill. Sell your
treasures. A Velvet Blue is worth 2500 ptas each, and the Gold Bangle 8500. Go
through the door.
----------------
Castle anteroom
----------------
You receive a call from Hunnigan.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Hunnigan: Leon, where's your location?
Leon: We decided to lay low in a castle but it looks like it was a bad move.
Hunnigan: Meaning?
Leon: Well, It appears that this castle's also connected to the Los
Illuminados. They must not get many visitors 'cause they are giving me one
hell of a welcome.
Hunnign: Sounds bad. I hae an idea Leon. I need you to... (Transmission cut off)
Leon: What? Repeat Hunnigan. Great, just my luck.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
Oh dear, you've lost contact. Anyway, grab the shotgun shells on the table in
front of you and take that Platinum Sword mounted on the wall. Open a cupboard
for money. Go up the stairs.
You will be discovered by the cultists there. Stay at the top of the stairs
and shoot them a few times with the Red9. All of a sudden, a cult leader
bursts in below. He orders more insane cultists to come up after you! Quickly
equip your shotgun and fire a shot down the stairs. You should be able to at
least stun both cultists in one blast. Afterwards, run down the stairs and
blast the cultist leader with the shotgun. With him stunned, run to the corner
to the left and turn around, facing the stairs.
You now have the territorial advantage. The enemies can only come at you from
one direction. However, make sure that the cultist leader is killed fast, or
more cultists will come from the right (literally appearing out of nowhere!)
The remaining stragglers can be taken down one by one with the headshot-kick-
slash routine. Just be careful if the parasites pop out as they are of the
head biter variant. With everyone dead, go up the stairs and examine the
anteroom.
There is money on the table, and in one of the boxes. Another box holds a
Spinel. A Red Herb can also be found in the cupboard. Take the Gold Sword from
the mount on the wall, and replace it with the Platinum Sword. Go back down to
the room below and place Gold Sword on the wall. A door will be revealed in
the anteroom. Go through.
----------------
Luis passageway
----------------
I name this passageway after a guy you will meet. Move forward a little and
Luis will enter.
***************
Movie scene
***************
He says, "Hey! I got something for you guys." He checks the pockets. "Damn! I
must have dropped it while I was running away from them."
Ashley asks, "Dropped what?"
"A drug that will stop your convulsions. Look, I know you are carriers. You
have been coughing up blood, right?"
Leon says, "Yes." Luis turns to Ashley, "And you?" Ashley says, "Yes."
"Damn it! The eggs have hatched, we don't have much time. I got to go back."
Luis starts to walk away. Ashley cries, "Wait! Let me come with you."
"No, you stay with Leon. He's better with the ladies." He continues to move
on.
Leon begins to ask, "Why are you?" Luis interrupts, "It makes me feel better,
let's just leave it at that." Hmmm... What strange behaviour. Don't worry, you
will find out why he's doing all this soon enough.
*****END SCENE*****
As soon as you have control of Leon, ask Ashley to wait. You almost
immediately hear grim music. The cultists behind the door in front of you know
you are here and will be coming after you! Go over to the door and wait for
them to open it. A number of cultists can be seen. This calls for crowd
control with the shotgun. More than often you can stun 2 cultists at the same
time so that they lie next to each other. There's your chance to slash both at
once. When the going gets tough, retreat through the door and wait for more
cultists to come through that narrow doorway, just like lambs to the
slaughter.
When the cultists stop coming, head through the door and bear right. As soon
as you run into the wall, take out your rifle and look up and to the left
through your scope. You should see another cultist above the path. The angle
prevents you from getting a headshot, so shoot him in the chest. He should die
in one shot. The music will stop at this point. Now, go to the right and into
the opening of the room. This is where the cultists came from. Two more
cultists remain and are easy pickings. With them killed, open the cupboard for
more cash.
Now, go out through the door to the left and go forward. Some cultists will
approach you with shields. Take out your shotgun and bust their shields, then
kill as before. Go through the door. You are inside a room with an explosive
barrel. Head over to the chest, and get the Castle Gate Key. A number of
insane cultists will storm into the room after you, so quickly turn around and
shoot the explosive barrel. You should be able to take out all of them in one
blast. Now, grab the Velvet Blue in the barrel next to you, as well as the
Green Herb. Head back to Ashley, call her to you and use the key to open the
Castle Gate.
---------------------
Castle Entrance Hall
---------------------
You hear some sinister laughter echoing through the hall. Run forward to the
stairs.
***************
Movie scene
***************
The source of the laughter reveals himself on the balcony. It's some grey
haired, yellow eyed midget dressed in 18th century clothes. "I was starting to
wonder when you might notice us." He says.
Leon asks, "Who are you?"
"Ramon Salazar, the eighth Castellan of this magnificent architecture. I have
been honoured with the prodigious powers of Great Lord Saddler. I have been
expecting you, my brethren."
Leon snaps, "No thanks, bro."
Salazar continues, "My, we have a feisty one. If you care for your well-being,
I suggest you surrender and become our hostage. Or Mr. Scott, you can give us
the girl because you are not worth a penny, I'm afraid. You can die!" It's Mr.
Kennedy, you idiot! He turns and walks off.
Ashley is horrified, "No! I'm not turning into one of them! Never!" Leon
replies, "You got that right. We'll find a cure." Yup, he's right. Don't worry
about Salazar, he's just as demented as Alfred Ashford, the whiny master of
the Ashford family in Code Veronica. With Count Farquaad (watch the first
Shrek to find out) like features, it's impossible to take this guy seriously.
*****END SCENE*****
Let's inspect this hall. As you approach the passage ahead of you, it closes
up, so break open the vases for now. Lord Salazar will not be pleased, heh.
You will find a Velvet Blue and some money. Head over to the stone carving.
There is a hole for you to place something inside. Turn around, and look up.
See the shiny object on the ceiling? Shoot it down. It's a Purple Gem for the
Elegant Mask. Now, go through the door to your right.
You find yourselves in another hallway overlooking a prison. The door to the
left leads there but is locked. You should find an Incendiary Grenade in the
barrels. Move forward and smash the vase for more money. Look left, see
something green on the support beam above the prison? Shoot that object down.
Go right and examine the picture of Lord Saddler. Someone's been hiding money
behind the painting: 5000 Pesetas. From now on, it always pays to examine
portraits of him, since there will ALWAYS be money. Go over to the other end
of the hallway and you will find a notice on the wall requesting the capture
of Luis Sera.
******************
Capture Luis Sera
******************
I have confirmation that Sera has entered the castle.
Why he would return during his escape leaves me to question his motives. But
we must seize this moment and capture him.
We will get the other two Americans after we apprehend Sera.
It appears he took some vaccines when he stole our "sample". The vaccines we
can do without but we must retrieve the "sample" for it is our life blood.
I feel there is somebody else or some other group involved in this whole
affair.
If the "sample" were to get into the hands of that other entity the world
which we seek to create will not come. We must apprehend Sera as quickly as
possible.
Explanation:
Ah, more rants about Sera stealing their "sample". The sample is a Master
Plaga specimen developed by Saddler, as revealed in a later minigame. There
definitely is a third party involved, since there was that woman in the red
dress that saved your life.
*****END FILE*****
Now, smash the barrels. There is a Yellow Herb inside one of them. Looks like
some flame throwing horse statues are preventing you from moving on. But no
fear, there is a key on the painting on the wall to the right. It's the Prison
Key, go back to the locked door just now and open it. Go down to the prison.
Have Ashley wait at the top of the stairs since you are going to have a nasty
fight. Go over to the cell and you will find some heavy armed person whose
eyes are sewn shut. Open the door to the cell and attempt to reach the lever
next to him. The man comes to life and attacks you. Run! Thankfully, this
barbarian is blind. If you keep silent and walk, he can't possibly tell where
you are. Keep your distance, wait until his back his turned and shoot his
exposed heart there. Walk a few steps away from your position so that he can't
charge over to you and repeat.
You should get 15000 Pesetas from killing him. With him killed, get the Green
Herb in the prison and the shotgun shells that have fallen from the beam. Pull
the lever to disable the flamethrowers on the hallway above. Move back to the
main hall to face the cultists. There is a spirit lamp conveniently placed
above their paths. Wait until they are under it and shoot the lamp. It should
try them nice and good. Go through the revealed hallway, watch out for two
crossbowmen and a dynamite thrower. You will find handgun bullets at the hand
of the hallway. Go through the door.
-----------------
Multi-level hall
-----------------
My, if it isn't Leon versus everything. You will be up against 5 cultists (and
2 crossbowmen on the balconies high above behind them), and they will be
approaching you from three directions. 2 shield bearers will be moving towards
you from the centre, 1 will come from the left, another from the right. You
must act quickly. Take the semi-auto rifle and headshot the cultist in the
centre. Then kill the shield bearers by shooting at the top of their shields.
The bullets will go right through and blow their heads to pieces. Afterwards,
run to the right to intercept the cultist there. Stun him with the Red9 and
knock him down, then turn around to face the other cultist. Head shot him with
the semi-auto rifle if possible.
Stay at your corner and brace yourself. More cultists will be coming after
you. 2 pairs will come through the side doors. Stay alert and kill them all.
When they are dead, break open the vases for some goodies. Approach the centre
of the hall. Some more cultists will be running up the steps towards you, but
those are just small fry. Destroy the vases for more stuff, in particular an
incendiary grenade. Go down the stairs and kill and stragglers you find. Enter
the room.
In the room, take the Green Herb and shotgun shells. Ask Ashley to wait on a
yellow square switch while you stand on the other one. A crank will be
revealed above. For now, get out, and draw the cultists in one by one. Stand
at Ashley's corner and let them come to you one by one so they can be easily
picked off with the semi-auto rifle.
When the action seems to have died down, go back out and up the stairs to the
crank. Have Ashley turn the crank while you watch out for enemies. Take the
time to reload your weapons. Eventually a new set of steps will be lowered for
you to access the upper level of the hall, and a bunch of cultists armed with
reapers will come after you! Kill them with the shotgun and go up the stairs.
Go through the two doors to your left and right to get the items on the
balconies. There is an Incendiary Grenade and a First Aid Spray in the 2
vases.
Now, continue forwards and Ashley will tell you that there are cranks on the
walkway above. Piggyback her up there and ready your semi-auto rifle. Your
task is to protect her from the cultists that come after her. If she gets
caught, shoot the cultist who is carrying her to free her. If you let them
take her away from the room, you will lose. At the same time, watch out for
cultists on the lower level running towards you. It's a good idea to stand
next to one of the vases by the pool of water, with your back to the pool,
since you can see everything that way.
There are a total of 2 cranks to be turned. When both of them are turned, two
platforms will be raised above the water, allowing you access to the door on
the other side of the pool. Ashley will run to one of the edges overlooking
you, so run over to her and press A to catch her. Break the two vases for
shotgun shells and rifle rounds. Jump across the pool and go through the door.
Whew!
------------------
Ashley Panic Hall
------------------
The name of this hallway is based on what Ashley will do later. But first,
let's search the two sides of the hall for more goodies without triggering the
next event. Hug the right wall, and you will come to a treasure chest in a
glass case. Smash the glass and open the treasure chest. Ta-dah! There is a
Hand Grenade inside. What treasure. Go over to the left wall, and you will
come to three vases and the merchant. Destroy the vases for money and a Green
Herb. Talk to the merchant. It's time for another round of upgrades:
Handgun:
Firepower (1.6 -> 1.8): 18000 ptas
Capacity (19 -> 22): 10000 ptas
Red9:
Firepower (2.1 -> 2.5): 24000 pts
Firing Speed (0.47 -> 0.40): 15000 ptas
Reload Speed (2.20 -> 1.67): 10000 ptas
Capacity (12 -> 15): 12000 ptas
Riot Gun:
Reload speed (3.03 -> 2.43): 7000 ptas
Capacity (7 -> 9): 10000 ptas
Rifle:
Firepower (8.0 -> 10.0): 25000 ptas
Capacity (12 -> 15): 18000 ptas
Semi-automatic rifle:
Firepower (8.0 -> 9.0): 18000 ptas
Capacity (12 -> 14): 12000 ptas
If any of your guns are empty just then, rejoice, since you've just gained a
free refill! Now, run over to the narrow passage to trigger the next event.
***************
Movie scene
***************
Ashley coughs up blood. "Ashley? Are you all right?" Leon asks. Ashley panics,
"I'm fine, leave me alone!" She runs into a wall, and all of a sudden, spikes
rise up from the ground, separating the two. Ashley backs into the wall, only
to be caught by the steel hoops that wrap around her!
"What's going on? Arrgh!" She cries. The wall turns around, taking Ashley with
it. Leon says, "Don't worry, Ashley! I'm coming for you!" Will Leon find
Ashley again? We'll see next chapter.
---------------
13. Rob-A-Hood
---------------
[RE13]
I have some good news and bad news for you. Let's start with the bad news.
Ashley is kidnapped again, and you have to find her before she mutates into
some mindless slave. The good news is, Ashley is kidnapped again, so you don't
need to worry about her getting killed or taken away when fighting enemies!
Now, you should receive another radio transmission from an unexpected person.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Leon: Hunnigan what happened? The transmission got cut off. (Salazar appears
on screen, laughing evilly) Salazar, how could you?
Salazar: We jacked the line. We didn't want you to give anyone any unnecessary
information.
Leon (very angry): Where's Ashley?
Salazar: Ah, she fell into one of our wondrous traps. We will make sure our
people find her, don't you worry about her. Oh by the way, I let out miserable
insects out for some exercise in the sewer.
Leon: Yeah, that should keep me company, 'cause boredom kills me.
Salazar: I look forward to our next encounter, in another life.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
Yup, they jacked the line. From now on, you won't be hearing from Hunnigan,
only from the sadistic duo Salazar and Saddler! Before you go through the door
into the sewers, let's play a little game. Turn around, and look up to a
hanging statue. See the shiny eye? Shoot it to reveal the Spinel there. Then
go through the door next to the merchant. It's time for target practice. On
the table is a file telling you how to play the game.
****************
Target practice
****************
Game Rules
1. Receive prizes by scoring above 1000 points.
2. Bonus points will be awarded for headshots.
3. A high-scoring Salazar target may appear with successive hits.
4. Shooting an Ashley target will deduct points.
Prizes
1. 1 bottle cap will be awarded for every 1000 points scored.
2. Special bottle caps will be awarded by either shooting all the wooden
targets except Ashley or scoring above 3500 points.
3. There are 24 bottle caps in all. Each time you enter a new Shooting Range,
6 new bottle caps will become available.
Special Bonuses
1. Each time you complete a row on the collector's base, you'll earn bonus
points!
2. There are a total of 4 rows. You have 4 bonus chances!
Note: Bottle cap collections can be viewed in the Key/Treasures screen.
*****END SCENE*****
Now, talk to the merchant, and select your weapon. I suggest you choose either
the handgun or TMP. Go through the double doors and ring the bell to start the
game. Shoot the targets as instructed, try getting as many head shots as you
can, don't shoot Ashley! The Salazar targets are small round targets that
appear at the far back of the shooting range. After you finish the game, you
will be awarded a number of bottle caps. Keep playing until you have been
awarded all 6. Then go out and end the game. You will be awarded all the
bottle caps, and a 15000 Peseta cash prize.
When you have beaten the minigame, go back out, and go through the door before
the trap. You are entering the sewers.
---------------
Sewer
---------------
You see two barrels in front of you. Let's open them for goodies. You will
find some rifle rounds and a Flash Grenade. Jump down the hatch to enter the
sewer proper. As you run along the corridor, you hear something scuttling
along. Those are the insects Salazar was talking about.
Before you go out there, let's take the first right. You should come to a dead
end with a box of cash. Now, get back to the main corridor. Take your semi-
auto rifle out and have a look at the other end. You should see some green
fumes, and you'd be locked onto some target. Open fire and kill it. It's a
Novistador, and invisible bug.
Novistadors have considerably high armor and will take several shotgun shells
to kill. Therefore, keep your distance if possible and fight them with the
semi-auto rifle. When they die, Novistadors often will drop their eyes which
are jewels to be combined with the Butterfly Lamp. Three variants of gems
exist: The Green, Red and Blue Eyes (with the Blue being the rarest).
Kill this Novistador and head towards the water pool. I suggest you walk
slowly throughout the sewers to sneak up on those bugs, allowing for sneak
attacks. Instead of jumping down, take out your semi-automatic rifle and
examine the water with the scope. Two Novistadors are present. You can tell by
the fumes given out as they breathe. When you are on target, fire and they
should die in one hit, saving you many shotgun shells.
Jump into the water and search the pool for some handgun bullets and TMP ammo.
Pick up any treasure the bugs left behind and climb up at the other side. Go
through the door. You arrive at an area with four cells. All of a sudden, a
Novistador jumps down from the ceiling. Take it out with the semi-auto rifle.
Then look to the cells to the left through the. Another insect will jump out
of the rear cell. This is your chance to take it out before it reaches you.
With the threat neutralized, go into the corridor to the left (It's to the
southeast, according to the map)
Use your scope to examine the rubble in front of you, another Novistador is
breathing there. Kill it fast and follow the path through the open cells and
holes in the wall. You will end up in a control room. Break open the boxes for
shotgun shells and a Green Herb, then open the treasure chest for a Butterfly
Lamp. Combine your eyes with the lamp. There is a valve in the room. Turn it
to drain the water from a pool in the main cell block. Get back out there,
fighting through several two Novistadors around the corner as you exit. You
should be able to pick one off by aiming at the ceiling with the semi-auto
rifle.
Head back to the cell block. As you walk, another Novistador bursts out of the
cell facing you. Take it out from a distance with the semi-auto rifle. Examine
the cells one by one. As you walk over to the cell the Novistador just came
out from, another jumps down from the ceiling behind you. Kill it quick! The
neighbouring cell holds a Yellow Herb. Combine it with a Green+Red mixture and
use it to heal yourself fully and extend your life line. Break into the two
cells opposite you.
The left cell holds shotgun shells and a Memo written by Luis Sera.
***************
Luis' Memo
***************
There are some parasites that have the ability to control their hosts.
It's basic knowledge among biologists but not much is known as to how the
parasites do it.
Studying these parasites specifically might reveal some clues to as to how the
powers of the Las Plagas work. And perhaps provide more insight on the victims
of the Las Plagas, the Los Ganados.
here is a list of some parasites that have the ability to manipulate the
behavioural patterns of their host.
Dicrocoelium
Once the larvae of this parasite migrates to the ant's oesophagus, it alters
the behaviour of the ant. When the temperature drops in the evening, the
infected any climbs to the top of a plant and clamps onto a leaf using its
mandible.
It stays here immobile until the next morning, placing the ant where it's most
vulnerable to be eaten by a browsing herbivore such as sheep.
One could conclude that the parasite is manipulating the hos's behaviour to
make its way into the body of its definitive host.
Galactosomum
The larvae of this parasite makes its home inside the brain of a fish such as
the yellowtail and the parrot bass. Once infected, the fish make their way up
to the water's surface where they'll swim until eaten by seabirds.
Once again, this peculiar behaviour can only be explained by the parasite's
cesire to get into the bodies of the seabirds.
Leucochloridium
This parasite's sporocysts develop in the snail's tentacles. The sporocysts
are vivid in colour and pulsate continually somewhat like a work.
Surprisingly the infected snail makes its way to the top of the plant where it
is more visible to the yes of birds, therefore more likely to b eaten.
Once eaten by a bird, the parasite will complete its metamorphosis into an
adult.
Explanation:
Las Plagas is a mind controlling parasite. This whole biology lesson must have
been written by Luis while he's interred in the cells here.
*****END FILE*****
Head over to the next cell. There is an Incendiary Grenade. Jump down into the
pool of water and go through the gate. Turn around immediately. There is one
final Novistador there! Kill him and you won't need to worry about more of
them until much later of the game. Climb the stairs and bust the barrels to
the left for money. Then go right. You will come to a pathway guarded by
swinging pendulum blades. To get through, run past them as soon as they fly
past you. A Velvet Blue is waiting for you on the other side. Go through the
door and climb up the ladder. There are two barrels by the door. Break them
open for cash and a Spinel. Go through the door.
------------------
Ashley Panic Hall
------------------
"Molly is sleeping!" a red cloaked Insane Cultist leader chants, "Molly is
sleeping!" all the lesser Cultists repeat after him, "Molly is sleeping!" On
the table in front of the leader is a red piece of flesh with a sword stuck
through it. Are they making a sacrifice or something? Of course, they aren't
speaking English, they are trying to chant "To die is to live!" in Spanish.
But either way, I just can't help laughing at their accents. No offense to all
the Spanish speakers out there though. Let's crash their little party, shall
we?
Since you are on a walkway above the hall, move to the left where there is a
ladder leading down. Turn slightly to your right to face the cultist leader.
Throw a flash grenade down to blind all the people down there, followed by a
hand grenade. The resulting blast should kill most, if not all the cultists
down there. Quickly jump down and run towards the passage where Ashley got
captured just now. This will cause it to be blocked off, preventing any
survivors from escaping. The remaining cultists are just small fry, although
you should watch out for the head chewer parasite that will pop out of the
leader's head when you've shot him enough times. With all the enemies dead,
let's get their spoils. Each regular cultist drops a Spinel, 10 in total,
while the leader drops an Illuminados Pendant. With these cash crops in hand,
climb back up to the walkway above.
See the chandelier? Use it to jump over to the ledge on the other side. Break
the two cases for a Velvet Blue and Pesetas, then move to the right and jump
back to the side you were on through the next chandelier. You are now behind
the bars. Pull the lever to release the bars. Open the treasure chest for
another Elegant Mask and jump back to the opposite side. You now have access
to the merchant. See your treasures: The completed Butterfly Lamp will net you
32000 Pesetas! No new upgrades are available for your weapons. Go back down to
the lower level of the hall to pick up the jewels left behind by the dead
cultists. The leader will leave an Illuminados Pendant behind, while the
others would have dropped Spinels.
Now, let's go through the door to the left.
-----------------------------
Machine gunning cultist hall
-----------------------------
You are now in a room with some curious sounding music. Move forward and get
the Red Herb, then go up the stairs. You will come to a table with a Castellan
Memo.
***************
Castellan Memo
***************
For many years the Salazar family has served as the castellans of this castle.
However, not everything is bright, for my ancestry has a dark past.
Long ago there once was a religious group that had deep roots in this region
called the Los Illuminados. Unjustly however, the first castellan of the
castle took away their rights and powers. (1)
As a follower of this religion and as the 8th Castellan, I felt that it was my
duty as well as my responsibility to atone for that sin.
I knew the best way to atone for the sin was to give power back to those who
we once took it away from, the Los Illuminados.
As expected it took a little time, but we were able to rejuvenate the once
sealed Las Plagas. With this success I was one step closer to the revival of
the Los Illuminados.
The reason why I released the Las Plagas from deep under this castle (2) and
gave them to Lord Saddler was not only to repay for the sins of my ancestors
but I felt certain that the Lord would make better use of this power to help
save the world.
To save those that have sinned with the power of the Las Plagas and to cleanse
their souls creating a world without sinners, the way it as meant to be. Once
cleansed, they would become one of the many Ganados where they will find their
reason to live. (3)
And after the Lord has succeeded in creating the world in which he has
envisioned, then the sins of my Salazar family will be atoned for. (4)
Explanations:
(1) Los Illuminados has a longer history than you can imagine. It's likely at
least 2 centuries old!
(2) Las Plagas originated beneath Lord Salazar's castle.
(3) A mind controlled person has no free will, and hence can't sin!
(4) A typical symptom of an evil cultist. They have their extreme ideals for
saving the world, but what they are actually doing is illegal and possibly
terrorism.
*****END FILE*****
Go through the next door. As soon as you enter this big room, the leader
cultist on the balcony above has spotted you. Equip your semi-auto rifle and
run to the corner to the left. Look up the balcony. See the crossbowman to the
left? Kill him fast, then turn to face the insane cultist that is walking
towards you. With him down, move forwards and aim up to the right. Another
crossbowman. Kill! With him down, you can safely crack open the vases in the
room for more items, including a Green Herb. One more cultist remains, and can
be taken down by the headshot-kick-slash technique. Now, go through the door
to the left.
In the next room, break open the barrels for more money and go upstairs to
fight the cultist with the skull cap. 2 shots to the groin should down him,
allowing you to slash him to death. Go through the door. You are on the upper
level of the hall. Take advantage of your position and kill the two skull cap
cultists with the semi-auto rifle. Head over to the right and jump down to
their balcony. The cultist leader takes this moment to flee. Go after him,
snagging the shotgun shells and Pesetas from the small room to the right on
the way.
Several cultists may get in your way, but they are no match for your shotgun.
You know what to do. When you have returned to the lower part of the hall, the
cultist leader will emerge with a heavy machine gun! Dodge the bullets! Run
around his platform in a clockwise direction and he can't hit you. When he
stops to reload, aim at him on the platform and shoot him in the back. When
he's finished reloading, continue to run in a clockwise direction to avoid his
bullets, stopping to shoot while he's reloading. After a number of shots (It
took me 7 shotgun shells, 15 Red9 bullets and 1 rifle round to bring him
down), he will fall and drop the Gallery Key. Take it, and use it to open the
locked door on the balcony.
In the gallery, shoot the deer's eye to reveal a Velvet Blue. Then break the
vases for more money. Operate the machinery. We have a puzzle.
***************
Puzzle
***************
Sacrifice Six Lives
The machine says, "The sacrifice of six lives shall make way the true path."
Your objective is to flip the pictures around until there are a total of 6
people being executed on the 4 pictures. Start flipping the pictures. You
should eventually get 6 people being guillotined or hung by trial and error.
Press Ok and the wall will move aside, revealing a door. Go through.
-------------------
Intense action hall
-------------------
As you enter the hall, you are greeted by Salazar on the balcony above.
***************
Movie scene
***************
"What a pleasant surprise," He says, "But I'm afraid it's Ashley we need, not
you, Mr. Kennedy!"
Leon snaps back, "Well if you don't need me, then get off my back, old man?"
Salazar looks surprised, "Did you say 'old man', Mr. Kennedy? It may come as a
surprise, but I'm only 20 years old!" Oh, so we are looking at a genuine freak
here! A 20 year old withered grey haired midget!
"Oh, so you are just like all the others, a puppet of the parasites?" "Surely
you don't think I'm the same as those diminutive Ganados? The parasites, Las
Plagas are slaves to my will! I have absolute control." Leon replies, "Well, I
don't give a damn! Rain or shine, you're going down!" A number of cultists
storm in. "Get rid of our American friend, orders Salazar.
*****END SCENE*****
It's time for another fight. As soon as you have control of Leon, run right
and go through the door there. Go up the stairs and look down. The cultists
will try to force the door open (Isn't it easier to just turn the doorknob?
Heh.). When they do, throw a Hand Grenade at the door. It should take out
most, if not all of the cultists that have gathered there. If not, go through
the door and quickly finish them off.
At that point, some crossbowmen will appear on the upper level of the hall. Go
through the door to the right and go up the stairs. There is a Yellow Herb in
the corner. Take it and go through the door on this level. There is a
crossbowman immediately to your left. Shoot him down and run left along this
catwalk. There are more crossbowmen for you to take down. If any happen to be
standing under a spirit lamp, shoot it and it will fall down and burn them!
All of a sudden, 2 cultists will appear from behind a picture with rocket
launchers! Duck to the left and they can't hit you. Hunt down any remaining
stragglers on the upper level and the music should stop. Press the red button
by the barred door and the security system will be deactivated. A platform
with a treasure chest will be raised.
Let's search the hall. The vases on the lower level are full of cash. You will
find a Spinel and Green Herb on the upper level. Enter the side room opposite
the raised platform. Inside, smash the vase and press the button. A bridge
will be made allowing access to the chest. Open the door, but close it quickly
since two more cultists with rocket launchers will be waiting for you on the
platform. Their rockets can't go through the door, so you can pick them off
easily once they used their rockets. Go and open the chest, inside is a Goat
Ornament. The doors in the room will be unbarred, and you can leave. Just
watch out for the three cultists with reapers coming up after you.
-----------------------------
Scenic walkway with fountain
-----------------------------
Save with the typewriter if you like, and run up the stairs. Go through the
door, an smash the vase for handgun bullets. Go left, and you will be in
another corridor with something shining on the ceiling. Shoot it down, as it's
a Spinel. Go through the next door, and you are on a scenic walkway. Walk
along until you reach a fountain with many crows on it. Throw a Flash Grenade
at them to kill them. Grab their money, and the Velvet Blue and Spinel on the
fountain. Ignore that room with the treasure for now. On your way to the door,
there are a number of barrels, break them open for Pesetas and an Incendiary
Grenade. Go through the door.
---------------
Maze Garden
---------------
You find yourself facing a giant maze. Run around the corner, and you will
receive another call from Salazar.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Mr. Kennedy. Still alive I see. So, do you like my garden?
Leon: I see you've managed to work in a little of your twisted taste here too.
Salazar: Sagacious as I am, even I get lost here sometimes. Even if it takes
your whole life, you'll never get out. Do you know that no one dies without a
cause? You will satisfy the stomachs of my cute pets. Now if you'll excuse me,
I have to tie up a few loose ends. Like chasing down a couple of rats. (He
goes off the air.)
Leon: Two rats? If one's Luis, who's the other? There is an intruder besides
me?
*****END SCENE*****
What Salazar doesn't know is that you have a fully functioning map of the
garden! Let's do down the stairs, through the gate and explore. Break the
first two barrels you see for a Velvet Blue and maybe rifle rounds. Equip your
shotgun, and walk slowly to the right at the junction. A Ganados Dog will
lunge at you, better shoot him down fast. With him dead, follow the left most
path until the next junction. You should run into a shack with many Ganados
Dogs caged up. Quickly throw an Incendiary Grenade at them before they can
break out, that should kill them all. Follow the path left of the shack and go
all the way to the end. You should find a treasure chest around the corner
with shotgun shells. Quickly turn around, some Ganados Dogs will be after you.
Anticipate their movements and kill them fast.
Afterwards, go back the same way and turn the first right you see. There is a
bridge. Cross it, and you will come to a fountain with the Left Half of the
Moonstone. With that in hand, head back to the shack. As you approach the
bridge, watch out! 3 Ganados Dogs will jump through the bushes and ambush you;
one has tentacles sticking out of this body. There is a small path to the
right of the bridge on the fountain side. It leads to a chest with TMP Ammo.
Follow the path beyond the shed. Go all the way to the end, and there is a
Yellow Herb around the corner. Head north through the first path to your left
from that point. As you reach the junction, turn around, another Ganados Dog
with tentacles will ambush you from behind. Blow him to doggie heaven. See the
star on the map? Follow the map to get to the treasure chest. It's a Red Gem,
combine it with the Elegant Mask.
From the chest, turn around and head right. Follow the path all the way to get
to the northwest part of the maze. As you reach the next corner, turn around
to face the Ganados Dog behind you. After a few corners, you will come to
another locked shack filled with Ganados Dogs desperate to come out to play.
Throw a lovely ball (incendiary grenade) at them, that should shut them up for
good. Check the map, and head towards the dead end to the south. The chest
inside holds a First Aid Spray. Now, follow the path along the northern edge
of the maze until you reach a dead end. Kill the Ganados Dog and take the
Spinel.
Head back to the chest where you found the Red Gem and check the map again.
There should be some stairs nearby that lead to a fountain. Go up, and get the
Right Half of the Moonstone. Combine the two to form a complete Moonstone.
Jump down below, and 2 more Ganados Dogs will ambush you. Kill them and you
are home free. Head out of the maze, and go to the locked double doors. Place
the moonstone into the hole and it will unlock.
***************
Movie scene
***************
The woman in the red dress holds you at gunpoint. "Put your hands where I can
see them," she says.
Leon retorts, "Sorry, I'm not used to follow a lady's lead."
"Put them up."
Leon turns around and disarms her. The woman flips backwards and attempts to
grab the gun in the air. However, Leon takes his knife out and holds her at
knife point. "Bit of advice. Try using knives next time. Works better for
close encounters."
So, it's Ada Wong. She removes her sunglasses. "Leon." She says.
"Ada," Leon says with a demented tone, "So it is true."
"True? About what?"
"You've been working with Wesker. Why, Ada?"
Ada refuses to answers, "What's it to you?"
She drops her sunglasses, which is an explosive in disguise! "Why are you
here? Why are you showing up like this?" Leon continues.
Ada chuckles. The sunglasses explode, Leon's blinded by the flash. Ada jumps
out of the window. "See you around!" "Ada!"
*****END SCENE*****
So, there really is a third party, and she is Ada! Judging by their
conversation, the spark in their relationship is gone, but the smell of
gunpowder remains. What's Ada up to this time? Is she after a sample of
something? Let's see in the next chapter.
----------------------
14. The plot thickens
----------------------
[RE14]
The plot has definitely thickened. Not only do we have Ashley to worry about,
we have Ada barge in on her mission. Anyway, let's examine the room you are
in. Smash the vases in the bedroom. There are an Incendiary Grenade and a
Spinel in them. There is also a box of handgun bullets on a table. Enter the
room where the merchant is. One of the wardrobes holds a Pearl Mirror with
Rubies, a treasure. Break the vase for some money, and take the memo on the
table about Ada Wong, the Female Intruder.
****************
Female Intruder
****************
There seems to be a female intruder among us. We believe she's connected with
Sera.
We also believe that she was the one who removed the egg injected into Sera
before it hatched. She may have had him retrieve the "sample" before the
American agent's arrival.
It's obvious that her objective is the "sample". We must get to her before she
is able to re-establish contact with Sera.
There's also reason to believe that she's working for somebody. We need her
alive for interrogation.
The female should be able to answer all our questions. After we have captured
her, Sera will no longer be of any concern.
As long as we retrieve the "sample", you may dispose of him as you see fit.
Explanation:
Ada's objective is to retrieve the Master Plaga specimen developed by Lord
Saddler. Who she works for will not be revealed in the game.
*****END SCENE*****
Talk to the merchant and sell your mirror for 12000 pesetas.
Before you go to the next room, check your inventory. You should be running
low on rifle ammo; you will probably have fewer than 10 bullets left. If you
are using the Riot Gun, take the opportunity to upgrade it now.
Riot Gun:
Firepower (6.0 -> 6.5): 28000 ptas
Capacity (9 -> 11): 12000 ptas
Also let's hope you have a hand grenade with you, since it's instrumental in a
battle in the next room. Go through the door now.
---------------
Dining room
---------------
You hear the same curious music played by a piano. Grab the Green Herb from
the dining table and break a vase for shotgun shells. Inspect the blue green
signs on the wall for some dinner related statements.
"Bread begins the meal of life."
"Meat to savour the time at hand."
"A dessert to cherish our remaining years."
"One last drink and the bottle breaks, returning us to the dust from whence we
came."
The four sentences are clues to a puzzle to the right of the barred room.
***************
Puzzle
***************
The Meal of Life
You should come to a counter with a bell. Ring it and a picture showing a meal
will turn over for you. Equip your semi-auto rifle and shoot at the bottle of
wine. Bang! The bottle breaks, and the room to the left is unbarred.
*****END PUZZLE*****
At this point, equip your Hand Grenade and enter the room. Approach the
treasure chest. All of a sudden, a cage falls on top of you, trapping you in.
A Blind Barbarian jumps into the cage to fight you, numerous cultists storm
the room as well! If anything, you'd be better off skipping the cutscene as
soon as it starts. This is because the enemies will not be in position when
you have control of Leon, allowing you a few seconds of precious time to gain
some advantage in the fight.
So, reload the scene, and press the Minus button as soon as the scene starts.
Throw the Hand Grenade without moving Leon. The grenade should explode as a
pair of cultists run in from the right, while the Blind Barbarian lands on the
floor. The explosion will kill the two cultists, stun the Barbarian and
destroy the lock on the door. While the Barbarian is stunned, run to the door,
kick it down and get out. Whip out your Red9 to make quick work of the 2
remaining cultists that come after you.
At this point, the Blind Barbarian is left in the cage, wondering where you
are. He is going to have a hard time finding the exit to the cage, so stand
outside the cage, opposite the way you came out. Wait for the Barbarian to
turn his back on you and shoot his exposed heart with the shotgun. He will
swing blindly around, hitting nothing but thin air. Repeat the shooting a few
more times and he's down and out. Enter the cage and get your cash: 15000
Pesetas! The chest holds a treasure, an Hourglass with Gold Décor. There is
also a Flash Grenade inside a glass cupboard in this room. Grab them all and
go through the door.
-------------------------
Rocket Launcher showroom
-------------------------
This is the room where you can find a rocket launcher. Move forwards and break
the vase for rifle rounds, then go left and look down below. A number of
cultists will discover you. Just wait for them to climb up the ladder and
shoot them in the head. They will all fall down. When the cultists are dead,
jump down and break the vases for more money. Afterwards, look through the
bars. Some cultists are desperate to come to you. This is the best time to
throw an Incendiary Grenade at them. Pull the lever. A bridge rises up,
enabling access to the other side of the room. Climb up the ladder and look
left. Some more cultists will storm in from the right, and three shield
bearers will come from across the bridge. They are easily taken out, just
don't use the rifle for now.
When the cultists are dead, cross the bridge and go down the stairs by the
door. Look to your left, at the window. A crossbowman is aiming at you. Shoot
him dead from a distance with your Red9. Grab the money and jump down to the
glass casing. Smash it over and collect all the ammo, with the exception of
the Rocket Launcher, you will come back for it later. Go up the steps in front
of you and kill one last cultist. Kick the lock off the door and get back to
the bridge. Cross it and go through the door on the other side.
In this corridor, break the vases for more money and talk to the merchant.
Sell your hourglass for 12000 Pesetas and buy an Extra Large Attache Case for
73000. You will now have an 8 x 15 grid to work with. It's time to rearrange
your items. Align your items. Move all healing items and grenades to the far
right side of the grid, and all the weapons to the left. Place the ammo right
next to the weapons, and you should have a much nicer looking inventory. Go
through the door.
--------------------
Ashley tied up hall
--------------------
***************
Movie scene
***************
Luis enters. "Leon! I got it!" All of a sudden, he is impales by a long
tentacle. He drops the sample, and it's grabbed by Saddler.
"Now that I have the sample, you serve me no purpose!" He says.
Leon yells, "Saddler!"
"My boy Salazar will ensure you suffer the same fate!" Saddler walks off.
Luis falls to the ground, he's mortally wounded. He tells Leon, "I am a
researcher hired by Saddler. He found out what I was up to!" He coughs.
Leon says, "Don't talk!"
Luis gives Leon a bottle of pills, "Here, it should suppress growth of the
parasite. The sample, Saddler took it, you have to get it back!" Those were
his last words, he falls dead.
"Luis! Luis!"
How sad, and it's the end of the chapter.
-------------------------
15. I see zealous people
-------------------------
[RE15]
Before you free Ashley, let's examine the vases in the hall. You should find
some money, a Spinel, a Flash Grenade, and most importantly, many rifle
rounds. Inspect the portrait of Saddler for 5000 Pesetas. Pick up the handgun
bullets, reload the semi-auto rifle, and walk down to the balcony overlooking
Ashley. You have to free her by shooting the three steel hoops that bound her
with the rifle. Shoot the hoops from the side to avoid killing Ashley by
mistake.
When she's free, Ashley's feeling a bit sarcastic. "Talk about a near death
experience." All of a sudden, cultists storm in. "Ashley, get out of there,"
cries Leon.
At this point, you have to protect Ashley by killing the cultists that
approach her. There's one coming from the left, then one from the right, then
one from the left. Headshot them and Ashley will attempt to open the door to
the left.
However, "The door's locked and I can't open it!" A cultist leader storms in
with more cultists from the left. Quickly kill the leader by shooting him
three times in the groin. 2 crossbowmen accompanying him will attempt to open
fire at you, so kill them fast. At this point, another cultist should have
grabbed Ashley and begin to carry her to the right. Shoot him in the legs to
free Ashley, and kill the cultist. Ashley takes the key from the cultist
leader. "I got the key, I can get out!" She opens the brown door. You'll now
be playing as Ashley.
----------------------
Hallway with cultists
----------------------
Go left for a Spinel and a Yellow Herb. Then go forwards to the next room.
There is an insane cultist and you have no weapons to defend yourself!
Fortunately, there are a number of oil lamps in the room. Throw two at him to
burn him down. Afterwards, grab the Green Herb from the table and combine it
with the Yellow Herb to form a life extension for Ashley. Save it for a time
when Ashley's badly hurt. There is a crank in this room. Turn it to open up
the bars. In the next part of the room, there is another cultist. Deal with
him the same way as before with the oil lamps.
Open a cupboard in the room for cash, and turn the two cranks to open up the
grating blocking you from the next part of the room. At the junction, grab the
Red Herb and turn right. Go through the door.
------------------------
Dark hallway with armor
------------------------
You are now holding a flashlight. Move forwards and take the Green Herb from
the table. Combine it with the Red Herb. Then push the shelf leaning against
the wall behind you. You should find a switch in an opening. Press it, and
some bars will open up and some will close. Go over to one of the tables, and
you should be able to crawl under it.
On the other side, press the switch the open the bars to your right. Go
through that gap, and press the switch you see. The bars to the right will
open. Go over to the fireplace, get the Stone Tablet, and head back to the
switch in the opening and press it. The bars next to the previous switch you
pressed will go up, while another set will go back down. Head through the
newly revealed hallway.
Open the cupboard for money and take the Velvet Blue on the table to the
right. Go through the door. You are inside a pitch black corridor. Move along
and you will run into a shiny object. It's a Spinel. Continue along the
hallway until you reach a room with several suits of armor placed against the
walls. There is a puzzle here, which requires you to rearrange the pieces.
***************
Puzzle
***************
Mosaic Puzzle
This is a fine example of those sliding mosaic puzzles. You are to form the
symbol of the Salazar family. Fortunately, it's easy to solve. First, slide
the top middle piece down. Then, slide the top left piece to the right. Slide
the middle left piece up. Then shift the bottom three pieces towards the now
vacant square. At this point, you have completed the left row. The rest of the
pieces can be rearranged easily by trial and error, leaving the bottom right
space vacant. That is where the Stone Tablet is to be placed.
*****END PUZZLE*****
With the puzzle complete, a door will open. Enter that room. Search the room
for a treasure chest with a Gold Bangle inside, as well as a cupboard with a
Spinel. One of the suits of armour will hold the Salazar Family Insignia, that
is vital to opening a lock later. Once you have it, the wall will flip around,
revealing a treasure chest. Inside is the Serpent Ornament. Now, the suits of
armour come to life in the room! Run out! On your way out, watch out for some
of the suits of armor mounted against the walls. They may attempt to swing
their axes down towards you. In that case, you have a few moments to dodge by
pressing A and B buttons at the same time or swinging the Wii Remote to the
left. Head back to the brightly lit hallway.
----------------------
Hallway with cultists
----------------------
Go through the door in front of you. In this room, inspect it for more
goodies. You should find a Spinel, Velvet Blue, a box of handgun bullets on
the desks and in the drawers of the room. A Butler's Memo is on a table to the
left.
**************
Butler's Memo
**************
Knowing that Sr. Ramon Salazar had no family, (1) Lord Saddler must have used
his strong faith in the Los Illuminados to his advantage to talk Sr. Salaar
into undoing the seal of the Las Plagas once done by his ancestor.
Sr. Salazar would never do such a thing unless he was in some way being used
unknowingly. I should have sensed the Lord's dirty scheme sooner. I feel I'm
partly responsible for all of this.
I have no idea as to what the Lord is planning, but Sr. Salazar was just being
used. (2)
It is too late now however, Sr. Salazar has already taken the Plaga into his
body.
There is no turning back once the Plaga has turned into an adult in the body.
The Plaga parasite will not die unless the host dies. There's no cure. (3)
Perhaps, Sr. Salazar may have been vaguely aware of the Lord's plan all along.
But it's hard to tell. (4)
Nevertheless, there's nothing I can do about it now.
I have served the Salazar family for generations. I am prepared to continue my
services until the very end.
Explanation:
(1) Salazar, like Alfred Ashford, was a lonely individual driven mad by all of
it, making him do the wrong things.
(2) Salazar is nothing but a pawn in the whole scheme of things.
(3) Once a Plaga grows into an adult, it stays in your body permanently! Now
that Ashley and Leon still have a larva inside, they must act fast or they can
never be cured.
(4) Salazar might have been mind controlled.
*****END SCENE*****
There is a dais with a circular hole on it. Place the Insignia into the hole
and turn the dais. The wall will open up, revealing a ladder. Climb up, take
the money, and go through the hallway and the door at the end. Ashley is
reunited with Leon. "Leon!" She hugs Leon. "Ashley! You did good!" "I'm sorry
if I was." "Don't worry about it, let's move on!" Here ends this short
chapter.
-------------------------
16. Rescue and recapture
-------------------------
[RE16]
I have absolutely no idea why an entire chapter ends at this point. Probably
it is because they want to give you some time to buy more popcorn, or
that Luis, an important character is dead. Anyway, let's go on.
You receive another taunting session from Salazar through your radio. He's not
a sentimental person, I can tell.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Salazar: Aw, what a touching moment we have here.
Leon: All spoiled because of your interruption. Why don't you do us a favour
and leave before the audience gets pissed.
Salazar: You are just an extra in my script, so don't get too carried away.
Your biggest scene is over.
Leon: I don't remember being a part of your crappy script.
Salazar: Well then, why don't you show me what a first class script is like
through your own actions!
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
Heh, now Leon and Salazar are discussing films, but I doubt there's even a
cinema in this lonely part of Spain! With Ashley, let's backtrack and take
several things that we have missed. Head back to the Rocket Launcher Showroom
and take the launcher.
New weapon! Rocket Launcher
Dimensions (W x H): 8 x 2
The Rocket Launcher is the ultimate weapon in the game. It kills anything,
even bosses in one blast. However, it comes with only one rocket, so save it
for a special occasion.
Head back to the dining room. Some cultists would have appeared. They all wear
skull caps, making headshots impossible. There are four in the room with the
cage. Kill them all with the shotgun. Another 3 are near the dining tables.
Those are easily to deal with since you have a lot more room. Turn left
towards the door you missed just now. There are some vases there with cash
inside. Now, go through the door.
---------------
Storeroom
---------------
This place is a bonanza. First, take the Green Herb on the table. Inspect the
room. There are a Spinel, rifle rounds and shotgun shells in the boxes and
vases, as well as money. Watch out the snake in one of the vases. With the
items in hand, kick the padlock off the door and go through. Check your map
and move northwest back to the fountain. See the room with the star? You can
give Ashley a boost through the opening above and to the left so she can open
it from the inside. Enter that small room. There are several treasure chests.
They hold money, a Red Herb, an Elegant Perfume Bottle and a Broken Butterfly!
It's the magnum!
New weapon! Broken Butterfly
Ammunition: Magnum rounds Dimensions (W x H): 4 x 2
Firepower: 13.0 (Up to 50.0) Capacity: 6 (Up to 12)
Range: Medium
Aieyaiyai, I'm your Broken Butterfly, sweet looking shots light the colours in
the sky! The Broken Butterfly is the magnum of the game, with a firepower
potential of 50.0, it's the hardest hitting weapon of the game, suitable for
stopping bosses! Ammo will be scarce early on, so make use of the capacity
upgrades to get free rounds!
With the magnum in hand, let's go back to the merchant before the hall with
Luis' corpse. Check your inventory. If you happen to have a large excess of
herb mixtures, selling them until only 5 remain to free up space. Also sell
any excess Grenades, leaving 3 Incendiary and 3 Flash left. It's time to
reorganize your inventory. Rearrange your items as follows:
Top row pair: Red9, Broken Butterfly and Semi-Automatic Rifle
2nd row pair: Shotgun, all your grenades
3rd row pair: Use to store all your ammo, as well as the Red9 stock and rifle
scope.
Bottom row pair: Rocket launcher and all your herbs
Neat, ain't it? Now, go to back to the hall where you met Ashley, and go
through the door leading north on the map.
---------------
Cog Ride Room
---------------
Break the two vases for a Velvet Blue, and get the handgun bullets from a
table to the right. Get onto that cog powered ride, and Ashley will wait as
you cross the lava pool on it. What fun. Go through the door.
---------------------------
Fire breathing dragon room
---------------------------
Don't worry, they aren't real dragons. They are just giant mechanical
sculptures of dragons that slide around the room towards you, spewing flames.
This is where your semi-auto rifle comes in. See the chains that hold up the
dragon? Shoot it a couple of times to break it. The dragon will fall into the
lava with the operator screaming! That's priceless. If you aim at the two
dragons to the left and right without moving, they probably won't even come
after you, saving yourself a lot of grief.
Loot the first chest for 5000 Pesetas and jump through that rotating cage
contraption to reach the other side. On this path, some insane cultists will
jump down one by one to fight you. You know what to do. The best place to
stand is where you are: At the top of the steps. The cultists will be forced
to come up, only to be shot in the head and kicked down. Repeat this several
times until they are both dead. When they are gone, open the 2nd chest for an
Illuminados Pendant.
Go forward. Another dragon machine rises up in front of you. Back up quickly
to avoid the flames, run back up to the top of the stairs. A steady stream of
cultists will come to fight you, but they are merely fighting an uphill
battle. Kill them all as before, and take out your semi-auto rifle. Shoot the
chain holding the dragon up and it will fall. A bridge will be raised,
allowing you access to the blue chest at the far end. It holds a Goat
Ornament. Now that you have all three ornaments, head out and get back to
Ashley.
Run down the stairs. You come to one of those "Tunnel of Love" tram rides.
Ride it back to the Castle Entrance Hall. At the other stop, break open the
vases for shotgun shells and a Spinel. Head back to the hall itself. Go to the
rock carving on the wall beneath the balcony from which Saddler taunted you
for the first time, and place the three ornaments into the hole. The wall
opens up, revealing another door.
Go through to find another Tunnel of Love ride. Before you get on, jump over
the side rails for two vases. They hold money and a Spinel, now ride the tram
to the next part of the castle. At the stop at the other end, break open the
vase for a Velvet Blue, then go through the door.
---------------
Grail hub
---------------
Before you do anything, let's find the merchant. More upgrades are in order.
The Elegant Perfume Bottle and the Illuminados Pendant are worth 12000 Pesetas
apiece.
Shotgun:
Firepower (6.0 -> 7.0): 30000 ptas
Capacity (12 -> 15): 15000 ptas
Semi-auto rifle:
Firepower (9.0 -> 11.0): 24000 ptas
Reload Speed (1.90 -> 1.33): 18000 ptas
Capacity (14 -> 17): 15000 ptas
Broken Butterfly:
Firepower (13.0 -> 15.0): 25000 ptas
Firepower (15.0 -> 17.0): 30000 ptas
Reload Speed (3.67 -> 3.00): 15000 ptas
Capacity (6 -> 8): 15000 ptas
In this room are magnum rounds and handgun bullets. Do not upgrade the
capacity of the Broken Butterfly just yet. Oh, and a new shooting range game
(Game B) is available. Beat it several times until you have won all 6 bottle
caps. You will win 25000 Pesetas for doing so.
Head out, and enter the room to your left.
-------------------
Queen's Grail room
-------------------
There are some switches on the ground. First, push two statues over two of
them, and have Ashley step on another. Step on the final one yourself and
another room will be revealed. Salazar's expecting you. "I think you've lived
long enough," he says, "Let's see if you can survive, this time!"
Salazar triggers a trap and runs out of the room laughing. Spikes stick out
from the ceiling and come down towards you and Ashley! To stop them, take out
the Red9 and look up. See the 4 red lights? Shoot them out and the ceiling
will stop. There is a box of handgun bullets in the room too.
Go through the next corridor. At the other end, a grate falls down, separating
you and Ashley, trapping her inside! A grinder machine piloted by two cultists
comes through the wall and it is coming right at Ashley! To stop the machine,
kill the 2 cultists with your semi-auto rifle. The grate will come back up,
allowing Ashley to run out of the hall. The machine will stop once it crashes
into the narrow opening. Now that Ashley is safe, inspect the room. There are
rifle rounds in plain sight and a Spinel, Velvet Blue and handgun bullets in
the boxes and barrels. In a cupboard is an Elegant Chessboard, and in the
treasure chest is the Queen's Grail, a key item. Head back out to the hub.
---------------
Grail hub
---------------
This time, move beyond the room with the merchant. There is a Yellow Herb on
the table, a Spinel in the cupboard and a file.
*****************
Sample Retrieved
*****************
As you may have heard, Luis Sera has been disposed of by Lord Saddler. The
"sample" is back where it belongs. I had hoped that the whole matter could be
resolved without troubling the Lord. However, as long as the "sample" is safe
we can all rejoice, for our time is nearly at hand.
Now that the "sample" is back in our safe hands, it'll be a bit more difficult
for that troublesome woman to get it. In light of this, it's unfortunately
that Sera had to go. Like us, he would have had a bright future if only he had
shown more faith in our beliefs.
As for the other two Americans, the Lord has left the matter in our hands.
We must not disappoint the Lord. We shall capture Ashley and take her to the
Lord and dispose of the American agent.
Explanations:
Ada originally planned to have Luis retrieve the sample for her, but with him
killed, the plan all goes to waste.
Go through the double door.
------------------
King's Grail hall
------------------
Have Ashley wait by the door. The following area is rather dangerous. Make
sure you have Flash Grenades ready. As you run past the suits of armour, some
will attempt to swing their axes at you. When they do so, you should dodge
quickly by the button combinations given on the screen. You will come to some
handgun bullets on the table. Take them, equip the shotgun and enter the large
room. In the centre, you will find the King's Grail with a stern warning. Take
the Grail and some knights will enter the room!
You'll be initially surrounded. Run towards the wall and along it in a
clockwise direction until you are facing all three of the knights at the same
time. Wait for them to come close and shoot them in the heads one by one.
Their helmets will explode, revealing the parasites inside! Arise, Sir Plagas!
These three Plagas are of the tentacle flayer variant. When all three Plagas
are exposed, let them bunch up and toss a Flash Grenade at them. Boom! All
down! Pick up the ammo and herb.
Afterwards, two Black Knights enter. Get rid of them with the same method as
before, but only this time, they are head biters. Expose and flash! Poof!
Danger's over. Pick up the money; you will receive 6500 Pesetas from each
Knight. Round around the room and pick up the shotgun shells and Green Herb,
head back out to the hub.
---------------
Grail hub
---------------
There is one end of the hall way that you haven't explored: the north. Have
Ashley wait in the merchant's room and go there. There should be a Flash
Grenade on a chair. As you go around the next corner, take out your semi-auto
rifle and look at the other end. See the cultists with shields? You can pick
them off easily from where you are. Just aim for the upper part of the shield
for a guaranteed headshot. Two of the cultists will be wearing skull caps,
take those down with chest shots.
When the enemies are killed, grab their goodies. Inspect the statues along the
hallway. See the shiny things? Shoot them all down as they can be Spinels,
Velvet Blues or a Green Gem. Combine the Green Gem with the Elegant Mask and
you have completed it for once.
Call Ashley over to you and head to the barred door. Place the Grails onto the
statues by it and the bars will go up. Go through.
-----------------------
Novistador ambush room
-----------------------
Break the vases. The first four hold cash, a Spinel and a snake (The left one
among the pair to the right). Move along the hallway, opening the cupboards
for more Pesetas. Smash the vase by the door for shotgun shells. Ask Ashley to
wait for you at this point, and jump out through the window to the left. Go
left, climb up the ladder, and you will find a treasure chest with a Butterfly
Lamp. Jump into the large room through the window. An event will begin.
As Ashley walks in, a flying Novistador swoops down, grabbing Ashley and
flying away with her. "Arrgh! Leon, help!" She yells. "Ashley! Great, more of
them!" Leon cries. That's right, you'll now be facing flying Novistadors. The
good news is that the ones that are airborne will die in only 1 shot! So, go
act the exterminator. Pick up their loot and look up, see the next? Pump some
Red9 bullets into it and it will fall, revealing even more Eye jewels. At
least one Blue Eye can be obtained this way, allowing you to complete the
Butterfly Lamp.
Go over to the lever and pull it. A drawbridge will be lowered, but held up by
the chains. Shoot the two connectors with your Red9, and it will be lowered,
allowing you to cross it to the door on the other side.
---------------
Tower gateway
---------------
Cool, a merchant. Sell your stuff. The Elegant Chessboard nets 20000 Pesetas.
It's time for another tune-up spree.
Handgun:
Firepower (1.8 -> 2.0): 20000 ptas
Capacity (22 -> 25): 12000 ptas
Red9:
Firepower (2.5 -> 3.0): 28000 ptas
Capacity (15 -> 18): 16000 ptas
Riot Gun:
Firepower (6.0 -> 7.0): 32000 ptas
Capacity (11 -> 13): 15000 ptas
Rifle:
Firepower (10.0 -> 12.0): 35000 ptas
Capacity (15 -> 18): 25000 ptas
Broken Butterfly:
Firepower (17.0 -> 20.0): 35000 ptas
Grab the handgun bullets from the chair and move along. Equip the semi-auto
rifle. You should reach a bridge, across it is a tower. Smash the barrels for
a Velvet Blue and take aim at the cultists patrolling the balcony. Shoot them
both down (so that you won't have to deal with catapults later.) As you cross
the bridge, you will receive more taunts from Salazar.
Salazar: I wonder if you can see me, Mr. Kennedy.
Leon: If you even scratch her I'll break your bones.
Salazar: First, we shall see if you can make it this far. I'll be waiting.
Leon takes out his binos and sees Ashley being led into another building by
Salazar. "Shit!" He mutters. Cross the bridge. The tower gates are locked, so
run up the stairs into two cultists there. Kill them both and break the
barrels for money and rifle rounds. Go through the single door.
---------------
Tower
---------------
Equip your Red9 and look up. See the piece of wood stuck between the gears?
Shoot it apart. Climb up one level and have a close look at the cogs again.
Somewhere above is another piece of wood jamming the gears. Shoot that as
well. On this level, you can find handgun bullets and some money in a box.
Climb up to the top level. Look up, another piece of wood, shoot that as well.
Now, search the area. You can find a Green Herb on the table, and a file about
some Ritual Preparation.
*******************
Ritual Preparation
*******************
Thanks to the efforts of the "Novistadors" (1), we have been able to recapture
Ashley.
We shall prepare for the sacred ritual as quickly as possible and make Ashley
an official member of the Los Illuminados.
While we prepare for the ritual, those of you who feel inclined can attend to
our American friend.
We should be able to hold off our friend for at least a little while by
jamming the gears in the clock tower with something.
I think if we jam the gears in 3 places, it should give us enough time to
prepare everything for the ritual. (2)
Now go and entertain our American tourist.
Explanation:
(1) Those evil insects are called Novistadors, Spanish for "invisible".
(2) The machinery in the tower controls the bridges that lead to where Ashley
is heading. They are trying to delay you by jamming the machinery, since they
expect it takes a lot of time for you to find the pieces of wood to shoot at!
*****END FILE*****
Go over to the right, and pull the lever. The gears should roll smoothly, and
the bridge outside will rotate so that it now leads to the building Ashley is
in. Now, it's not that much of a delay, is it? At the same time, some cultists
would have stormed in! Jump down one level, and kill the crossbowman there. Go
down another to face another two. Jump down another level, and more cultists
will storm in above you. Climb back up to the level above to kill them. You'll
be expecting a dynamite thrower and a mace wielder. When they are dealt with,
consider waiting at the ladder to intercept the suckers that climb up towards
you.
With them killed, jump down to the bottom level and turn around the corner to
face the bowman. He's easy prey at this range. Break open the boxes next to
him for a hand grenade, and go through the double doors.
---------------
Tower gateway
---------------
Some cultists with shields approach you. They are easily handled with the
semi-auto rifle. As you attempt to cross the bridge, a large number of
cultists appear on both sides of the bridge! You're surrounded! Nah, quickly
turn around and run towards the 3 cultists there. Throw an Incendiary Grenade
to kill them quickly. Quickly turn around and blast a shotgun at the cultists
charging at you to slow them down, and run back to the door.
At this point, you have the upper hand. The cultists will leisurely come
towards you one by one, allowing you to kill them with whatever means you
like. In addition, they serve as live shields against the cultist leader,
who's armed with a rocket launcher. In fact, he may clear some enemies for
you! Just kill them all and face the unarmed leader. He will drop a Gold
Bangle upon death. Reload your semi-auto rifle (This is important!) Enter the
building where Ashley is in.
---------------------
Double Garrador Hall
---------------------
Yup, this is the hall with the two Blind Barbarians. Before you do anything,
take out your semi-auto rifle and kill the two ordinary cultists with them.
The duo will charge at you soon after. Walk slowly to the right to avoid their
talons. Shoot them in their exposed hearts as before. It takes greater care to
kill them since there are two of them. The two barbarians have different
number of hit points: The one whose eyes are visible can be killed with two
shots to the heart, while the other takes 4 shots. With them killed, pick up
the money they leave behind and take the Green Herbs in the corner. Go up the
steps. 3 skull cap cultists will show up behind you. This calls for a series
of groin shots to kill them. Another will come from the small corridor to the
left. Kill them too. One might drop a First Aid Spray.
Smash the two vases for handgun bullets and an Incendiary Grenade. The large
vase by the door holds shotgun shells. Go through the door. In this room,
there are two busts with Spinels on them, take them and make your way to the
destination.
***************
Movie scene
***************
You find Ashley being held by Lord Salazar and his subordinates. "Ashley!"
cries Leon.
"Leon!" She cries weakly.
Salazar is expecting you. "Mr. Kennedy," he says, "Don't you know when it's
time to throw in the towel?" He activates one of those magnificent traps of
his, and sends Leon down a pit!
"No! Leon!" cries Ashley.
At this point, you will be instructed to press both the A and B buttons on
your Wii Remote. Do so immediately and Leon will fire a grappling hook which
latches onto the wall, stopping his fall.
Meanwhile, Salazar is listening to you. "Hmm. Where's the sound of one's
impalement?"
Leon mutters, "Won't fall for this old trick!" He shoots the microphone,
creating a loud echoing sound through Salazar's ear. He's clearly not amused
by your prank.
"What? How dare you! No more games! Kill him!" Heh, not very mature, is he?
His right hand man goes after Leon. "Kill!" Salazar orders, "Quickly! We shall
prepare for the ritual!"
Ashley still has some hope left in her. "Leon," she says, "You're alive."
She's shoved off by Salazar's left hand man.
*****END SCENE*****
---------------
Impalement pit
---------------
Down below, Leon receives another call from Salazar.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Salazar: So maybe you have nine lives, but that doesn't matter now Mr.
Kennedy. I'm sending my right hand to dispose of you.
Leon: Your right hand comes off?
Salazar: Say whatever you please, die you worm!
*****END SCENE*****
Haha, losing your temper now, Mr. Sore Loser? Anyway, let's take a look around
the corpses in this pit. One corpse holds a Velvet Blue, another holds a
Crown. Somehow, the merchant has found his way down here. Grab the Yellow Herb
and magnum rounds on the ground near him. A new shotgun, the Striker, is
available. This is the most powerful shotgun in the game, so buy it now!
New weapon! Striker
Ammunition: Shotgun shells Dimensions (W x H): 5 x 2
Firepower: 6.0 (Up to 12.0) Capacity: 12 (Up to 100)
Range: Short
The striker is the most powerful shotgun of the game. It deals the most amount
of damage and has the fastest firing speed. In addition, it has the largest
magazine capacity of all the guns in the game, so you don't have to reload as
often. Furthermore, the Striker takes the least space, thus helping you to
save even more space.
Upgrade your Striker as follows:
Firepower (6.0 -> 7.0): 25000 ptas
Reload speed (3.00 -> 2.40): 8000 ptas
Capacity (12 -> 14): 10000 ptas
Climb up the ladder.
--------------
Sewer hallway
--------------
Move along the path and get the Spinel from a pipe and the Red Herb to the
right. A growling sound is heard. Go through the door and run along the
hallway to the far end. As you do, something will be attempting to attack you
from above and below. You can tell when an attack is imminent by the prompts
onscreen. Whenever that happens, be ready to dodge or crouch.
You will come to a power room. There are some shotgun shells and a Green Herb
on the floor. Go over to the far right corner and pull the lever. The elevator
will be powered on. However, it will take 4 minutes for it to arrive. The room
will be temporarily closed down, so go over to the shutters and press the
switch next to it.
At this point, whatever was attacking you jumps down! It's Salazar's right
hand man!
***************
Boss Battle
***************
Salazar's Right Hand
Attacks: Claw slash, claw slam, tail whip, ceiling grab
Health: 1 single blast of the rocket (while frozen)
Salazar's right hand is one tough cookie, not only does he growl like some old
fashioned speedboat engine, he can't be damaged by normal means. Fortunately,
most of his claw attacks can be dodged if you react fast enough to the
onscreen prompts.
At first, you must run past him quickly and hope he doesn't hit you. Turn
right at the first moment and get to the red gas canister. Tip it over and the
gas will leak out, freezing the Right Hand. It's liquid nitrogen! While he's
freezing, step back and fire your rocket launcher at him. The boss will be
instantly shattered! He drops a Crown Jewel, which can be combined with the
crown.
*****END BOSS*****
Eventually, the shutter will open. Go and visit the two rooms for the goodies
inside. The lift, which has just arrived, can be found in one of the rooms.
Ride it down for the next chapter. Meanwhile, Saddler is plotting something
worse with some militant fellow.
"It seems that Salazar is having difficulty taming the American pig. Salazar
had his chances. Krauser, go get the girl. Oh, and dispose of the swine while
you're at it."
"Consider it done!", says Krauser, who has several scars on his face. That
ends the chapter. Take a breather, and move on.
-----------------------
17. The source of evil
-----------------------
[RE17]
Instead of going back to the surface, the lift goes deeper into the ground. In
fact, you are about to enter the source of the evil around here. In the lift
lobby, you will find the merchant. But first, get the Green Herb, and break
the barrels for Pesetas, a Spinel and a Hand Grenade. Go over to the
typewriter and take the handgun bullets as well. Now, time for a couple of
upgrades.
Riot Gun:
Capacity (13 -> 15): 20000 ptas
Broken Butterfly:
Capacity (8 -> 10): 20000 ptas
There is a target practice range, enter and beat game C for another 25000
Pesetas. Head over to the typewriter. There is another memo written by the
dead Luis.
***************
Luis' Memo 2
***************
The first castellan buried the Las Plagas deep underground below the castle to
hide their very existence. But when Salazar released the Las Plagas, no one
thought he could bring them back to life. Because when Salazar found them they
were all just fossilized remains. (1)
Everyone knew that the parasitic organisms could not survive without hosts.
That they couldn't sustain live on their own. But when Salazar and his men
excavated the remains, it almost appeared as if the Las Plagas were just
waiting to be discovered so that they could resurrect.
Several years later, unexplainable convulsions started occurring among the
villagers who helped with the excavation of the Las Plagas.
Then one day, all of a sudden, these villagers turned into violent savages.
They later found out it was caused by the Las Plagas. Although they appeared
fossilized, they were able to survive the long years by lying in a dormant
state at the cellular level remaining in a spore-like form. (2)
Apparently, during the excavation, the villagers inhaled the spores and within
their bodies the parasites became active again. This is how the Las Plagas
were resurrected.
Even as I'm writing, the excavation of the Las Plagas continues.
God only knows how many of these Plagas have been resurrected. Not to mention
the countless number of Ganados that have been created.
Their inhumane activity must be put to an end. If they are not stopped, people
around the world could turn into victims of this crazy cult organization. (3)
Explanations:
(1) Las Plagas have existed for centuries, and their evil was already known
then. Hence the first castellan buried it deep beneath the castle.
(2) The villagers violent behaviour is due to the influence of Las Plagas. Las
Plagas are able to survive in a spore-form for centuries. When they dug up,
they just let themselves get breathed in and the villagers become infected.
(3) Luis knew about the Illuminados' plans, hence he's trying to stop their
activities (and behaving oddly from your point of view). Unfortunately, he's
now dead.
*****END SCENE*****
Go through the door, it's time to enter the excavation site.
-----------------------
Plagas excavation site
-----------------------
Walk through the tunnel. Two villagers are standing by a mine cart. Take them
out from a distance with the semi-auto rifle. Break the barrels for money and
handgun ammo. Head towards the ladder. Stay at the top and look around. See
the villagers all around the place? Take out as many of them as possible with
the semi-auto rifle before you are discovered. Once they start walking towards
you, back off slightly and wait for them to climb up after you one by one.
Shoot them in their heads to knock them down. When the coast is clear, look to
the far right. See the villager at the top of the path? Kill him, and another
will jump down. Get him as well.
Jump down to the mine itself and go over to the boulder. Looks like you will
need some dynamite to blow it up. Pull the lever to your left. A mine cart
with dynamite will be sent down along the tracks. As it reaches the lift, it
stops halfway. Looks like you have to close the circuit breaker. Turn around,
grab the Velvet Blue on a mine cart next to the tracks and head to the other
end of the mine. There are some fossilized Plagas on display in some mine
carts, ewww. At the same time, you hear a villager yell, it's another dynamite
thrower, and he's running down towards you! Kill him before he throws the
explosive.
Head to the top and get the money behind the breaker switch. Then press the
switch. As you head back to the lever, Dr. Salvador and his merry men cometh!
It's time to blow them out with the shotgun! With them killed, head back to
the lever and pull it. The dynamite is lowered to you. Go take it and place it
on the boulder. Back off, fire in the hole! Boom!
Now, you can reach the double doors. Break the barrels for magnum rounds and a
hand grenade before going through the doors.
--------------
Foundry
--------------
Everything seems peaceful. Head to the doors on the other side. Two, not just
one, Gigantes come in! This is getting serious!
***************
Boss Battle
***************
Dos Gigantes
Number of shots to expose his parasite: 6 shots of the Broken Butterfly (20.0
firepower)
Yup, it's time for TWO Gigantes. Fortunately, you can half their strength by a
simply procedure. See the platform accessible by a ladder? Go over and climb
up there. Head to the slider and wait until both Gigantes are close by.
Quickly grab the slider and slide over to the lever before they start to shake
the platform. Press A at the lever to operate it, press it again when one of
the Gigantes are on the circular hatch in the center of the room. The hatch
will open, dumping a Gigante into the lava below!
At this point, the typical hit and run techniques apply as your previous
meeting, but you'll be using the Broken Butterfly. When the hatch is still
over, avoid the lava pool, since the Gigante down there may attempt to grab
you in with him. Once the hatch closes, it's very easy. Just shoot him 6 times
with the Broken Butterfly to expose his parasite for the first time, and climb
onto his back to slash it. Another 7 shots should expose the parasite again,
so slash! Run out of the way when he's about to fall on you.
*****END BOSS*****
Grab your cash reward and the items around the room. There are shotgun shells,
a first aid spray and a Flash Grenade in the room. Head to the double doors
and take the Incendiary Grenade and even more shotgun shells. Go through the
doors.
-----------------------
Flying Novistador Cave
-----------------------
This place is infested with flying Novistadors. Grab the Green Herb to the
left and follow the path, taking out any Novistador that comes near. One hit
from any gun kills any airborne insect. Start by shooting any random insect
you see over the bottomless pit. This will draw other Novistadors to you. Run
back to the entrance tunnel and wait for those foolish insects to fly in
before you blast them to pieces. Examine the statue. The inscription reads,
"Two lights will shine light on a new path." You have to run on 2 lights to
continue.
Run up the path, killing any insects in your way. You'll reach a junction with
some shotgun shells on the ground. Fight the insects as they come towards you.
Go right and go through the opening in the wall. You come to a switch, with a
Green Herb next to it. Press the switch and a light on a statue will turn on
in the cave. Turn around, Novistadors will fly in after you. This narrow
opening is just perfect for your grenades.
Get out of this opening and walk to your left, following the path along the
wall of the cave. Skip the TMP ammo. You'll come to another opening in the
wall, guarded by several airborne Novistadors. This is just too easy. Blast
them onto the ground and they all die! Enter the opening and press the switch
to turn on another light.
As before, a large number of Novistadors will be coming after you, so brace
yourself. The two lights will shine on a reflector, which reflects the beam
into a thick cloth covering the exit, burning it out. With the insects
exterminated, go over to the revealed exit and kill one last Novistador. Take
the Red Herb by the barred exit and press a switch on the bars to raise them.
You come to a hallway with falling pillars. Your objective now is to get
through without being squashed. As the first pillar rises in front of you, run
under it and climb up. You'll come to a second pillar. Jump down the ledge,
wait until the pillar goes up, run under it and quickly jump down below. You
come to a series of three pillars, but don't worry, it's not impossible to get
through. Pull the lever to the left to disable the 2nd one. With the rest point
created, you can run past the 2 remaining pillars one by one.
You'll come to a dead end with a pedestal. Examine the pedestal for a Royal
Insignia. Combine it with the Crown and you'll get the Salazar Family Crown!
Inspect the pedestal again and it will rise up. It's a lift after all! You're
back to the surface, and here ends the chapter.
---------------------------------
18. Raiders of the lost offering
---------------------------------
[RE18]
Despite Salazar's efforts, he has failed to kill you with the spikes or his
right hand man. Now, you are back to the surface and closer to Salazar as
ever. Walk over to the shack, and break the two barrels for a Green Herb and
handgun bullets. There is a file pinned on the wall. It's from Ada.
****************
Letter from Ada
****************
Once a Plaga egg hatches, it's nearly impossible to remove it from the body.
But if it's before it hatches, then it can be neutralized by medication. (1)
If it does hatch you might be able to get it out by surgery before it turns to
an adult. But it won't be easy. There's a high chance you won't survive the
operation. (2)
As far as I know the girl was injected with the egg before you. Her time is
ticking. You should prepare yourself for the worst case scenario. (3)
Explanations:
(1) The parasite has hatched inside Leon, so medication would be out of the
question when it comes to removing the Plaga.
(2) But don't worry, you'll eventually remove it from Leon's body. Just play
on to find out.
(3) Uh-oh, this doesn't look good.
*****END FILE*****
It's time for more upgrades with the friendly neighbourhood merchant.
Handgun:
Exclusive (Chance of critical headshots increased 5 times): 57000 ptas
Red9:
Firepower (3.0 -> 3.7): 45000 ptas
Shotgun:
Firepower (7.0 -> 8.0): 40000 ptas
Capacity (15 -> 18): 20000 ptas
Striker:
Firepower (7.0 -> 8.0): 28000 ptas
Capacity (14.0 -> 16.0): 12000 ptas
Rifle:
Exclusive (Firepower 12.0 -> 30.0): 80000 ptas
Semi-automatic rifle:
Firepower (11.0 -> 13.0): 30000 ptas
Capacity (17 -> 20): 20000 ptas
Broken Butterfly:
Firepower (20.0 -> 24.0): 50000 ptas
Reload Speed (3.00 -> 2.33): 20000 ptas
Capacity (8 -> 10): 20000 ptas
The Salazar Family Crown sells for a whopping 48000 Pesetas! If you have a few
rounds left in your semi-auto rifle, don't upgrade the capacity yet, since you
will be emptying it in a short while. On the other hand, you've just maxed out
your Rifle if you are using it, creating the most powerful weapon in the game,
until just before the end.
Move beyond the shack, and you should see a cathedral and a tall tower. Some
Villagers are camping on the other side of the ruins. Blast as many of them to
pieces from a distance. When your gun is empty, finish the rest of them with
the Red9. Explore the ruins for cash and a Flash Grenade. One of the shacks
can be jumped into. Break the barrel for more money and turn the crank. A
hatch on the ground opens, revealing a ladder that leads down.
---------------
Mine
---------------
This is yet another mine. The sign tells you that you can find the offer to
the lion here. Go through the tunnel, breaking open a box by the left side of
the path for a Velvet Blue.
You will eventually reach a large excavation room with some villagers. Take
them out by whatever means possible (I prefer the Red9). Go down the steps to
the left and follow the path. You will find some bear traps on the ground.
Spring them all with the knife. There is a set of steps leading further down
to a tomb. (In addition, a velvet blue is found to the right of the steps) Go
down and open the casket. You will find a Staff of Royalty.
Head back up and go over to the ladder. Look up, do you see Dr. Salvador? He
wants to come down to you but cannot, due to some bug in the game. Here's the
perfect chance to make quick work of him through headshots with the Red9.
You'll know he's dead when you hear him grunt like a pig.
Climb up the ladder and look behind you. A gang of villagers will come after
you by climbing the same ladder. Wait for their heads to show and shoot them
in their heads. It's just too easy. For me, I kept shooting until every single
villager was decapitated!
Examine the compartment you are in. There is a Key to the Mine on a table.
Break open the barrel for a Yellow Herb and head downstairs. Oh, hello, Dr.
Salvador! Give him some shotgun! Break the boxes and barrels for a Hand
Grenade and Magnum Rounds. Head out of this room and use the key to open the
door on the other side of the mine.
Go through the tunnel and you will come to another tomb. This time, it's booby
trapped. The spiked ceiling will come down towards you! Quickly kill the 3
live plagas in the room and shoot the 4 red lights on the ceiling. With the
ceiling stopped, examine the casket. More money! Head towards the exit and
down the stairs. You are in a cavern that appears to be caving in. Run around
the place to find 2 Spinels in the dirt. Break open the barrels for another
Velvet Blue. Head through the door.
---------------
Minecart Ride
---------------
Grab the Green Herb, and break open the barrels for shotgun and rifle ammo.
Jump onto the minecart and stay in the middle. Shoot the lever with your Red9
to start the ride. Your objective is to prevent as many villagers as possible
from hijacking your ride. As you go through the tunnels, you will see
villagers on ledges just waiting to jump onto your carts. They can be taken
out from a distance with the Striker, sometimes several at once!
At one point, the minecart will be stopped by a villager. Quickly head to the
front cart, get the shotgun shells to the left and shoot the lever. This will
minimize the number of villagers you will have to face. The mine cart should
continue along. You may have to avoid obstacles like wooden planks in the way
by ducking (press the A and B buttons simultaneously when instructed by the
game).
Continue fending off the villagers (including Dr. Salvador) and the mine cart
will eventually reach a bottomless pit. The track ends at this point, and you
are given the opportunity to jump. Press A and B buttons simultaneously and
Leon will miraculously hurl himself over the abyss. As he grabs onto the
ledge, shake the Wii Remote rapidly to climb up.
You will reach a room with the Stone of Sacrifice. Take it and climb back up
to the ruins. Head to the gate at the far end of the ruins and place the Stone
inside. It opens, revealing an elevator. Ride up. Another chapter is over.
----------------------------------
19. Lord of Las Plagas: The Tower
----------------------------------
[RE19]
You find yourself in a cathedral with a giant statue of Lord Salazar. First,
take the handgun bullets from the desk next to the typewriter. Move into the
cathedral itself. Break the vases for money and a Velvet Blue, go downstairs
and attempt to turn left. A cultist leader pulls a lever in a barred room,
lowering the path into the water. More cultists appear! Turn around and run
back up the stairs, killing the cultist there. Look up at the statue. See the
two cultists on the platform? Shoot them in their heads with the semi-auto
rifle.
Climb up the ladder. Some cultists may come after you. Kill them. Pay close
attention to the moving hand. More cultists from above may attempt to use it
as a lift to get down to you. Fortunately, they can't jump if you keep
shooting at them, so it's time to play Peekaboo with them! When no more
cultists are coming from above, take out your semi-auto rifle and kill the
cultists on the ledge on the other side of the statue. Don't worry, Salazar's
right hand is currently disabled, so they can't come after you!
Jump onto Salazar's left hand and turn around to face the top level. There
should be two cultists left, one of them a crossbowman. Play peekaboo with the
Red9 or Striker as you please. With them killed, jump onto the ledge there and
pull the lever. One part of the path will rise up from the water. Turn around
and look at the ledges on the other side. Some cultists would be gathering
near the stationary right hand of Salazar. As desperate as they are, they
can't get to you. Take them out with the Semi-auto rifle. As a precaution,
look down; there may be a cult leader and another crossbowman in the distance.
You now know what to do.
Ride the hand down and jump onto the central platform. Pull the lever, and the
left hand will stop moving, while the right one moves up and down. Ride the
right hand to the upper level. Break the vases there for money. Behind
Salazar's head is another lever that will activate both hands at once, but
it's up to you to pull it or not. Ride the hand down to the lower level and
jump there. Break the vases for rifle ammo, and jump down into the barred area
below. Kill the cultist leader and pull the lever. The second part of the path
will be raised above the surface of the water. In addition, the bars to your
left will be raised, allowing you to leave.
At this point, several cultists will jump down to you. Take them out with the
Striker if you like. Run along the path on the water. All of a sudden, the
statue of Salazar comes to life and marches after you! Shake the Wii Remote to
run away, pressing the appropriate buttons at the right time to dodge the
falling pillars (First it's A, then B, then A and B buttons at the same time).
You'll reach a padlocked door. Kick the lock away and run through it.
You continue running across the bridge leading to the tower, with the Salazar
statue in hot pursuit. Eventually, the bridge to the tower will start to
collapse and you'll have to quickly press the A and B buttons simultaneously
to hurl yourself to the other side. Once you've grabbed onto the edge, shake
the Wii Remote rapidly to climb up. Whew...
---------------
Ritual Tower
---------------
***************
Movie scene
***************
Salazar claps his hands upon seeing you. "So nice for you to join us, Mr.
Scott Kennedy," he says, "The sacred ritual that is about to begin in this
tower will endow the girl with magnificent powers! She'll join us, become one
of us!"
Leon snaps, "That's no ritual! That's terrorism!"
"Isn't that a popular word these days, but don't worry, we've prepared a
special ritual for you!"
Salazar moves his hands in another attempt to trap you. However, Leon's too
fast for him. He throws his knife at Salazar's hand, nailing it to the wall.
At this point, Salazar begins to feel pain, and he starts to whimper like a
little girl! Salazar's left hand man pulls the knife out and throws it at
Leon!
You will have to dodge the knife by swinging the Wii Remote to the left.
Salazar and his left hand will enter a lift and ride up. Meanwhile, Salazar
continues to cry like a baby while clutching his hand! "Stop!" cries Leon. At
this point, you have to hurry up the tower to get to Ashley!
*****END SCENE*****
Before you do so, let's search the ground floor. There are handgun bullets on
a box. Examine the chest behind the boxes for a yellow herb before running up
the ramp. A pair of cultists who are several levels above you will release
barrels, which roll down towards you. Fortunately, they will stop once they
hit a certain corner.
At that corner, stop and look left. A cultist with a reaper will jump down.
Shoot him dead. Look up the ladder there with the semi-auto rifle. Those are
the cultists who are raining barrels on you. Kill!
With them down and out, the barrels will stop coming. Run up the ramp and get
onto the wooden plank bridge. Break the barrels for more cash and climb up the
ladder to where they were. You are near a lift. Turn around, and you'll see a
dynamite thrower on the balcony above. Take him down as well. At the same
time, it may be wise to release a few barrels down the ramp since some
cultists will be running up after you.
Continue up the ramp until you reach a dead end. Get the Green Herb and head
down to the lift. Open the barrels around it for shotgun shells and an
Incendiary Grenade. Push the 2 crates off the lift and press the up button. As
the lift ascends, a number of cultist leaders will be joining you! Kill them
with the shotgun. Watch out for the crossbowmen on the ledges along the lift's
shaft.
After some fighting at close quarters, you'll reach the top. Run along the
wooden plank walkway and break the barrels in the way for ammo. There is a red
herb in a corner. Before you ride the next lift up, look for the star on your
map and you'll find a chest on a hidden ledge below. Jump down and open the
chest. It's a Gold Bangle. With that in hand, ride the lift up and continue up
the stairs. You'll are almost there. Before you enter the room, it's time to
sell your treasures to the merchant and upgrade your Red9's capacity to 22 for
20000 Pesetas. Furthermore, grab the ammo and First Aid Spray from the table
before going through the double doors.
--------------------
Salazar Battle Room
-------------------
You run into the room. Salazar is looking at some giant plant. He turns to
you. "Ah, you just missed her! The ritual is over! She left with my men to an
island!" You see Ashley riding a speedboat with Salazar's minions towards a
well fortified island.
Salazar continues, "I think it's time I paid my due respects to your
impressive but stubborn will!" He allows the plant to grab him and his left
hand man. Salazar laughs out loud as the two enter the plant's mouth.
As you can see, Salazar is being assimilated by the plant. After a few
moments, a giant mandible sticks out of its mouth, with Salazar's body fused
into its root!
"Monsters," Leon mutters, "Guess after this there will be one less to worry
about." Time for a battle!
***************
Boss Battle
***************
Salazar
Attacks: Tentacle whip, tentacle slam, devour (instant death)
Health: 10-12 Broken Butterfly shots (at 24.0 damage)
At the start, avoid his tentacles and shoot his mandible in the eye repeatedly
with the Red9. Salazar will laugh how it tickles. But still, keep shooting
that eye. Eventually, the protective casing around Salazar's body will open
up, allowing you to damage him. Blast him with the Broken Butterfly until he
closes up again. Most of those tentacle attacks can be dodged with the on-
screen action prompts. Shoot the eye a few more times until Salazar reveals
himself again. Pepper him with even more slugs of the magnum and he'll die
after a total of 12 shots or so. Salazar will make a horrible scream sound
before he drops dead like a wilting plant.
*****END BOSS*****
With Salazar dead, let's search the room. You will find shotgun shells,
handgun bullets and a Green Herb on the ledge you are on. Jump down to the
lower level, and break open the barrels for more ammo, herbs and a First Aid
Spray. Climb up to the door that's revealed to get your reward: 50000 Pesetas.
Head through the door that is now unblocked.
---------------
Back of tower
---------------
Smash the two barrels for another Green Herb and money. Slide down the rope.
Two more barrels, get the money and kill the snake. Ride the lift down. You're
in another of those save rooms. The merchant's inside. Consider selling some
of your excess healing items and Grenades to free up inventory space (In fact,
I had 7 First Aid Sprays at this point!). There are even more shotgun shells,
handgun bullets and rifle rounds for your collection. In addition, one of the
boxes holds a Spinel.
Let's upgrade your Red9 and Striker, shall we?
Red9:
Exclusive (Firepower: 3.7 -> 6.5): 80000 ptas
Shotgun:
Exclusive (Greatly increases firepower effective range): 40000 ptas
Riot Gun:
Firepower (7.0 -> 8.0): 50000 ptas
Reload speed (2.43 -> 1.50): 20000 ptas
Capacity (15 -> 17): 25000 ptas
Striker:
Firepower (8.0 -> 9.0): 32000 ptas
Reload Speed (2.40 -> 1.67): 15000 ptas
The Exclusive upgrade is what makes the Red9 the best handgun of them all.
You'll be blowing enemies apart when you reach the island at this rate! If you
are using the standard shotgun as your main shotgun, the exclusive upgrade
would greatly increase the damage dealt to longer range targets.
Now, go through the other door. You'll reach a small jetty. Ada's waiting for
you on the speedboat. "Need a ride, handsome?" She asks. Leon's "impressed" by
her generosity. "Okay," he mutters. Now, you're on to invade the island, and
chapter 4 is over!
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| IV. SAVING PRIVATE ASHLEY |
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Leon and Ada ride the speedboat towards the island without talking to each
other. Leon looks at Ada, Ada smiles back, but the speedboat has arrived. She
makes a sharp turn to stop the boat at the base of a cliff. Ada shoots her
hookshot up above the rocks. "Got some business to take care of," she says,
"See you later." She shoots upwards, propelling the boat back, knocking Leon
down. Leon mutters, "Women."
***************
New enemies
***************
Soldier
Recommended weapon against them: Red9, Striker, Incendiary Grenade
Now that you've left the Castle, out goes the cultists and in comes the
parasite militia! Soldiers are the toughest Ganados you'll face. However, they
are a bit too old fashioned for men dressed up in military fatigues. They
still attack with maces and crossbows! Of course, some are just a bit more
advanced, armed with electric batons that deal a lot of damage. The same
strategies against Villagers and Cultists apply. The funniest thing about them
is how they scream when you stun them with a shot in the head. In fact, some
of them scream like a whimpering mongrel! I also like the sounds they make
when they spot you. "Appleale!" is my favourite cry.
J.J.
Recommended weapon against him: Broken Butterfly, Rifle, Semi-auto rifle
J.J. is the Ganados' equivalent of Rambo, wearing a long line of bullets. He's
tall, burly, heavily armoured and attacks with his machine gun. Fortunately,
they are not instantly lethal given enough health. If you are standing far
away from him, normal bullets will not stop him in his tracks, only the Broken
Butterfly or semi-automatic rifle will. 5 magnum shots or 8 shots of the rifle
to the head will often be enough. If you are lucky enough to be close, blast
him in the head repeatedly with the Striker.
Regenerator
Attacks: Grab and bite, tentacle flay
Recommended weapon: Rifle/Semi-auto rifle with thermal scope
These bad guys are the scariest enemies in the game. Not only do they have a
sinister breathing sound, whenever you shoot off a limb, it grows back almost
immediately! Whatever you do, keep your distance since their attacks hurt a
lot. The key to killing them lies in Luis' Memo 3. Use the thermal scope on
the semi-auto rifle and have a look at the Regenerator's body from a distance.
See the red dots on his body? Those are the Plagas. Shoot a red dot and it
will disappear, causing the Regenerator to fall back in pain. Shoot every
single red dot and the Regenerator's upper body will explode! Later on, you'll
find Regenerators with spikes on their bodies. Those are Iron Maidens, more on
them later.
-----------------
20. The Invasion
-----------------
[RE20]
You receive a radio call. However, it's not Hunnigan. It's Lord Saddler
himself!
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Leon: I hate to break it out to you but Salazar's dead.
Saddler: Yes, it seems that way.
Leon: Saddler, why don't you give up and let Ashley go home?
Saddler: Ah, perhaps you are disillusioned with overconfidence, just because
you killed my small time subordinate?
Leon: Saddler, you're small time.
Saddler: (laughs) Writhe in my cage of torment, my friend.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
You hear the mysterious music track, played by piano. (That's my favourite
soundtrack of the game.) It's time for a sneak invasion. Jump down the rocks
along the path. Before you turn right at the junction, go all the way to the
end, climb up and break the barrels. There is an Emerald inside. Now, cross
the bridge. You hear Ashley crying for help. She's taken into some military
base. It's D-Day, time to penetrate their defences. Start by shooting out the
searchlight, followed by the Soldier in the cabin.
Go forward to the left and some burly trooper jumps down, armed with a Gatling
machine gun! It's J.J.! "I'm gonna kill you!" He yells (in Spanish, of
course). The only weapons that can stop J.J. in his tracks are the semi-
automatic rifle and Broken Butterfly if you are not up close (the Striker
works fine if you stand close enough, but I won't risk it). Either way, you'll
have to shoot him in the head to stun him. It takes 8 shots of the semi-
automatic rifle to kill J.J. I wonder what J.J. stands for; I guess it may
stand for Juan Javier, given some common Spanish names.
After you've killed J.J., a large horde of parasite militia will be after you.
Kill them all, watching out for the crossbowmen as you do so. With them gone,
search the area. There is a Green Herb on the ground floor of one building,
and TMP ammo in another. Head to the door which Ashley was carried through and
examine the orange circles. A laser beam shoots out of one onto a reflector.
Go over to the tower on which that reflector is and climb up the ladder.
Examine the reflector, rotate it so the beam is reflected at the next
reflector. Go over to the building on which that reflector is placed, and
climb up to its roof. Take the magnum rounds from the ground, and rotate the
reflector so that the laser is reflected to the orange circle to the right of
the door.
The door opens. Go through and follow the path. As you move along, several
soldiers will hurl a rock down to you. Quickly dodge it by performing the
action with the Wii Remote as shown on screen. Enter the opening. To the right
are two barrels with a Green Herb and rifle rounds. Go forward and turn around
the corner. A crossbowman and his buddy are waiting for you. Make quick work
of them with the Red9. Take their money and climb up the ladder.
---------------
Upper defences
---------------
Go out of the tent and to your left. Kill the lone soldier. Then go right and
follow the path. You'll find a cave to your right. Jump through the opening in
the wall to your right and you'll meet three soldiers wielding electric batons
and wearing gas masks. Kill! In the cave, go to the right and inspect the
crates. You should find an Emerald there. Then, turn left and you'll find a
Red Herb. See the red barrel by the rocks? Shoot it and the rocks will be
cleared, enabling access to a secret room. Climb up the rock for a chest.
Inside is a Golden Lynx. Now, it's time to get back to the main path.
You'll be spotted by a search light. A soldier sees you and darts around a
corner. Quickly run over and look up. You'll be facing several crossbowmen.
One of them can be easily killed by shooting the oil barrel next to him. Also
watch out for the dynamite thrower. When these enemies are killed, run up the
slope, avoiding the tunnel to the left. You'll reach a wagon guarded by a
soldier. Take him out and run up to the door behind the wagon. More soldiers
will come after you. Wait until enough have gathered around and shoot the
wagon. It will roll down the slope and kill many enemies for you. After this,
the remaining enemies will be literally fighting an uphill battle to get to
you, kill them with whatever means you like.
When all seems to have quieted down, head down the hill and go up through the
tunnel. Kill the lone soldier there. At the other end, you'll come to a
bridge. Cross it into the alcove. You will find shotgun shells and a Green
Herb inside. Now, go to the door and press the switch next to it to open it
up.
You'll come to a merchant. Let's do some upgrades. Each Emerald sells for 3000
Pesetas.
Riot Gun:
Exclusive (Firepower: 8.0 -> 10.0)
Striker:
Firepower (9.0 -> 10.0): 40000 ptas
Capacity (16 -> 20): 16000 ptas
Semi-automatic rifle:
Firepower (13.0 -> 15.0): 40000 ptas
Capacity (20 -> 24): 25000 ptas
Exclusive (Lowers time between successive shots to 0.40s): 80000 ptas
Broken Butterfly:
Capacity (10 -> 12): 25000 ptas
If your semi-auto rifle is not empty at this point, move forward and turn
around the corner. Kill the soldiers guarding this narrow path. When your
gun's empty, upgrade the capacity for a free refill. If your money is limited,
I suggest that you upgrade the semi-auto rifle first. The increased firing
speed helps a lot in several encounters you'll soon face.
Run along the path and go through the door. You're inside some supply storage
area. Open the locker to your left for some cash, then walk through the
hallway. You'll be confronted by a soldier in a gas mask. Kill him, and
examine the area he's in. There are shotgun shells in a suitcase and a Green
Herb on the table. Move on and you'll reach the kitchen. It's dirty, flies and
cockroaches are everywhere! Walk carefully. All of a sudden, a soldier bursts
out of the oven! He's in flames, so just move out of his way and he'll
eventually collapse. What's he doing in there?
Go over to the sink and get the Hand Grenade and go through the door.
-----------------------
Hallway with CCTV Room
-----------------------
You hear Ashley cry for help. Hurry! Move through the corridor, but skip the
door for now. Go down the stairs to the room below. There is a soldier armed
with a hammer, and a crossbowman to your left. Take out the bowman and deal
with that giant fat hammer wielder. Turn around, some soldiers will burst in
after you. Kill them as well. Now, you can inspect the room.
There is a small storage area behind the bowman with 2 barrels. Break them
open for money and a Yellow Herb. Open the suitcase by the stairs for a Red
Stone of Faith. Combine it with the Golden Lynx. Go upstairs and through the
door you just skipped. You will find yourself in a security room. It seems
that Ashley's cries come from the screen here! Apparently she's not alone in
her cell, two soldiers are guarding her. They pull her from the cell door and
throw her to the ground. Ashley looks up at her captors, making a weak
whimpering sound in the process as one of the soldiers approaches her.
One of the soldiers suddenly realises that they are being watched. He turns
off the camera in the cell, and the screen flickers off. It's still too late
however, Leon now knows where she is! "Amateurs," he chuckles, "Just hang in
there Ashley, I'm coming for you." I wonder what's going to happen now that
the camera's off. Let's just hope they are not going to gang-rape her! Turn
around and examine the locker. There are gold bars worth 5000 Pesetas inside.
Go through the door on the other side of the room.
-----------------
Peekaboo hallway
-----------------
Turn left and inspect the drawers for shotgun shells. Let's find the merchant
first. Smash the glass cupboard for some rifle rounds. Play the target
practice. Play both game D until you've completed the collection of bottle
caps. You will receive over 55000 Pesetas from winning. With your prize money,
buy a Tactical Vest for 60000 pesetas. This will lower the damage you receive
by 30%. Also upgrade your Striker.
Striker:
Firepower (10.0 -> 12.0): 60000 ptas
Get back out to the hallway and turn around the corner. The wall in front of
you will suddenly rise up, revealing two soldiers who throw dynamite at you.
React quickly and shoot them with the Red9. You may be able to blow the
dynamite up and kill them. The wall is then lowered. Peekaboo! It rises up
again, revealing three crossbowmen. Take them out as well.
With them down, the wall will be up for good. Go over to where the enemies
were and look to the right. See the soldier operating the wall? Kill him and
get the Red Herb near his seat. Also turn around and inspect the set of
drawers there for an Emerald. In addition, TMP rounds can be found in the red
box on the wall. Go through the double doors.
--------------------
Card Reader Hallway
--------------------
First, head left and unlock the door there. Then, go over to the typewriter.
Break open the box for a Brass Pocket Watch. Go back out to the hallway and
head up the stairs. See the only unlocked door? Follow the arrows on the wall
to the operating room. On your way there, open the red box on the wall for an
Incendiary Grenade.
---------------
Operating Room
---------------
All seems quiet. As you enter the room, you see a giant corpse lying on an
operating table. Head over to the locked room opposite the corpse's and
examine the security system.
***************
Puzzle
***************
Create a path
The objective of this puzzle is to create a path from the upper left square to
the lower left one. You'll be given the chance to operate some coloured panel.
Each time you turn a colour panel, the arrows of the corresponding colour will
rotate 90 degrees in the anti-clockwise direction. Start by operating the blue
arrow once. Then, operate the green arrow twice. Finally, turn the red panel
three times. A path will be created to the bottom right square by the arrows.
The door unlocks.
*****END PUZZLE*****
Enter the operating room. Looks like some guy's having a parasite pinned on
his back! Pick up the file left by Luis on the table.
***************
Luis' Memo 3
***************
The hideous creatures such as the El Gigante and the Novistadors are merely
by-products of the diabolical and inhumane experiments conducted on the
specimens that were once human. (1)
But there's one type of creature that clearly distinguishes itself from the
rest. These creatures are called Regenerators.
Regenerators have a superior metabolism that allows them to regenerate their
lost body parts at incredible speeds. (2)
I've never seen anything like it... It is this characteristic that makes them
almost invincible to conventional weapons. But like any living creature,
there's a way to kill it. Apparently there are Plagas that live in its body;
somewhat like leeches.
They can't be seen with the naked eye. They can only be located through
thermal imaging. (3) To stop its regeneration process, these leech-like Plagas
must be located and then destroyed.
As far as I know, most of the Regenerators host a number of these leech-like
Plagas. To kill the Regenerators, each one of these leech-like Plagas must be
killed.
Explanations:
(1) Los Illumninados, like Umbrella, have been experimenting on people to
create bio weapons! It's a pity the two can't spar a little since both have
insanely idealistic people working for them.
(2) You're introduced to a new enemy in the game. These Regenerators are not
to be killed with conventional weapons.
(3) The Plagas inside the Regenerators' bodies can be located through a
thermal scope attached to the semi-auto rifle. The Plagas will show up as red
dots on their bodies.
*****END FILE*****
Go over to a corner and examine the corpse there. He's holding a Freezer Card
Key. Attempt to leave and the corpse wakes up. It's a Regenerator. However,
don't fight him yet. Run back out to the hallway.
--------------------
Card Reader Hallway
--------------------
As you run along the hallway, you'll notice that a box has appeared on a shelf
to the right. Break it open for magnum rounds. A Regenerator has appeared!
Don't fight him yet, run past him. Look on your map for the freezer. Go over
to the card reader and insert your card. Enter the Freezer, now!
---------------
Freezer room
---------------
Lots of cryogenized bodies in the room. But first, let's get the rifle rounds
to the left. One of the glass cupboards holds a Green Herb. Get it while it's
fresh! You should find a card rewriter in the room. Insert your Freezer Card
Key to rewrite it into the Waste Disposal Card Key. To the right of the
rewriter is the power switch for the cryogenic device. Turn it off, and the
freezer will stop running. Meanwhile, a suitcase with some scope inside is
revealed in a refrigerator. Go over to that narrow corridor to the fridge.
Take the scope, it's a Thermal Scope, perfect for killing Regenerators.
Just then, the Freezer Room door is locked. One of the frozen Regenerators
drop to the floor and comes to life. It's time to fight! Combine the thermal
scope with your semi-auto rifle and aim at the entrance of the corridor you
are in. It's fair cop!
Take out the Regenerator by shooting his Plagas on his body discovered through
the thermal scope. Once he's down, get your cash rewards. Head back to the
hallway and turn right. Look around the corner. See the Regenerator? Destroy
his Plagas from the distance to blow him up. Then go back towards the
Operating Room to kill the two you have skipped. It's worth every Peseta to
kill them, since they drop a lot of them when they die. In addition, you'll
find an Emerald inside the room where the Regenerator once laid.
Head towards the final locked door in the hallway. Open the suitcase for an
Emerald, and the nearby red box on the wall for rifle rounds. Place the Waste
Disposal Card Key into the slot and the door will open.
---------------
Waste Disposal
---------------
Go over to the controls, and pick up the Hand Grenade. You can now operate the
crane, just like those claw vending machines in video arcades. The prizes here
are the soldiers down below. Grab as many soldiers with the crane, and drop
them into the pit to the right. Eventually you will be discovered, so get
ready to intercept them at the door to the left.
Kill any remaining soldiers and go down to the room below. Pick up the Green
Herb and go through the door. Run along the hallway and you will reach the
control room. Pick up the Yellow Herb from the table. One of the lockers holds
a Flash Grenade. Go through the door.
-----------------------
Ashley Internment Area
-----------------------
Ashley's trapped in a cell in this room. Open the red box on the wall for
handgun bullets. Then, head towards the red dot on your map. You'll see that
it is guarded by two fat soldiers with hammers. Blow them apart with the
shotgun. As you can see, her cell is locked. You will have to move on. Go
through the door.
------------------
X-Ray sample area
------------------
Run along the corridor and go through the door. Some soldiers are waiting for
you on the other side. Immediately turn right and shoot the crossbowman. More
will come up the stairs after you. They are the prime targets for your
Striker. Blow them to pieces, along with any parasites that may pop up. A
Flash Grenade can be found on the shelf to the right. Go down the stairs, and
examine the room. More shotgun shells can be found in a cupboard behind the
steps.
Go through the door and run through the corridor. The door to the right leads
to a typewriter (and a Green Herb), while the one to the left leads to the lab
itself. Equip your semi-auto rifle.
---------------
Laboratory
---------------
As you inspect the room, a Regenerator with spikes (ie. Iron Maiden) comes
towards you to the right. Looks like someone's using him as a lab watchdog.
Pick up the rifle rounds and take out your semi-auto rifle. Destroy the 4
Plagas on the front of his body. However, he's still not dying. This is
because another Plaga is on his back. Shoot him in the leg and he will fall to
the ground, revealing the final Plaga. Shoot that as well and he will explode,
dropping the Storage Room Key.
You can now free Ashley, but first, let's search the lab and find the
merchant. Go right from where you are facing the Regenerator to reach a
suitcase with more rifle rounds. Go back to the main hallway and go through
the double doors to the right. You'll come to another pair of doors. Walk
through the doors to the right to enter a brightly lit storage area with many
Petri dishes and specimens.
A Green Herb and Red Herb can be found in glass casings. A cupboard with a
valve on it can be opened for even more rifle rounds. Some shotgun shells are
found in a cupboard to the right as well. Once you have collected all these
items, go through the door you just overlooked.
---------------
Radio tower
---------------
Go and find the merchant. Sell your Brass Pocket Watch for 10000 Pesetas, your
Emeralds for 3000 Pesetas apiece and a few excessive healing items and
grenades. You should have over 120000 Pesetas at this point. Smash the barrels
for a Yellow Herb, money and an Incendiary Grenade.
Head over to the lift and ride up to the radio tower. Enter it, and Leon will
attempt to call the headquarters. "This is Leon, request backup, I repeat,
request backup!" However, no one responds. The radio signals are jammed.
"Damn!" he mutters. Anyway, take the shotgun shells and Green Herb and head
back down. It's time to make your way back to Ashley.
As you enter the area with the X-Ray samples, walk slowly. Some soldiers,
including three crossbowmen are waiting for you at the top of the stairs. As
you go through the door leading to the big room, stride slowly to the right
and look up with your semi-auto rifle (with the normal scope, of course).
Shoot the crossbowman in the head. At this point, the combat music will start.
Some soldiers will make their way down towards you. Try to kill them all while
they are still on the stairs. Move a little more to the right and carefully
kill the two crossbowman who are now in your sights. If all goes well, they
can't hit you. The music still hasn't stopped. Run up the stairs and kill the
final soldier by the door. Threat neutralized.
-----------------------
Ashley Internment Area
-----------------------
No one's there yet. Open the door to Ashley's cell with the Card Key. You will
find Ashley sitting in a corner feeling sorry for herself. "Leon!" She says
happily upon seeing you. "You okay?", says Leon as he takes her hand, "Let's
get you out of here." This ends the first chapter on the island.
-------------------------------------------------------
21. How to lose the President's daughter in 10 minutes
-------------------------------------------------------
[RE21]
After so many chapters' worth of action, you've found Ashley. For now, ask her
to stay in the cell. Grab the shotgun shells on a crate and attempt to leave.
A paper aeroplane flies in from the window. It's from Ada.
***************
Paper Airplane
***************
Perhaps you have it figured out already, but you might be able to get out of
here by using the waste disposal vent.
Thanks for the hint. That's where we'll be going. Take out a hand grenade, and
walk out of the cell alone. Some soldiers have been expecting you. Take a peek
around the corner to the left and throw the grenade at the crossbowman. This
should kill him instantly. The remaining soldiers are left to your disposal.
With them gone, call Ashley out and head back to the Waste Disposal Room.
---------------
Waste Disposal
---------------
You'll have to fight a minibattle before you can head to the trash. As you
enter, order Ashley to stand ground and back up against the wall behind you.
This should temporarily put you out of sight of the crossbowman around the
corner. Take out the soldiers in the way, and another will run over ot the
control panel to shut the door leading to the dump. Kill him and send Ashley
over to the panel. Press the switch to release the door, and more soldiers
storm in. Kill them all, especially the crossbowman to the left.
***************
Movie scene
***************
With them all dead, head to the rubbish dump. Look down the pit. "Looks like
this is it," says Leon.
"Aww... it stinks," complains Ashley.
"Sure does." Leon grins at Ashley, as if trying to say, "Are you thinking what
I'm thinking?"
"No way, Leon!", says Ashley.
Leon replies, "Way!". He grabs her arm and the two jump into the pit, with
Ashley screaming all the way down!
The two land on a pile of garbage. Ashley shouts, "Are you out of your mind?"
"I knew you'd be fine if you landed on your butt," Leon replies, heh this has
got to be the first humourous line in the game. "You!" cries Ashley. Looks
like Ashley is much less resilient to dirtiness compared to Sherry Birkin, who
jumped into the sewer at her own will! She looks at the spiky corpse beneath
her, "What is that?"
*****END SCENE*****
It's a Regenerator, of course! Take out your semi-auto rifle with the thermal
scope and run towards the bars. Before you pull the lever, turn back and aim
at the now awake Regenerator. Shoot his plagas to pieces, including the one on
his back. He'll explode, leaving 20000 Pesetas behind.
Pull the lever to open up the bars and go through this room, picking up all
the rifle rounds and Green Herb on the way. A skip is available in case you
need to hide Ashley. You'll go over to a heavy container crate. It's so heavy
that you can't push it without Ashley's help. Push it so it falls into the
dirty water. You now have a bridge. Cross it to face another spiky
Regenerator, and collect the cash! There is another container crate blocking
the way, push it to the side and head through the double doors.
-------------------
Wrecking ball room
-------------------
As soon as you enter, you're discovered by a soldier with a hammer. Kill him
with the semi-auto rifle, as well as his two friends. Run over to where they
were and break open the boxes for ammo. There is another Green Herb at the
corner. Take it, turn around the corner and jump into the room below.
"Look, there's a gate here," Ashley says. However, the gate is blocked by some
rubble and you'll need the wrecking ball to clear it. At this moment, many
soldiers storm into the room. It's fair cop! Take out your shotgun and blast
the four soldiers to the left. Run right, blast the two soldiers there and
enter the small control room. Have Ashley operate the controls for the
Wrecking Ball. Take the handgun bullets and Red Herb and run out of the
control room. From now on, you are to fend off the soldiers until the wrecking
ball has cleared the way to the hall. Once the rubble's removed, call Ashley
over and go through the double doors.
----------------------------
Regenerator shutter hallway
----------------------------
Take out your semi-auto rifle with thermal scope. Walk a little bit forward
and the shutter in front of you will go up, revealing a Regenerator. Kill him.
Go right and into the room. Examine the cupboards and cages for rifle rounds
and an Incendiary Grenade. Continue along the hallway. You'll come to another
room to the left; but first, kill the Regenerator around the corner.
Enter the room. Take the Green Herb and press the red switch. The next shutter
will partially open, it's stuck. Take the shotgun shells from the locked and
leave. Head to the partly up shutter. Send Ashley to the other side to open it
for you. You'll find two doors on the other side. Take the yellow herb and go
through the right one first. It's a save room. Open the locker for the Red
Herb. Don't bother upgrading your Broken Butterfly yet. On the other hand, you
are free to upgrade the capacity of the Striker to get up to 24 free shells!
Striker:
Capacity (20 -> 24): 18000 ptas
Head back out to the double doors. You and Ashley have to pull the two levers
at the same time to unlock the doors. Have Ashley wait by one lever while you
go to the other one. Press A to give it a try. See the lights above the doors?
Press A again when the centre circle lights up. The door will open, so go
through.
---------------
Bulldozer ride
---------------
Before you get onto the dozer, break open all the boxes for ammo and a First
Aid Spray. Ashley will offer to drive the bulldozer. Turn around and have a
look behind you. Many soldiers will come after you! Fend them off. Eventually,
a truck will attempt to ram you, so shoot its engine with the Red9 to stop it.
The truck will move again, so shoot it fast to stop it for good.
Eventually, the bulldozer will reach a giant lift. However, it is offline. The
power lever is on the catwalks above. Get off the dozer and climb up. At this
point, many soldiers attack you. Take out as many soldiers as possible and
head to the lever. Also watch out down below, since some soldiers may come
after Ashley. Kill them quickly before they kill her. Ashley should survive a
single hit if she has at least 6 blocks of health on her gauge.
Before you pull the lever, grab all the goodies on the catwalk. There is a
Green Herb and some shotgun shells in a box. Once the lever is pulled, hurry
down and get onto the bulldozer. The lift will go up. Once it's reached the
top, Ashley will continue forwards. Turn back and fend off more soldiers.
Eventually, another truck will attempt to ram you from the front. Shoot its
engine with the Red9 until it explodes. Either way, the bulldozer will be
forced to the left, where it crashes into a wall. However, you are both
unharmed.
Once you have control of Leon, head through the door into the save room. Open
the cupboards for money and an Incendiary Grenade. Open the suitcase for a
Green Stone of Judgment, which is to be combined with the Golden Lynx. There
are no new upgrades for the Broken Butterfly yet. Go through the door.
------------------------
Dark confrontation room
------------------------
Looks like Saddler's been expecting you. "I can feel them, growing ever so
strongly inside you", he says. Leon yells, "Saddler!" He charges forward, but
Saddler holds out his hand, this causes the Plaga inside Leon to make him feel
immense pain, stopping him in his tracks. I guess the Force is with Saddler!
"Perhaps you can resist, but you cannot disobey.", Saddler says. He then turns
to Ashley, telling her, "Now, come to me, Ashley." At this point, Ashley's
been mind controlled. Her pupils turn red, and she walks towards Saddler.
"Ashley!", Leon cries. Despite his pain, he was able to throw a tracker bug
onto Ashley's back before she walks out with Saddler. As soon as Saddler
leaves, Leon gets up. He says, "It's already begun!"
This short chapter is over. Looks like you can lose Ashley in only 10 minutes
of playing time if you are really fast!
---------------------
22. Comrades in arms
---------------------
[RE22]
Now that you have control of Leon, head to the corner to the left of the altar
steps. There are 5000 Pesetas' worth of gold bars there. Then head onto the
altar and get the file. It's written by Saddler himself.
***************
Our Plan
***************
Because of that agent we lost Chief Mendez and Ramon. Nevertheless, everything
will proceed according to plan.
I must admit however, the loss of my loyal men is a bit disheartening. But I
will deal with it. Replacing that loss will not come easy. I must choose
wisely; for the Plaga reflects the conscience of their hosts. If chosen
poorly, they could betray me.
I need men who will swear their allegiance to me. I've learnt my lesson when
Sera betrayed me. I will not make the same mistake again.
In this important hour, I cannot and will not have anyone stand in my way.
Explanation:
Saddler recalls the events in the early part of the game.
*****END FILE*****
Go through the door to the left and you will see a conversation between
Krauser and Ada.
"What's the news of our friend Leon?", asks Krauser, toying with his knife.
Ada replies, "He's not making it easy, the sample?"
"Saddler's got it, it seems he sniffed out our little game."
"Perfect."
"Just so we understand each other clearly, I don't trust you, nor does Wesker.
If you try to do anything funny, I will kill you!" Now, now, where is the
trust? This Krauser fellow is a tough guy, but he the maturity of an angsty
teenager!
Ada retorts, "Is that so? You know, I've met Wesker long before you."
"We'll see soon enough if you did."
Ada says, "We'll see," and leaves the room. Krauser chuckles.
Looks like we might have another new enemy to deal with soon!
-----------------
Steamy pipe room
-----------------
Move forwards along the catwalk and take your semi-automatic rifle out. See
the boarded window? There are soldiers behind the boards. Shoot the visible
one dead and you should draw the others to you. Go to the edge of the catwalk
and aim down, to the right and take out as many soldiers as you can. Avoid the
crossbowmen though. If you hear someone kick the door open downstairs, take
the shotgun shells to the left and head down with your Red9. Intercept the
soldiers there.
With them down and out, pick up the Green Herb and enter the room with the
pipes through the door. Walk carefully, as there may be a couple more
crossbowmen waiting. Turn right around the corner and go up the stairs. A
soldier with a shield will charge towards you. Blast down his shield and kill
him. Get into the small room. There are Pesetas in the locker. Head back out,
go down the stairs and turn right. There is a small storeroom with a Flash
Grenade and cash inside. With these items, go through the remaining door in
the room.
----------------------
Confrontation walkway
----------------------
Head through the corridor and go through the door at the end. You'll come to
an open area. Take the money from the ground and climb the ladder. Attempt to
get to the other side of the walkway and an event occurs.
************************
Interactive movie scene
************************
Leon senses something wrong. He unsheathes his knife. Krauser appears behind
him, but vanishes as Leon turns around. All of a sudden, Krauser swings on a
pipe and swoops down on Leon with his knife! Dodge quickly (by either pressing
the A and B buttons simultaneously or swinging the Wii Remote to the left).
This particular movie scene will be interactive. You'll be instructed to
perform certain actions with your Wii Remote at some moments, to defend
yourself against Krauser's attacks.
Krauser still manages to create a small wound on Leon's face. "Been a long
time, comrade," Krauser says.
"Krauser!"
"I died in a crash two years ago, is that what they told you?"
Leon exclaims, "You're the one who kidnapped Ashley!"
"You catch on quick, as expected," Krauser says, turning his back to Leon,
"After all, you and I know where we came from." Suddenly, Krauser turns around
and swings his knife towards Leon. Quickly, perform the action prompted on
screen to dodge the attack!
The two face each other off with the knife. Leon asks angrily, "What do you
want?"
Krauser swings his knife at you. Dodge!
He replies, "The sample that Saddler developed, that's all!"
He attacks again, block!
"Leave Ashley out of this!" yells Leon.
"I got to buy Saddler's trust in me. Unlike him I'm an American!" Krauser
explains, before he kicks a barrel towards you and makes another attempt.
Block him again!
This time, it's a close shave with Leon lying backwards during the dodge. He
does a backflip and gets back on his feet. He asks, "You got her involved just
for that?"
The two start a knife fight. Well, it would be better if the two fought with
fencing swords at this point! Leon manages to outsmart Krauser, slashing him
on the chest. Surprisingly, Krauser hardly feels any pain! He charges forward,
follow the instruction on screen to intercept him.
The two bear hug, but Krauser's too strong for Leon. He kicks Leon to the
ground. "All for Umbrella's sake," Krauser says.
"Umbrella?"
"Almost let it slip, enough talk, die comrade!" Krauser will force his knife
towards your chest, but Leon tries hard to hold it back. To stop him from
killing you, shake the Wii Remote rapidly.
Eventually, Ada comes to your aid, shooting the knife out of Krauser's hand.
"Looks like we got the upper hand here," she says.
"Well if it isn't the bitch in the red dress," Krauser says, before he jumps
up to a catwalk high above. He taunts Leon, "You may be able to prolong your
life, but it's not like you can escape your inevitable death, is it?". He's
off.
Ada comes down to talk to Leon, "You knew each other?"
"More or less, maybe it's about time you told me why you're here?"
Ada replies, "Maybe some other time," before jumping off the walkway. Heh, if
you have read the files before hand, you'd know she's after the sample, i.e.
the master Plaga specimen!
*****END SCENE*****
Afterwards, you will receive a call from Saddler.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Saddler: Enjoy the reunion with your old friend?
Leon: As a matter of fact I did.
Saddler: Wonderful. I don't want my special guests on the island feeling
unattended.
Leon: Am I supposed to thank you for that?
Saddler: Ah, I have an idea. Since you're here, why don't I introduce you to
"it"? It should keep you busy.
Leon: Can't remember the name? A senior moment perhaps.
Saddler: (laughs) Enjoy the fun.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
Yup, this "it" will be a tough boss later on. But for now, jump down the
ladder on the other side of the walkway and go through the door.
--------------------
Laser security room
--------------------
Run through the metallic doors. You will come to a long hallway that is
guarded by lasers. These lasers are no joke. If you get hit, you'll die
instantly. You are to run past while there is an opening in the middle. The
first two sets of lasers shouldn't be hard to avoid.
The third one requires you to dodge as they come to you by performing the
action given on the screen. Leon will do a dive past the lasers. The next set
of lasers will take a short time to charge up, as you can tell from the
frizzling sound. However, it doesn't mean you shouldn't dodge when they
instruct you to do so. Once you have dodged, you'll be quickly asked to do it
again. God, how does Leon do these extreme moves!
Head towards the door and press the button to the right. The door will begin
to unlock. Meanwhile, a large array of lasers is coming towards you from
behind at high speed. Dodge fast, and Leon will literally run up the wall and
flip over the lasers as they whoosh in from behind. The door's definitely
unlocked now. Go through.
----------------------
Salazar's throne room
----------------------
Walk over to the throne and take the Emerald. You can sit down on a while if
you like. Leon will pose like The Thinker (a famous sculpture). When you stand
up, you'll see something shining on the ceiling. Shoot it down. It's an
elegant headdress. Go through the door behind the throne and ride the lift
down.
------------------
Hallway before It
------------------
It's the dingy underground again. Go down the stairs and get the Emerald and
Green Herb from beneath it. Then go to the right, the merchant is there. Pick
up Luis' Memo 4 from the table to his left.
***************
Luis' Memo 4
***************
I'll report my findings about the Plagas here. The Plagas have 3 distinct
characteristics.
1. As mentioned previously, the Plagas have the ability to manipulate the
behavioural patterns of their hosts.
2. The Plagas are social organisms. By this I mean that instead of living
individually, they live in perfect social harmony. IT is believed that they
have a collective intelligence.
This type of behaviour can be seen among insects such as bees and ants.
However this kind of social behaviour is rarely seen among parasitic
organisms. Perhaps it was a learned behaviour by the Plagas. I'm finding out
if this has any relationship with their first characteristic.
3. The Plagas have exceptional adaptation skills. They are able to live off
many kinds of organisms by creating a symbiotic environment quickly. This
ability, when combined with their social behaviours, allows them to interact
intelligently between hosts regardless of the host organism. (1)
I am ashamed to admit that my pure fascination with the Plagas, in hindsight,
has blinded me to the true research objectives of the Los Illmuniados.
Even with the knowledge that Saddler was going to abuse the results of these
experiments, I could not pull myself away from my research. As a result, I am
just as responsible for this whole mess as he is. I see now that I was wrong,
but can I stop their evil plans alone? (2)
Explanation:
(1) Plagas are well adapted to whatever hosts they infect. In addition, they
control the minds of the hosts in a way such that anyone infected with a Plaga
can tell who else is infected as well. This is why the villagers are able to
plan so many attacks on Leon and Ashley.
(2) This explains why Luis said "It makes me feel better that way" during an
earlier scene. He's feeling guilty of helping Saddler to develop a nasty mind
controlling parasite for evil purposes. He had been helping Leon as an attempt
to make up for his sins.
*****END FILE*****
You can max out the firepower of your Broken Butterfly to 28.0 for 70000
Pesetas. Open the door behind the merchant to access a narrow corridor with a
Red Herb. Head through the double doors to your destination.
---------------
Its cave
---------------
Move along the path and get the Yellow Herb. You'll eventually come to a
series of hanging container crates. Leon sees Ashley's tracker bug on the
ground. "Ashley!" He bends down to pick it up. All of a sudden, a giant
monster crashes through the wall and knocks Leon into a container crate! This
is "it", the monster Saddler was referring to!
At this point, your objective is to make your way out of these container
crates. "It" will attack by slashing at you with its claw or grabbing you up
to the ceiling. Both moves can be dodged if you press the provided button
combinations fast enough. As soon as you have control of Leon, turn around and
go around the corner. Shoot the green switch to raise the shutter. Press the
emergency switch. There is another one at the other end of the container. Run
past "it" and make your way to the other end of the container, grabbing the
Green Herb and shotgun shells on the way. Shoot the green switch to raise the
other shutter. Press the emergency switch. You now have 30 seconds to exit the
container before it drops.
Just follow the map to the brown door near the first switch and go through.
Leon will set foot on the 2nd container as the first drops. When you have
control of Leon, move forwards to the T junction. Look up and to your right.
There is a switch. Shoot it and the shutters around Leon will collapse. "It"
will come to say hi. Head through the opened shutter and press the switch.
Return to the corridor. Look up in front of you, there's another green switch.
Shoot it, open up the shutter and go to the other side and press the switch.
The 30 second timer starts. Turn around and run to the exit. (Grab the ammo on
the way)
Leon gets onto the 3rd container rig, and the 2nd one drops. Move right to
press the emergency switch. There is another one to the left, but the
shutter's closed, the green switch is out of sight. Run towards the dark
tunnel and "it" jumps down to confront you. Two scissor like pincers come out
of its back. It's getting serious! At the other end of the tunnel, run left,
beyond the exit and you'll reach a dead end. See the green switch on the other
side of the bars? Shoot it, run through the tunnel, turn right and press the
switch. The timer starts. Run all the way back to the exit, go through, and a
crane hook will be lowered down to you. Press A to jump, and Leon will hang
onto the hook as the final rig falls. "It" is gone, or is it?
You find yourself on the other side of the cave. Take the Green Herb and all
the ammo. Head towards the door, you hear a roar behind you. "It" has survived
the fall and has climbed up to face you! He lunges his claws at Leon, forcing
him into a room, which is subsequently barred up. It's time to fight "it"!
***************
Boss battle
***************
It
Attacks: Claw swipe, pincer attack, burrowing attack
Health: 5 shots of the Rifle (30.0 firepower) and 12 shots of the Broken
Butterfly (28.0 firepower)
When the fight begins, run over to the lever on the wall and pull it. The bars
to the right will be raised, revealing a tunnel. Run through, past the red
barrel and pick up the handgun bullets. Go over to the lever and pull it. The
bars are raised. Turn around. Wait till "it" is next to the barrel and shoot
it. This will deal some damage to it. Go out of the tunnel and pull the lever
to the right. The bars come down, trapping "it" inside the tunnel. At this
point, you are safe for the time being. Back off slightly and take out your
Rifle. Fire countless rounds into it until it burrows into the ground.
At this point, you are to watch for the dodge instructions that show up on the
screen. When the requested action shows up, do it quickly to dodge its claw
stab attack. You may have to perform up to 4 dodges before "it" resurfaces.
Once it resurfaces, continue your barrage of magnum rounds. Just watch out for
its pincers. When you have shot "it" enough times, "it" should die. Otherwise,
pepper it with a few shotgun shells.
With "it" dead, grab the money and go out of the room and go through the door.
Go up the stairs, take the Green Herb and climb up the ladder.
--------------------
Area before Krauser
--------------------
Climb up the ladder in front of you. Open the cupboard for a hand grenade then
head out. You'll come to a cliff. There is a camp of soldiers at its base. The
place is loaded with red barrels, so shoot a barrel and it should wipe them
all out except one. Look down the cliff and finish him off. Search the camp
for a Yellow Herb and money. Then jump down the ladder in one of the tents.
Search the tunnel, there should be a Blue Stone of Treason. Combine it with
the Golden Lynx to complete it. Head to the end of the tunnel to find the
merchant. It's time to upgrade your Broken Butterfly. The final capacity
upgrade costs 25000 Pesetas, while the Exclusive upgrade costs a massive
150000 Pesetas. You are most likely to be short on money at this point. First,
sell the Golden Lynx for 35000 Pesetas. Then sell all your Grenades and TMP
ammo. When it's not enough, sell several of your surplus of Green Herb
mixtures and maybe even 1 Green-Red-Yellow mix, this should give you the funds
needed. The Exclusive Upgrade increases the weapon damage to 50.0!
You will find Krauser's Note on the table.
***************
Krauser's Note
***************
It turns out that old man Saddler wasn't buying me from the start. Even though
I succeeded in kidnapping Ashley, I sort of sensed this when Saddler didn't
completely let me in the loop.
Under the circumstances, I had no other alternative but to call for her
assistance. Perhaps she knew this was the way it was going to turn out all
along. My guess is that her ultimate goal might be different from Wesker's and
mine. This is just the perfect opportunity to find out.
And after I get to retrieve the sample, I'll put her in a body bag along with
Leon and send them both to Wesker.
Explanation:
Krauser doesn't really want to work with Ada and he doesn't trust her a bit.
He correctly suspects that Ada might be up to something else. In addition,
Krauser's planning to assassinate Leon.
*****END SCENE*****
Climb up the ladder. This is an open area, break open the barrel for some
money, and go through the double doors.
---------------
Sandstone ruins
---------------
As you run through the ruins, Krauser, now without his shirt, appears on the
ramparts opposite Leon. "So, you two are all hooked up, is that it?" He asks.
Leon angrily asks, "Where's Ashley?"
"Do you really want to know? He's beyond that gate, but you'll need three
insignias to open it."
"What are you going to do, Krauser?"
"One is to the north, the other in the east."
Leon cuts in, "And let me guess, you have the last one."
Krauser agrees, "It also means you're on a tight leash!" He takes out his TMP,
complete with a laser sight. What kind of people use a laser sight on a semi-
automatic weapon these days?
"Looks like you thought this one out pretty well."
Leon throws a dart at him, distracting his aim while he dives behind a raised
section of the wall. It's time to fight!
You will now be facing Krauser is he appears randomly on the ramparts opposite
you. Your job at the moment is to shoot him as he appears before he can open
fire. Whenever you hit, he will say, "That's what I'm talking about". He will
hide for a while before popping up somewhere else. He may occasionally throw a
grenade at you. In that case, dodge (by taking the required action with the
Wii Remote) when the screen tells you to do so.
When you have shot him enough times, he will jump down the ramparts and come
over to your side. At this point, it's a close face off. You have to shoot him
with either the Red9 or Striker repeatedly to stop him from attacking you with
his knife. He's very fast, more like superhuman and he can quickly whoosh out
of the way before you can hit him. Sometimes, Krauser will lunge towards you
and you will have to perform a certain sequence of actions with the Wii Remote
to avoid him. Once you have shot him enough times, he will throw a flash
grenade at you and disappear after the flash.
Once he's done so, move along the path and go through the door. In this small
room, break open the barrels for herbs and ammo. Climb up to the roof for
more, then come down and go through the door with the blue light. As you move
along the path, you'll find some shotgun shells on the ground. At this moment,
Krauser will ambush you. Fend him off the same way as before. Once he's
vanished after throwing a flash grenade, take the ammo and turn right. As you
head towards the tower, look up, since Krauser will attempt to fire his TMP at
you. Shoot him before he does. He will come down to do some close quarters
fighting. Fend him off.
Once he's gone, jump through the opening in the wall and get the goodies
inside. Jump out to the right, follow the path until you reach some stairs
leading up. Pick up the Green Herb and head up the stairs. You will find a
piece of the Holy Beast, Panther on the ground.
Krauser comes holding his knife and talks to you. Leon asks, "What do you
intend to do, restoring Umbrella?" "To bring order and balance to this insane
world of ours!" "A psycho like you can't bring order or balance." "You don't
seriously think that you can chart a new course for the world, do you?"
It's time to fight! Krauser will be on the roof above you. Shoot him before he
does it to you. After some time, he'll taunt you, "Why don't you come out and
fight like a man!" Press A to respond. "I'm not falling for that one." Krauser
than sneers, "Just try to have fun!"
However, if you shoot enough bullets into Krauser, that scene might not
happen. Either way, it's over when he throws the flash grenade. If him gone,
pick up the Red Herb on the ground, and push the statue onto the white square.
The lever in this area will become available. Pull the lever and the bars to
your left will be raised, so will another set of bars covering a second lever.
Go down the stairs and turn right. You will come to the lever and be ambushed
by Krauser. Fend him off, pull the lever and jump down the ruins through the
gap that's revealed. Take the Green Herb. This area is filled with killer
drones. Destroy them from a distance. These drones often drop handgun bullets.
Make your way through the ruins before a scene with Krauser starts. "What is
it that you fight for, comrade?" He asks. Press A to respond. "The past, I
suppose." Krauser chuckles, "Umbrella". Enter the tower and you'll be locked
in. Take the Yellow Herb and head to the top.
On the roof of this building, take the Green Herb and magnum rounds on one end
before you pick up the piece of the Holy Beast, Eagle. Krauser appears on the
pillar above you. "Two down, one to go, Krauser," Leon says.
Krauser replies, "We'll see about that." He flexes his left arm, and it
mutates into a giant claw! "Witness the power!" he yells. You know, his line
is very similar to Wesker's in the first Resident Evil, where he states how
the Tyrant was "magnificent".
"You lost it completely, Krauser!"
Krauser says, "Prepare for your death, Leon!"
He jumps down towards you. Dodge him! If you fail to dodge him, you'll be
knocked off the edge and will be hanging on for your life. If that happens,
shake the Wii Remote rapidly to climb back up. At this point, you will find
that explosives have been planted on the tower. You have 3 minutes to defeat
Krauser!
***************
Boss Battle
***************
Krauser
Attacks: Kick, claw swipe, horizontal claw stab, vertical claw stab (instant
death)
Health: As few as 5 shots of the Broken Butterfly (50.0 firepower)
If you have upgraded your Broken Butterfly to the max, this fight is a
cakewalk. Although Krauser's claw acts as a shield, it doesn't cover every
part of his body, so you can exploit his Achilles' heel by shooting him in the
foot! He should flinch in pain, revealing his body. Shoot him again at this
point. He will stand up and hold up his claw. Repeat this procedure till he's
dead. Just be aware that Krauser still retains his finesse. He can whizz
around, dodging your bullets if you don't shoot fast enough. But if does
manage to get close, you'd probably have half a second to aim at him and fire,
thus stopping his attack. If your aim (and luck) is good, 5 shots will be all
you need to defeat him. Krauser clutches his chest, his Plaga explodes from
the inside, and he falls down dead.
*****END BOSS*****
Pick up the piece of the Holy Beast, Serpent from his body and head down the
ladder, Go through the now revealed gap and jump down. Head right, take the
handgun bullets from a hole in the wall and place the 3 insignias onto the
yellow square on the gate. It opens, revealing double doors. Go through.
That's the end of this heavy duty chapter.
--------------------
23. Green Hawk down
--------------------
[RE23]
You enter an area that sounds like a warzone, with cannons rumbling in the
distance. Lord Saddler will taunt you again through the radio.
*****MOVIE SCENE*****
Saddler: Ah, it seems you have killed Krauser too? How shall I return your
appreciation?
Leon: What are you talking about? I thought he was with you!
Saddler: What are YOU talking about? Do you think I am going to trust an
American? I was contemplating how to get rid of him, but thanks to you, it's
no longer necessary.
Leon: You were just using him right from the start!
Saddler: I got to hand it to you, you've demonstrated quite a bit of promise
by killing Krauser. When your assimilation with Las Plagas is complete, I will
have you serve as my guard.
Leon: I'm afraid I have to decline your generous offer. I have prior
engagements!
Saddler: Enjoy your smart mouthing while you can.
*****END SCENE*****
You'd better hurry, Leon! Saddler's got your resume in hand! Grab the Green
Herb by the typewriter and go up the hill. Another event begins. Leon finds
the hill top to be heavily guarded by countless soldiers. Fortunately, a
friendly helicopter arrives. He radios Leon. Leon replies, "Hey, it's about
time!" The pilot says, "Sorry, bad traffic. I'll cover you."
The helicopter proceeds to tip over a water tower, squashing many soldiers.
The pilot then opens fire with his twin cannon, massacring the whole lot! "Now
that's what I call backup." "My name's Mike, if you're looking for firepower,
you've coming to the right place."
This part of the game is gonna be fun. Head over to the camp that Mike has
just destroyed. As you reach the tent, a soldier opens fire with you with a
machine gun. Hide inside the tent and get the shotgun shells inside. Mike will
open fire on the soldiers near you. Eventually, he says, "Take cover!" Stay
where you are. A few moments later, the helicopter fires a missile at the
machine gun emplacement! Boom! "Yeah, swiped them clean, yeah!"
Head out of the tent, break the barrels for a Green Herb and Magnum Rounds and
go down the stairs to your right. Some soldiers will jump down from a tower to
the left, blocking the way. Run to the small shelter in front of you (with the
barrel) and start fending them off. Eventually, Mike will ask you to take
cover and that's what you are doing. He will fire a missile at the tower,
destroying the source of enemies. "Got them, scumbags!"
Break open the barrel for some rifle rounds, and move on the path. You will
come to a padlocked door. Shoot the lock from a range to remove it. Kick the
door open, ignore the soldiers above for now. There is a barrel with a Yellow
Herb inside. Take it and turn right, through the tunnel. Fight your way
through the soldiers to reach the ladder. Now, wait for Mike to say "Take
cover!" He will blow the tower above up a few moments later. Climb up the
ladder after that.
There is no one in the tower. Grab the Flash Grenade, handgun bullets and
Green Herb and go over to the red switch. Press it and the door will open,
leading to the next area. Follow the path to the right. J.J. will appear on a
high ledge to the left and start firing at you. Run up the stairs to the right
all the way to the top and you will come to a slider. Grab on and slide over
to J.J.'s ledge, kicking him down upon your arrival. Kill him with the Broken
Butterfly; it takes only two shots to the head to take him out! How pathetic.
Grab the hand grenade from the ledge, and jump down to the red switch below.
Press it and it will turn green, opening up the next area for you. Don't go
there yet. Instead, kill the crossbowman below and head back to the left.
There is a small camp in the pit with many items including TMP rounds, a Green
Herb, a Red Herb, handgun bullets and some money. With these items in hand, go
through the gate to the next area.
The gate closes behind Leon. Two machine gun emplacements will begin firing at
you. Run into the tunnel to your left and back up against the ladder. Fend off
the soldiers that come after you from above the ladder and the tunnel. When
the wave has died down, climb up the ladder and follow the path. Avoid the
machine gun fire and hide inside a small gap to the right of the path with a
barrel inside. Break the barrel, and turn around, facing the entrance. Lean to
the right wall and the machine guns can't hit you. Meanwhile, Mike will help
you eliminate the machine gunners, so be patient and stay where you are.
Eventually, you hear Mike tell you to take cover, so run back to the ladder.
He will soon fire a missile at a control tower. Now, run along the path and
you will reach a gate. Kick it open and pull the lever on the other side. You
have released one of the two locks on the gate in this area.
Run back to the large square hole where the machine gun emplacement was, pick
up the shotgun shells and jump down. Turn around, and make your way to the
other side of the battlefield, picking up the ammo and killing enemies as you
go. You will come to a ladder to your left. Climb up. Mike will tell you to
take cover, since he's about to destroy the control tower in front of you.
Jump back down the ladder and let him do his job. Then, climb back up and make
your way to the end of the walkway where the second lever is. Pull it and the
gate will open, revealing a set of double doors. Jump down, go to the door,
pick up the First Aid Spray and continue your way.
---------------
Mike's end
---------------
Run up the slope, only to be surrounded by numerous soldiers. Mike comes over
and tells you to take cover. He sprays bullets all around, wiping all the
Ganados out with little trouble. Nice stormtrooper effect! The sole survivor
of the onslaught is squashed flat by a stone slab.
Leon is extremely grateful, "Thanks! When we get out of here, drinks are on
me!"
"Yeah! I know a good bar!"
However, Leon need not treat Mike to a drink, since another soldier
accompanied by Saddler fires a rocket at the helicopter, blasting it to
pieces. "Mike!", yells Leon, but he's gone. Leon looks down at the wreckage
and then up to where Saddler was. "I'll make sure you're the next to go,
Saddler!"
Saddler couldn't have found a worse time to taunt Leon through the radio.
*****TRANSMISSION*****
Saddler: I'm sorry Leon.
Leon: Saddler you bastard!
Saddler: It's nothing to get upset about, don't tell you've never swatted a
bothersome fly!
Leon: Why were you just saying? Insects' lives don't compare to human lives!
Saddler: When you have acquired this power, you too shall understand.
Leon: I guess it's another good reason to get that parasite out of my body.
Saddler: (chuckles) I wish you luck.
*****END TRANSMISSION*****
It's just tragic, but the shooting down of the helicopter was way too
predictable, in my opinion. Pick up the items and money the dead soldiers have
left behind. Turn around towards the path you entered the area from and you'll
see a shining object on a pillar. Shoot it down, it's an Emerald. Search the
ruins for a barrel and break it open for handgun bullets, then go through the
double doors at the far end.
-----------------
Sandstone tunnel
-----------------
Run along the path and jump down into the hole. Take the Pearl Pendant and go
through the opening in the wall. Leon starts to experience convulsions.
***************
Movie scene
***************
Ada comes in behind you. "Leon, are you okay?" She asks.
Leon begins, "Yeah."
All of a sudden, his Plagas takes control of him, turning him into a savage.
He grabs Ada by the neck, strangling her, before she stops him by stabbing him
in the leg with her knife. Leon says, "Sorry," and takes another of those
pills Luis gave him.
Ada says, "Leon, we have to get that parasite out of your body."
"But I have to save Ashley."
Ada looks annoyed, and says, "Let's split up." She leaves the room.
*****END SCENE*****
Go through the door Ada went through, run along the next path and go through
the door at the other end.
---------------
Dingy hallway
---------------
You hear the sound of a Regenerator breathing. But don't worry, he hasn't
spotted you. Search the cupboard near the typewriter for magnum rounds. A
green cupboard on the wall holds shotgun shells. A flash grenade can be found
near the washbasins. Right next to the washbasins is a closed skip; open it to
reveal some bag which writhes like mad as soon as you see it. You can shoot
the bag to kill whatever is inside if you wish. But now, go along the hallway.
The first cell to the right holds rifle rounds. The Regenerator is found in
the second to the left. Kill him by shooting the four Plagas in the front of
his body, as well as another on his back. You'll have to shoot him in the leg
to reveal the last one. Take the Red Herb near the collapsed staircase, and
move to the left and you'll find a spot where you can climb up. Climb up and
go through the door.
---------------
Last blockade
---------------
Run down the stairs and get the Green Herb. Follow the path to the left until
you reach the corner. Keep your eyes around the corner and move until you see
a crossbowman above. Shoot him with your semi-auto rifle. This will draw the
soldiers' attention towards you. Run back to the foot of the steps and wait
for two soldiers to come around the corner. Kill them easily. Then, turn
around the corner to snipe at the second crossbowman and another soldier at
the window high above him. J.J. will soon appear. Wait for him to show up and
pop some rounds into his head to take him out.
Even more soldiers appear. It appears this is the parasite militia's last
stand! Kill them with whatever methods you like. Run up to the stand where the
2nd crossbowman was. Look up at the walkway to your right. See the soldier?
Shoot him in the head with the rifle. Lean towards the right of the stand and
look at the control room above. You should barely see the top of a soldier's
head. Bang! Break the barrels on the ground for their items, and climb up the
ladder to the far left of the area to get to the control room. Before you do
anything, open the lockers for a Yellow Herb. Attempt to operate the green
switch and a soldier removes a keycard from another control panel, causing the
switch to not work. At this point, many soldiers will storm into the room.
Stand in the corner by the window, facing the ladder hatch and the other
entrance to the room and fend off the soldiers. One soldier should drop the
Security Keycard that you need.
When they are dealt with, go out through the entrance and run along the
walkway. You will be confronted by even more soldiers. Kill them all and climb
up the ladder to your left. Turn right and kill the crossbowman with your
Red9. Examine the room to your left. There are some lockers and a barrel.
Break them open for ammo and an herb. Head out and follow the walkway. Kill
the soldiers that appear and enter the room in front of you. Pick up all the
items, and insert the keycard into the slot. The two switches in this area
will turn green.
Go to the right where the ladder is and jump down. You'll be in a small
corridor with a Red Herb. Head back out and kill the last of the soldiers.
Climb back up to the control room and press the switch. Follow the walkway to
the end, without climbing up the ladder to the other control room. Open the
lockers for the items and press the 2nd switch. A gate opens up.
Jump down and go beyond the gate and through the door. In this short corridor,
two shield wielding soldiers will be waiting for you. Kill them, open the cage
for the shotgun shells and go through the doors.
------------------------
Ashley's stasis chamber
------------------------
Leon finds Ashley in stasis.
***************
Movie scene
***************
Lord Saddler is expecting you. "You'll soon harbour an awesome power," he
says, "Yet it seems you'd rather choose death!"
Leon says, "I'm taking Ashley back whether you like it or not!"
"Ah, the audacity of youth," sighs Saddler, and he charges forward and
delivers the Buddhist Palm into Leon's chest, knocking him down. Just as he's
closing in on him, Ada appears on a walkway above and fires her TMP at
Saddler, stopping him in his tracks.
Saddler is momentarily stunned, but is building up rage. He grunts, while
something under his skin move rapidly around. He then looks up and glares
evilly. Ada calls, "Leon, now!"
Leon and Ashley run out of the room. Saddler walks slowly towards them, while
Ada attempts to stop him with more shots of the TMP. However, it doesn't work,
so she aims at the explosive barrels above the room, they explode, causing
debris to block the exit. You're safe, for now.
*****END SCENE*****
Now that Ashley's with you, go out through the exit. To the right are two
barrels, both full of money. You'll find the merchant, but there is nothing
worth upgrading now. Pick up the memo left by Luis and go through the door.
***************
Luis' Memo 5
***************
From the initial stages of the research, we have been searching for a safe and
practical removal procedure of the Plaga.
Ironically, it turns out that the real objective of this research was not to
find a way to remove the Plagas from the infected persons but to find a way so
that the Plaga could not be removed from the body easily. In the end, we were
able to find out that the Plagas could be removed only by exposing them to a
special radiation.
The only drawback with this method is that it is a very painful procedure.
Since the Plaga attaches itself to the nerves, there is a possibility that it
may impair the consciousness of the host. Another fact that must be mentioned
is that once the Plaga grows into an adult, the removal procedure could kill
the host.
But perhaps death isn't so bad when you think about the alternative.
Explanation:
To remove the Plagas from their bodies, Leon and Ashley will use a special
device designed by Luis that zaps beams of radiation into their bodies. It's
extremely painful, as you see later.
-------------------
Plagas removal lab
-------------------
Ask Ashley to wait at the top of the stairs. Go down and around the corner to
kill all the soldiers. Head through the left corridor and ask Ashley to come
with you. Go through the door. The two stumble upon the device Luis developed.
"This hunk of junk? I don't know about this Leon."
"There's only one way to find out," Leon says, "You operate."
As Leon sits on the device, it scans his body for the Plaga.
Ashley asks, "You sure you want to do this?"
"Yeah."
"Well, here goes nothing."
The blue beams start to zap on Leon's body to probe the parasite. The parasite
squirms in pain, causing Leon to struggle painfully while Ashley watches in
terror. Heh, I bet this beats a visit to the dentist! However, the operation
was successful, the Plaga is vaporized. "How are you feeling?" Ashley asks.
"Like a million bucks."
"I thought you were going to die. Okay, guess I'm up."
Ashley undergoes the same painful procedure and the Plaga is removed. "Are you
okay?" asks Leon, Ashley turns to him and hugs him. "Well, I don't know about
you. But I guess it's time to go home." Here ends the chapter. Coming up is
the finale.
------------------------------------
24. Stopping a worldwide conspiracy
-------------------------------------
[RE24]
Now that both you and Ashley are Plaga-free, it's time to go home. Head out of
the lab through the stairs opposite the Plagas removal device. You will find a
Yellow Herb, shotgun shells and a file detailing the mission of Los
Illuminados.
***************
Our Mission
***************
The real power of the United States lies in three areas. The Justice
Department, the Administrative bodies, and the Military. In order to take
control of these areas, we must influence the minds of the people who advise
the President. (1)
After this is done, the rest of the departments will quickly fall under our
sway. If by chance the United States were to figure out our plan, the damage
caused should be minimal.
We will still be able to conquer the country as planned using our backup plan.
Once we control the country, we will use their international influence to our
advantage. (2) The rest of the world will fall swiftly.
As already stated, if our first plan doesn't go as smoothly as expected, we'll
proceed with our secondary plan. By sending in our "special" forces we will
infiltrate the country from within. Fear and chaos will spread through the
nation like a virus.
It'll only be a matter of time before the country loses its stability. At that
time, when they're most vulnerable, we will strike.
Rejoice my brethren; the world shall soon be cleansed. (3)
Explanations:
(1) This explains why Ashley Graham was kidnapped. They plan to use Las Plagas
to control her mind and sway the President's decision.
(2) What an anti-American theme! The cult knows the United States' standing in
the world and will exploit it to spread their faith.
(3) It's important that you stop Saddler, otherwise his megalomanic tendencies
will cause one hell of a pain!
*****END FILE*****
Go through the double doors.
-------------------------
Area before final battle
-------------------------
There is a merchant by some boxes and a Green Herb. Break the boxes for
ammunition, and sell your treasures. Head down the stairs to the lift.
"Something's not right," says Leon. "Ashley, you stay here." He takes the lift
up to the logistic terminal, leaving Ashley worrying.
------------------
Logistic terminal
------------------
He finds Ada Wong tied up, unconcious and hanging on a rope above him. "Ada!"
However, Lord Saddler is expecting you. He holds out his hand, however Leon's
Plaga has been removed, so he can't be controlled anymore. Leon taunts,
"Better try a new trick 'cause that one's getting old!" He throws his knife at
the rope holding Ada up. The rope snaps, causing Ada to fall onto some covered
boxes.
Leon asks, "Are you okay?"
Ada replies, "I've felt better."
Saddler laughs, Leon asks, "What's so funny?"
Saddler says, "The American prevalence is a cliché that only exists in your
Hollywood movies! Mr. Kennedy, you entertain me, and I'll awaken you from your
world of clichés!" Haha, another cool line, huh? That's not like the typical
Resident Evil villain. Saddler opens his mouth, revealing a giant eye. A giant
four legged monster grows out of his neck. Now, Saddler, don't you Resident
Evil villains ever learn? You'll never rule the world looking that ugly! It's
time to fight and end it all.
***************
Final battle
***************
Lord Saddler
Attacks: Lunge bite, aerial pounce, ground slam
This fight is very simple. Run around, dodging Saddler's attacks. You'll
notice the eyes on his legs may open every now and then. When one is open,
shoot it with your Broken Butterfly. This will cause Lord Saddler to recoil in
pain and be stunned momentarily. Run over to his body and press A to climb
onto him. Leon will stab Saddler in the eye.
Repeat this tactic until Ada helps by throwing you a Rocket Launcher, just
like in Resident Evil 2. This is a special variant, meant to kill Saddler in
one blast. To get to the rocket launcher, you'll have to cross a raised bridge
at one end of the logistic yard. The bridge rises and falls intermittently, so
you may have to jump while crossing it, as indicated on screen. Once you have
the rocket launcher, aim and fire at Saddler, he will be blown to pieces in
one blast!
Saddler drops the sample, which Leon picks up. He's held at gunpoint at Ada,
who says, "Sorry, Leon. Hand it over."
"You know what this is, right?", Leon replies.
Ada takes the sample and jumps off the terminal and into the helicopter that's
waiting for her. She tells Leon sarcastically, "Don't worry, I'll take good
care of it. Got to go, if I were you, I'd get off this island too."
Ada activates some explosives, starting a 3 minute timer before the island is
blown up. Leon cries, "Ada! You really pushed it."
However, Ada isn't a murderer. She throws him a teddy bear key ring with a Jet
Ski Key on it. "Here, catch!" she yells, "See you around." She flies off.
Leon toys with the key chain. "Very cute," he mutters.
Head down the lift and find Ashley. "Leon!" she says.
Leon says, "We got to get off this island now. It's gonna blow any minute."
Ashley's shocked, "It's gonna what?"
The two run into a tunnel leading to the jetski. Head through the tunnel and
you will find a pier with the jetski. Start it up, and you will have to steer
the jetski through this narrow waterway to make your escape. You will begin by
moving it through the open gates ahead. Eventually, you will get to a ramp.
Get onto it and make the high jump. As you move on, explosions begin to rock
the island.
Some rocks fall into the water behind you, creating many waves. "Waves! Behind
us!" cries Ashley. Leon says, "I know, just hang on!" In this case, tilt the
control stick forward to accelerate. You now have to whizz through an obstacle
course. Avoid the rocks that stick out of the water and quickly turn if some
are going to fall down in front of you. After some tries, you should be able
to make your escape.
***************
Final scene
***************
Leon and Ashley exit the cave as the explosions catch up to them. Soon after
they are in the clear, Ashley is sent flying into the water. "Ashley!" Leon
cries, "Ashley! Where are you?"
Ashley emerges from the surface of the water, freezing. "Leon!" Leon pulls her
back onto the jetski.
"Come on," Leon says, "Let's go home."
Ashley agrees, "Sounds like a great idea. Mission accomplished, right Leon?"
"Not quite, I still have to get you home."
Ashley then makes a silly suggestion, "So, after you take me back to my place,
how about we do some... overtime?" Yeah right, overtime between a couple with
a 7 year age difference! Leon obviously declines, "Heh, sorry."
"Somehow I knew you were going to say that," Ashley says, "But it doesn't hurt
to ask, you know. So, who was that woman anyway?"
"Why do you ask?"
"Come on, tell me."
Leon explains, "She's like a part of me that I can't let go. Let's just leave
it at that." So, you are still fancying Ada, eh? Don't worry, judging by the
things you two are up to, you are unlikely to tie the knot until you are last
40 years old! The two ride off happily into the sunrise, just like many cowboy
movies. It's over!
During the closing credits, you will be treated to a slideshow, detailing the
life in the village before and after the Plagas were introduced. Apparently,
it used to be a thriving agricultural community, until the villagers are all
injected with Las Plagas, turning them into savages and breaking families
apart. Let's hope that once Saddler's gone, the villagers will return to
normal despite having the Plagas stuck permanently inside.
***************************
Perks for beating the game
***************************
You'll be given the opportunity to save your game after the credits. This
saved file is known as a "new round" file. A number of features will be
unlocked once you've beaten the game for the first time. Firstly, two new
weapons will be available for purchase when you start a new game by loading
the new round file. They are the Matilda, a handgun with burst fire, and the
Infinite Launcher, which is a Rocket Launcher with infinite ammo!
Two new sets of costumes will be available for Leon and Ashley the next round.
By selecting Costume 1, Leon will be wearing the Raccoon City Police uniform
of Resident Evil 2, while Ashley appears to wear something that resembles
"clubbing" clothes. When it comes to Costume 2, Leon will wear a Chicago
gangster outfit, complete with a hat, while Ashley will be wearing a full suit
of knight's armour! As a result, selecting Costume 2 is synonymous with
cheating! Ashley's completely invincible and can't be grabbed by any Ganado
since she's too heavy. Heh. In addition, Leon will perform a cool animation
when you make him reload the Chicago Typewriter weapon.
A new difficulty level will be unlocked for the main game: The professional
mode. This mode features a much harder difficulty than normal mode since
enemies deal more damage than before. If you can beat the game in this mode,
you'll unlock the Plaga Removal Laser, which is one of the most powerful
weapons in the game.
Several minigames will be at your disposal: Assignment Ada, where you go
searching for Plaga samples as Ada Wong; Separate Ways, where you get to find
out what Ada's been up to in the main game by playing as her during some
critical moments; The Mercenaries, a minigame where you play as 5 different
characters in 4 levels, the objective of which is to kill as many enemies as
possible given a time limit.
These minigames have their own share of unlockables too. The reward for
completing Separate Ways is a weapon with infinite ammo, the Chicago
Typewriter, being available at the merchant when you start a new game by
loading a new round. Beating Assignment Ada will unlock the Chicago Typewriter
for Separate Ways, while clearing all levels in The Mercenaries with 5 stars
for all characters will earn you the Handcannon in the main game.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| V. IMPROVING YOUR MISSION EFFICIENCY |
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
So, you've beaten the game. Was it fun? Did you barely managed to win by the
skin of your teeth? If yes, this section is for you. I'm sure that you'll have
a much smoother game play having read what's coming up. To be precise, this
part of the guide address three issues in the game: Money, inventory space and
melee combat.
----------------------------
25. Rustic village finances
----------------------------
[RE25]
Money is a new feature of this game, which enables Leon to purchase weapons
and upgrades through the friendly neighbourhood merchant. Being such a
backward community located so far from civilization, the currency unit of the
village is still the Spanish Peseta, which has been made obsolete ever since
the Euro came to use in 1999. There are so many weapons available in this
game, so you'll be tempted to buy them all. However, don't do that. Not every
single weapon is mandatory to beat this level. In addition, there are certain
things that you should never buy so as to save up money.
--------------------------
Things you must never buy
--------------------------
Treasure maps
Resident Evil 4 has great replay value. For your first few playthrough, you're
definitely going to need the treasure maps to know where most of the treasure
is hidden. When you've played through the game enough times (like me), you
should have memorized the locations of all the significant non-trivial
treasures of the game. If you've memorized everything in your head, those maps
would certainly prove to be obsolete.
Savings: 3000 + 6000 + 9000 = 18000 Pesetas
Rifle scope
There are two rifles in this game, the Rifle and the Semi-automatic Rifle, and
both of them have their own scope which has to be bought separately. You'll
first obtain the Rifle at the start of chapter 1-2, while you'll get the Semi-
automatic one at the start of chapter 3-1. Now, in the early parts of the
game, I can't find a single encounter that would be made significantly easier
had I bought the specialized scope for the rifle. In fact, the built in scope
worked just fine. So, there is no need to buy the scope of the rifle, since
all it really does is to clog up your extremely limited inventory at the start
of the game.
Savings: 7000 Pesetas
TMP
It may sound cool to hose down the Ganados with a fully automatic weapon, but
the damage to cost ratio of this weapon is just too low. The damage upgrades
don't scale well with the increasing health of the enemies as you progress
through the game. In addition, ammo for this weapon is hardly sufficient and
you'll go out of ammo fast. Furthermore, the TMP requires a stock for accurate
aiming, sold separately, thus requiring you to burn more of your hard earned
cash.
Savings (minimal): 15000 + 4000 = 19000 Pesetas
Rocket Launcher
You'll get to buy a rocket launcher as soon as you meet the merchant. A single
launcher provides a single devastating blast for a whooping 30000 Pesetas. No
rocket ammo can be found in this game. Once you've fired the rocket, that is
it. As a result, this weapon is reserved for the really hard bosses.
Unfortunately, most bosses that are really hard move very quickly, making it
hard to aim your rocket launcher at them. In addition, aiming is so cumbersome
that you very often will be hit even before you can open fire!
By the process of elimination, the only boss that you can safely use the
Rocket Launcher against is Salazar's Right Hand Man. But guess what? You're
given a Rocket Launcher for free a couple of chapters before that fight. So,
is there any reason left to buy the launcher? Nope, nada, nein.
Savings: 30000 Pesetas
Upgrades for weapons that aren't the best in its category:
Early in the game, you'll be using the Handgun, Shotgun and Rifle, all 3 of
which aren't the best in their leagues. As tempted as you are, don't upgrade
them at all. After all, you'll be selling them when you get the Red9, Striker
and Semi-automatic Rifles, and you can only recover half of the amount you've
paid in upgrading those weapons. So, it's money down the drain. In addition,
the enemies' health aren't that high early in the game, so marginal upgrades
to the damage dealt by the weapons isn't going to save you much ammo anyway.
Savings: Unknown, but can be a lot
***************
Total savings
***************
By not wasting your money on non-essential items, you've saved at least 18000
+ 7000 + 19000 + 30000 = 74000 Pesetas. This is not a laughable amount, mind
you, since the typical treasure (the ones which can't be combined with gems)
sells for approximately 10000 Pesetas at the merchant. So in effect, it's like
getting 7 extra pieces of treasure in your quest.
----------------------------------
Prioritizing your weapon upgrades
----------------------------------
When it comes to weapons, you only really need 4 of them to beat the game: A
handgun, a shotgun, a sniper rifle and a magnum. Any other weapon is merely a
distraction and would only serve to waste cash. For these 4 weapons, I prefer
the Red9, Striker, Semi-automatic Rifle and the Broken Butterfly, due to their
superior firepower (and for the rifle, it's because of user friendliness). So
first, I'll list out the respective upgrade costs for the weapons.
***************
Red9
***************
Cost: 14000+4000 (stock) Dimensions: 4 x 2 (3 x 1 for the stock)
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 1.4 0.53 2.73 8
2 1.7 (15000) 0.47 (10000) 2.20 (6000) 10 (6000)
3 2.0 (20000) 0.40 (15000) 1.67 (10000) 12 (8000)
4 2.4 (24000) 15 (12000)
5 2.8 (28000) 18 (16000)
6 3.5 (45000) 22 (22000)
E 6.5 (80000)
Total cost: 335000 Pesetas
***************
Striker
***************
Cost: 43000 Dimensions: 5 x 2
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 6.0 0.73 3.00 12
2 7.0 (25000) 2.40 (8000) 14 (10000)
3 8.0 (28000) 1.50 (15000) 16 (12000)
4 9.0 (32000) 20 (16000)
5 10.0 (40000) 24 (18000)
6 12.0 (60000) 28 (25000)
E 100 (80000)
Total cost: 412000 Pesetas
*********************
Semi-automatic Rifle
*********************
Cost: 35000+10000 (scope) Dimensions: 7 x 2 (3 x 1 for scope)
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 7.0 1.83 2.33 10
2 8.0 (15000) 1.90 (9000) 12 (10000)
3 9.0 (18000) 1.33 (18000) 14 (12000)
4 11.0 (24000) 17 (15000)
5 13.0 (30000) 20 (20000)
6 15.0 (40000) 24 (25000)
E 0.80 (80000)
Total cost: 361000 Pesetas
*****************
Broken Butterfly
*****************
Cost: Free Dimensions: 4 x 2
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 13.0 0.70 3.67 6
2 15.0 (25000) 3.00 (15000) 8 (15000)
3 17.0 (30000) 2.33 (20000) 10 (20000)
4 20.0 (35000) 12 (25000)
5 24.0 (50000)
6 28.0 (70000)
E 50.0 (150000)
Total cost: 455000 Pesetas
As you can see, a large portion of the upgrade costs are associated with the
exclusive upgrades, which significant a certain area of the weapon. Guess
what, exclusive upgrades aren't even mandatory in some cases. For example, the
top damage of the Striker can be reached without the exclusive upgrade, same
goes for the Semi-automatic rifle. Since you'll have to purchase all previous
upgrades for a weapon to unlock its exclusive upgrade, this also makes certain
upgrades for those weapons optional as well.
Another important factor is when the exclusive upgrade would be available. The
later the game, the better the upgrades available for your weapons. The
exclusive upgrade for the Red9 near the end of chapter 4-4, just after you
have beaten Salazar. Meanwhile, you'll get the exclusive upgrade of the Broken
Butterfly in the middle of chapter 5-3, just before the battle against
Krauser.
If you have played through the game enough times, you'll notice that handgun
ammo becomes relatively sparse compared to shotgun ammo as you reach the
island. At the same time, there aren't any bosses worth of the 50.0 firepower
of the Broken Butterfly past Krauser (barring a couple of J.J. enemies). In
other words, if you fail to max out your Broken Butterfly before you battle
Krauser, you'd better be off maxing it out in the meta game!
So, in my opinion, you should try your best to save money so that you have
enough for the exclusive upgrades for the Red9 and Broken Butterfly as soon as
they become available. The priority for upgrades hence goes like this:
Red9 > Broken Butterfly > Semi-automatic Rifle > Striker
*****************************
Upgrades that can be skipped
*****************************
Which upgrade of the semi-auto rifle can be skipped? If anything, it's the
reload speed and capacity. This weapon has great firepower from the get go.
Any shots to the head are instantly lethal. So, it's not surprising that you
can clear an entire room or area without the need to reload. If you really
need to reload, just do it right after all enemies are killed. Take your time,
since no enemies can hurt you. Increased firing speed is a bonus,
In addition, capacity upgrades are basically free refills for your weapons.
When your gun is empty, upgrading its capacity will increase the maximum
number of bullets that can be carried by that weapon, as well as refilling the
magazine instantly! Due to frequent rifle use on the island, I find the
capacity upgrades to be very useful.
When it comes to the striker however, it's a different story. By the time I've
reached the island, I usually have over 100 shotgun shells in my inventory
already and there are even more waiting to be found. What the exclusive
upgrade does is to give me another 100 shells for free! Yes, it's shotgun
heaven, but this really is going too far!
Now, let's calculate the savings from those upgrades.
Semi-auto rifle: Reload speed + exclusive = 9000 + 18000 + 80000 = 107000 Ptas
Striker: Reload speed + capacity + exclusive = 8000 + 15000 + 18000 + 25000 +
80000 = 146000 Ptas
Total savings from the 2 weapons: 253000 Pesetas
253000 Pesetas is a lot, I must say. That is more than half of the upgrade
costs of the Broken Butterfly. If you somehow have difficulty in finding
certain treasures (say if a Blue eye never dropped off the Novistadors), this
strategy will more than make up for the potential earnings lost.
------------------------------------
The most easily missed cash sources
------------------------------------
You can earn a lot of money by killing enemies. However, some enemies are very
easily missed, so I'll list them out in this section for your reference.
*******************
Extra Dr. Salvador
*******************
Location: Pueblo Town Centre, beginning of chapter 1-1
The first time you enter the town centre of the village, run past the
villagers as you aggregate them. Stay calm and run up the path leading to the
farm, skipping the house with the shotgun. You'll find a Dr. Salvador there,
who can be lured down to the villager proper. Since you don't have the
shotgun, he'll prove to the tough to beat. Your best bet is to abuse the
kicking mechanism of the game. Stun a villager near Dr. Salvador and quickly
kick him, taking Dr. Salvador with him as well. Repeat this as many times as
necessary to save bullets.
Once this Dr. Salvador is killed, he'll drop a Ruby that sells for 10000
Pesetas. Now, run into the house to trigger the second event, where another
Dr. Salvador appears with his chainsaw. Surprise! The first one is an optional
extra after all!
**********************
Congregation of crows
**********************
Location: Gigante area, chapter 1-3.
When you enter the large open area just beyond the cemetery, you'll notice a
large cluster of crows staying still on the ground. No matter what happens,
don't run into them. Instead, toss a Flash Grenade at them. The resulting
flash would kill all the crows (by seizures, perhaps?), leaving behind many
small boxes of cash. Each crow tends to drop between 300 and 500 Pesetas.
Since there are something like 15 crows around the place, you'd earn over 5000
Pesetas by doing this. Such a practice seems to have tacit approval from
Capcom, since one crow will ALWAYS drop a Flash Grenade after death!
***********************
First exposed parasite
***********************
Location: Path to the waterfall at the beginning of chapter 2-1.
Soon after Leon comes to at the start of chapter 2-1, he'll run up a path that
leads to a waterfall. On the way, there will be a scene where a villager
starts to twitch involuntarily before a parasite pops out of his head! Kill
him quickly and he will drop 5000 Pesetas, which is high for the typical
villager (most drop around 1000 Pesetas each in the village).
******************
First zealot kill
******************
Location: Inside the church at the beginning for chapter 2-2.
Soon after you free Ashley from her cell, you'll encounter Lord Saddler and
two of his Zealots. Leon and Ashley will jump out of a side window of the
church, landing in a previously locked area. Once you are out of there, you
are free to reenter the church to fight the 2 Zealots inside. Given the
firepower of your weapons, this is a difficult fight. The strategy is to
quickly throw an Incendiary Grenade at the two Zealots before they can fire
arrows at you. Once they are down, the initiative would be yours and you
should be able to defeat them easily. One of the zealots will drop 5000
Pesetas, while the other will drop some handgun bullets.
*****************
A missed Gigante
*****************
Location: The right path at the beginning of chapter 2-3.
Many players would head for the Village exit right after they've gone through
the obstacle course with the Ganados. However, you are actually allowed to
backtrack and tackle the other path as well! This is the only way you can have
two complete Elegant Masks, since the Red Gems found on the path with the
Ganados while the Purple Gem is found on the path with El Gigante.
The strategy here is fast but risky. Make sure both Leon and Ashley are at
full health before attempting it.
Run along the path and El Gigante will drop down. Run all the way to the
chained up gate and turn back (make sure Ashley's at full health and standing
in front of you). Take out your rifle and start firing at El Gigante's head.
When he gets close, he will grab Ashley and give her a tight squeeze! Don't
worry! She'll survive it. Blast El Gigante with the shotgun and he'll let go.
Hit him a few more times and he'll kneel down in pain, exposing his parasite
(He shouldn't have time to grab anyone if you do it right).
Climb on his back and slash his parasite. When you jump off, run all the way
back to the gate through which you entered the gauntlet. You should have
enough time to shoot El Gigante once or twice with the rifle before he gets
close to you. When he gets too close, shoot him several times before he grabs
you. Shake the Wii Remote to break free and keep on shooting with the shotgun.
Don't worry about being grabbed again: Leon can survive up to 3 or 4 squeezes,
provided he's eaten enough yellow herbs. Eventually, the parasite pops out
once more, so climb onto his back once more to slash at it again.
While El Gigante is making his dying cries, run out of the way of his body,
otherwise you will have to dodge him through an on-screen prompt. With El
Gigante dead, grab your cash prize (15000 Pesetas). You'll find something
shiny in a suspended bucket further down the path. Shoot it down for the
purple gem, thus completing your first Elegant Mask.
******************
Crashing a prayer
******************
Location: On the lower level of the Ashley Panic Hall, in chapter 3-2.
Right after you have exited from the sewers, you'll arrive at the balcony
overlooking the hall where you just got separated from Ashley. It seems that
some Zealots are praying below. While many might just aim to sneak past them
to the switch without being noticed, there is actually no harm in trying to
kill the guys below.
Take out a Flash Grenade and throw it down right in the middle of the large
group. Right after you've thrown the grenade, enter your inventory screen and
quickly equip a Hand Grenade. Throw it down there and the explosion will kill
most, if not all of the zealots. The zealot leader will most likely survive
the blast. Quickly jump down and slash him silly. When he gets up, shoot him
repeatedly (as well as any stragglers) to prevent them from escaping.
Eventually, their escape route would be closed, allowing you to wipe them out
in a leisurely pace. Note that a head chomper parasite would always pop out of
the zealot leader's head when you've killed him, so take care.
The death toll: 10 Zealots, each dropping 1 Spinel and 1 leader, who drops an
Illuminados Pendant. That's a total of 2000*10 + 12000 = 32000 Pesetas earned
from one single sneak attack!
***************
The hive
***************
Location: Just after the hallways accessed by the two Grails, in chapter 4-1.
Right after Ashley's snatched by a Novistador, you'll have to fight off all
the other insects that are flying around. Once they are all dead, look up and
you'll see a giant Novistador hive. You'll find that the hive can be shot.
Sure, it's going to take a lot of bullets to destroy, but that's well worth
it. Why? After the hive collapses, a large number (around 10) Eyes will be
there for your taking, one of which MUST be a Blue Eye. If you are so unlucky
that a Blue Eye never drops for you, this will be your lucky break. Assuming
you have many Red and Green Eyes, this allows you to complete at least 1
Butterfly Lamp, thus netting 32000 Pesetas when you sell it.
------------------------------------------
26. Making the most out of your inventory
------------------------------------------
[RE26]
Resident Evil 4 is a survival horror game, and no survival horror game would
be without the aspect of item management. The inventory system, if anything
has become much more complicated. Instead of having a simple inventory with 10
slots, with each item taking 1 slot, this game provides you with an attache
case which consists of a grid of squares. The various sizes of the items are
accounted for by the number of squares they take.
Just like Resident Evil 0, this game has done away on the item boxes, so you
will have to carry everything you need with you. Fortunately, all key items
would be placed in a separate "Key/Treasures" container, and that container
basically has virtually unlimited slots. But still, bad management of your
inventory would still mean that you'll have it clogged up in no time.
---------------------------------------
The most inefficient items in the game
---------------------------------------
When it comes to item efficiency, I mean the relationship between the
usefulness of the item and the amount of space that it takes in your attache
case. In general, single use items are the main culprits of a bloated
inventory.
*****************
Large black bass
*****************
Early in the game, you'll be introduced to the wonders of fresh village food,
which serves as alternative healing items. To be precise: Eggs and Basses.
I don't know about Leon's appetite, but apparently he's able to quickly eat an
entire large black bass, raw as well! What it does is completely restore
Leon's health, making it a decent alternative to the first aid spray or green-
red herb mixture. There is a slight catch though: It takes up a whooping 12
squares in your attache case! Basically you are wasting space that could be
used for 6 full healing items (first aid sprays, herb mixtures) for just one
of them. If anything, this item should not be picked up; instead, it could be
used on the spot when you are injured from the Prison Gauntlet. Had they
provided you with multiple servings in one bass, it could have been a
different story.
********************
Grenades (any type)
********************
In the old days, you're given a grenade launcher which can be loaded with up
to 3 (sometimes 4) types of grenades. All grenades of the same type will take
up the same slot. But all's changed in Resident Evil 4. Each grenade's going
to take up 2 squares in your attache case.
Having played through this game many times, I found the number of grenades in
my inventory reaching ridiculous amounts, especially from the later parts of
chapter 4. There was a time where I had something like 12 grenades in my
inventory, clogging up useful space that could be used to carry extra ammo.
Why, may you ask? It's largely due to getting hang of the melee combat in this
game, as well as the overabundance of grenades for you to pick up at that
point in the game. In many cases, a couple of kicks can help mess up even the
largest of crowds. In addition, whenever Ashley's with you, you'd definitely
be discouraged to use it as well since it's just too easy for you to blow her
up by mistake. Furthermore, the prominence of the Striker as the weapon of
choice gives you even more reasons not to use grenades.
My advice to you is: Try to limit the number of Grenades in your inventory to
just 2 of each type. If you happen to have any extras, either use it on the
nearest tough enemy you can find or just outright sell it to the merchant.
****************
Rocket Launcher
****************
This is the king of the "use once then discard" items of the game. The Rocket
Launcher can defeat most bosses in one hit. The catch is that it is only worth
using against bosses. There is no such thing as "Rocket Launcher Ammo" in this
game: Once you've fired the rocket, the whole thing is gone and you'll have to
buy another from the merchant for 30000 Pesetas.
The good news is that you'll get a rocket launcher for free near the end of
chapter 3-3. The bad news is that there won't be any bosses until the end of
chapter 4-1, which is an extremely long chapter. So, you'll have to carry a
heavy burden for a long time (the launcher takes 16 squares in the attache
case).
Once you meet Salazar's right hand man, freeze him up with liquid nitrogen and
immediately blast him to pieces with the rocket launcher. Say good riddance to
both the boss and the space hog!
------------------------------
A treatise on item dimensions
------------------------------
Let me begin by listing out the dimensions of some of the weapons and healing
items in this game. The dimensions are in the format of width x height and
uses "squares" as the unit.
First aid spray: 1 x 2
Any type of herb: 1 x 2
Any type of grenade: 1 x 2
Any type of ammunition: 2 x 1
Red9: 4 x 2
Stock of the Red9: 3 x 1
Striker: 5 x 2
Rifle: 9 x 1
Semi-automatic rifle: 7 x 2
Any type of rifle scope: 3 x 1
Broken Butterfly: 4 x 2
Notice anything that the items have in common? Well, for one, no item has a
height greater than 2. An easy way to sort your items is to treat each pair of
rows in the grid as one.
The most irregular items of them all are the scopes and the stock of the Red9.
You can create a block with a height of 2 squares by stacking them together.
Since there are 3 items in this game with a dimension, of 3 x 1, you'll still
have an irregularity if you use the semi-automatic rifle. On the other hand.
if you insist on using the regular rifle, you can place the 3 items one row
above the rifle, making an aggregate block with the dimensions of 9 x 2.
Another interesting observation is that the sum of the widths of the Red9,
Semi-Automatic Rifle and the Broken Butterfly are just equal to 15, which also
happens to be the width of the extra large attache case.
-------------------
Attache case sizes
-------------------
These are the sizes of the 4 attache cases you'll be using in this game.
Small: 10 x 6; Medium: 11 x 7; Large: 12 x 8; Extra large: 15 x 8
Most attache cases have even numbered heights. The only exception is the
medium attache case, which has a height of 7. I don't whether this is intended
or not, but you'll be able to buy a Rifle which is long but with only a height
of 1. The best strategy would be to place the rifle on the bottom row of the
attache case and place a box of rifle rounds to its right. Doing so fills up
the bottom row, leaving a 11 x 6 grid, thus enabling you to follow the
guidelines as before.
By even greater coincidence, the large attache case with a height of 8 would
be made available at the same time as the semi-auto rifle, which as a height
of 2! I guess this is just plain luck.
--------------------
The ideal inventory
--------------------
In conclusion, item management is nothing but a fancy building blocks game.
I'll list my personal recommendation below. Each square's represented by a
coordinate in the form of (x,y), where x is the horizontal distance from the
left and y is the vertical distance from the top. (e.g. (1,1) refers to the
top left square in the grid)
Red 9: From 1,1 to 4,2;
Broken Butterfly: From 5,1 to 8,2
Semi-automatic rifle: From 9,1 to 15,2
Striker: From 1,3 to 5,2
Shotgun and magnum ammo: From 6,3 up to 15,4
Handgun, rifle and magnum ammo: From 1,5 up to 14,6
Grenades and healing items: From 1,7 up to 15,8
I apologise if you find it hard to understand. I'll try to post a screenshot
of the inventory and provide a link to it if anyone requests so.
--------------------
27. Weapon analysis
--------------------
[RE27]
This section is where I will compare different weapons in the game and their
worthiness to Leon. Several versions of the same type of weapon exist: There
are 4 types of handguns, 3 types of shotguns, 2 types of sniper rifles and 2
types of magnums in the game. There are also 2 optional weapons for Leon: They
are the TMP and Mine Thrower.
---------------
Weapon stats
---------------
The weapons in this game have 4 stats. The firepower refers to the amount of
damage dealt by each shot; Firing speed refers to the time interval in seconds
between subsequent shots; Reload speed is the time taken for the gun to be
reloaded; Capacity refers to the number of bullets that can be held in the gun
at the same time.
Each weapon will be listed with their stats in increasing power levels.
Upgrade costs (in Spanish Pesetas) for each level are indicated in the
brackets.
---------------
Handguns
---------------
Handguns are the standard weapons of the game, to be used against the most
common enemies, the Ganados. If anything, players are likely to be confused
during their first run of the game since there are FOUR guns to choose from!
By beating the game once, you'd get another gun to choose from.
Handgun (Cost: Free Dimensions: 3 x 2)
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 1.0 0.47 1.73 10
2 1.2 (7000) 0.40 (5000) 1.47 (4000) 13 (4000)
3 1.4 (10000) 0.33 (12000) 0.87 (10000) 16 (6000)
4 1.6 (15000) 19 (8000)
5 1.8 (18000) 22 (10000)
6 2.0 (20000) 25 (12000)
Exclusive: Increases the chance of a critical headshot 5 times (57000)
Total cost: 198000 Pesetas
Punisher (Cost: Free* Dimensions: 3 x 2)
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 0.9 0.47 1.70 10
2 1.1** 0.40 (10000) 1.47 (8000) 13 (8000)
3 1.3 (15000) 0.33 (20000) 0.83 (18000) 16 (10000)
4 1.5 (20000) 20 (15000)
5 1.7 (25000) 24 (18000)
6 1.9 (35000) 28 (24000)
*=Free provided that you shot at least 10 blue medallions before asking for
the gun from the merchant.
**=The gun comes preupgraded to 1.1 firepower if you shoot all 15 blue
medallions before acquiring the gun.
Exclusive: Allows shots to go through 5 targets at once (40000)
Total cost: 266000 Pesetas
Red9 (Cost: 14000+4000 (stock) Dimensions: 4 x 2 (3 x 1 for the stock))
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 1.4 0.53 2.73 8
2 1.7 (15000) 0.47 (10000) 2.20 (6000) 10 (6000)
3 2.0 (20000) 0.40 (15000) 1.67 (10000) 12 (8000)
4 2.4 (24000) 15 (12000)
5 2.8 (28000) 18 (16000)
6 3.5 (45000) 22 (22000)
E 6.5 (80000)
Total cost: 335000 Pesetas
Blacktail (Cost: 24000 Dimensions: 3 x 2)
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 1.6 0.47 1.70 15
2 1.8 (10000) 0.40 (10000) 1.47 (8000) 18 (8000)
3 2.0 (15000) 0.27 (20000) 0.83 (15000) 21 (10000)
4 2.3 (20000) 25 (15000)
5 2.7 (25000) 30 (20000)
6 3.0 (35000) 35 (25000)
E 4.5 (80000)
Total cost: 340000 Pesetas
Matilda (Cost: 70000* Dimensions: 5 x 2)
Level: Firepower: Firing speed**: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 1.5 0.47 1.73 15
2 1.7 (15000) 1.47 (6000) 18 (7000)
3 1.9 (17000) 0.87 (15000) 21 (10000)
4 2.1 (20000) 24 (12000)
5 2.3 (25000) 27 (16000)
6 2.5 (35000) 30 (20000)
E 100 (35000)
*=Purchasable when starting a new round, having beating the game once
**=Fires in bursts of 3
Total cost: 303000 Pesetas
The exclusive firepower upgrade for the Red9 is what makes it stands out from
the rest. To make things even better, the exclusive firepower upgrade can be
obtained just before you get on the speedboat with Ada. Enemies on the island
will take no more than 3 shots of the Red9 to die; whereas if you insist on
using the other handguns, you'll waste a lot of ammo. The best course of
action would be to keep your handgun unupgraded, shoot all 15 medallions and
then get the Punisher. That way, the new gun will not be a waste since it
comes with a 10% firepower increase over the previous gun.
If you don't want to use the Red9, the regular handgun is the best of the
rest. The exclusive upgrade is obtained quite early in the game (chapter 4-3)
and is quite powerful against most enemies if you can constantly deliver
headshots. It's the most cost effective option over the 4 remaining options.
The Matilda is unique that it fires bullets in 3 round bursts. That would be
heaven had ammo been infinite in this game. However, Capcom has decided to
tone down the ammo drops in this version. Therefore all the Matilda does is to
waste your ammo ridiculously fast.
Best handgun: Red9
---------------
Shotguns
---------------
Shotguns are the common hard hitting weapons in the game. They deal much more
damage per shot compared to the handgun and can hurt several targets at the
same time due to the spreading of bullets. The damage of the shotguns
diminishes with range, making them the most effective at close quarters.
There are 3 shotguns in the game: The standard shotgun, the riot gun and the
striker. In comparing the riot gun and the striker, their effective ranges
must be considered in addition to the four stats.
Shotgun (Cost: Free Dimensions: 8 x 2)
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 4.0 1.53 3.03 6
2 4.5 (15000) 2.43 (7000) 8 (8000)
3 5.0 (20000) 1.67 (15000) 10 (10000)
4 6.0 (25000) 12 (12000)
5 7.0 (30000) 15 (15000)
6 8.0 (35000) 18 (20000)
Exclusive: Increases effective range significantly (80000)
Total cost: 292000 Pesetas
Riot Gun (Cost: 32000 Dimensions: 8 x 2)
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 5.0 1.53 3.03 7
2 5.5 (20000) 2.43 (7000) 9 (10000)
3 6.0 (24000) 1.50 (20000) 11 (12000)
4 6.0 (28000) 13 (15000)
5 7.0 (32000) 15 (20000)
6 8.0 (50000) 17 (25000)
E 10.0 (120000)
Total cost: 415000 Pesetas
Striker (Cost: 43000 Dimensions: 5 x 2)
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 6.0 0.73 3.00 12
2 7.0 (25000) 2.40 (8000) 14 (10000)
3 8.0 (28000) 1.50 (15000) 16 (12000)
4 9.0 (32000) 20 (16000)
5 10.0 (40000) 24 (18000)
6 12.0 (60000) 28 (25000)
E 100 (60000)
Total cost: 392000 Pesestas
The striker is without a doubt the best shotgun of the game. It deals the most
damage out of all the shotguns in the game and fires the fastest. In addition,
it takes the least space in the inventory. Not to mention the 12.0 firepower
upgrade can be obtained just by your constant payments, rather than the
exclusive upgrades. This allows Leon to save a lot of money in needless
upgrades such as the ones for capacity. I really mean it, since by the time I
get to the Island, I got so many shotgun shells in my inventory that it isn't
funny any more!
The two other shotguns are backed by their range: The exclusive upgrade of the
shotgun allows you to deal the same damage over all distances, while the riot
gun is effective even at long distances according to the description. Having
tested both weapons, I found that this isn't the case. The enemy may take
damage, but they won't be knocked down onto the ground as when you shoot them
from a close range. The number of shots to kill enemies also increased when
you are shooting from a range. In short, shotguns are not meant to be used for
sniping purposes, hence pure firepower wins by the end of the day.
Best shotgun: Striker
---------------
Rifles
---------------
The rifles in this game refer to sniper rifles. Both rifles come with an
internal scope. However, a specialized scope can be purchased for both guns to
increase their aiming range. Fortunately, there are only two makes of rifles
in this game so you don't have to worry about future models once you've got
the one you prefer.
Rifle (Cost: 12000+7000 (scope) Dimensions: 9 x 1 (3 x 1 for scope))
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 4.0 2.73 4.00 5
2 5.0 (10000) 3.23 (8000) 7 (6000)
3 6.0 (12000) 2.33 (18000) 9 (8000)
4 8.0 (20000) 12 (12000)
5 10.0 (25000) 15 (18000)
6 12.0 (35000) 18 (25000)
E 30.0 (80000)
Total cost: 296000 Pesetas
Semi-auto Rifle
(Cost: 35000+10000 (scope) Dimensions: 7 x 2 (3 x 1 for scope))
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 7.0 1.83 2.33 10
2 8.0 (15000) 1.90 (9000) 12 (10000)
3 9.0 (18000) 1.33 (18000) 14 (12000)
4 11.0 (24000) 17 (15000)
5 13.0 (30000) 20 (20000)
6 15.0 (40000) 24 (25000)
E 0.80 (80000)
Total cost: 361000 Pesetas
The two rifles in Resident Evil 4 are dabbling in extremes. One hits extremely
hard, the other shoots extremely fast. The regular rifle has double the
maximum damage of the Semi-automatic one, while the Semi-automatic rifle has
over 3 times the firing speed of the regular rifle. When it comes to pure
damage per second, the Semi-automatic rifle wins. However, DPS only matters in
games like World of Warcraft where you have thousands of bullets at your
disposal. In this game, bullets are rather limited.
The good thing about the regular rifle is that you get the Exclusive upgrade
very early in the game. In fact, you'll get it at the start of chapter 4-4.
Meanwhile, you won't be getting the exclusive upgrade of the semi-automatic
rifle until chapter 5-1. Once you have the exclusive upgrade of the Rifle, it
literally becomes the most powerful weapon in the game, up until you get the
exclusive upgrade of the Broken Butterfly! This high damage makes this weapon
foolproof: You don't need to aim at the Ganados' heads any more. Shoot them in
any part of their body and they die in one hit! This compensates for the low
firing speed.
Of course, the Semi-automatic rifle is meant to be much more convenient than
the regular rifle. Whenever you fire a round from the regular rifle, you'll
have to exit the scope view so that Leon can manually eject the empty
cartridge from the rifle. You don't have to do that with the semi-automatic
rifle. Fire, aim at the next target and bang again. If you are skilled enough,
you should be dealing headshots very quickly. The drawback of course, is its
relatively low firepower. If you fail to get the head, chances are that the
enemy would still be alive, especially when you reach chapter 5.
At the same time, the faster firing speed makes a big difference when you are
faced with encounters with a low margin of error: Encounters where you must
hit the enemy quickly or they'll hurt you fast. For instance, when you face
J.J. or Regenerators, you must quickly hit them in their vital areas (head,
embedded Plagas respectively) to stop them from attacking. I found that had I
missed even just once with the rifle, I have no time to get a second hit
before the Regenerator starts stretching out his arms to grab Leon by the
head! On the other hand, I don't have such problems with the semi-automatic
rifle. So sometimes speed does matter.
In conclusion, both rifles have their pros and cons. It's up to you to choose
which one to stick with.
Best rifle: Your choice
---------------
Magnums
---------------
Magnums are the traditional boss-stoppers of the Resident Evil series. Every
single boss in the game will be dealt heavy damage and knocked back when you
shoot them with a magnum. Capcom tries to confuse you by providing a new
version of the weapon near the end of the game. However, don't be fooled by
the new one. You'll see why.
Broken Butterfly (Cost: Free Dimensions: 4 x 2)
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 13.0 0.70 3.67 6
2 15.0 (25000) 3.00 (15000) 8 (15000)
3 17.0 (30000) 2.33 (20000) 10 (20000)
4 20.0 (35000) 12 (25000)
5 24.0 (50000)
6 28.0 (70000)
E 50.0 (150000)
Total cost: 455000 Pesetas
Killer7 (Cost: 77700 Dimensions: 4 x 2)
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 25.0 0.70 1.83 7
2 30.0 (62000) 1.53 (20000) 10 (30000)
3 35.0 (78000) 0.93 (30000) 14 (40000)
Total cost: 337700 Pesetas
Naturally, firepower is the only thing that matters when you compare the 2
weapons, in which case the Broken Butterfly wins outright. The only thing that
bothers me is that the exclusive firepower upgrade will not be available until
just before the battle with Krauser, which is the last boss fight in the game
in which firepower matters. (As few as 5 shots can kill him, making it
unnecessary to reload)
The Killer7 (named after another game by Capcom) has several advantages
however, for instance, its top end firepower is greater than that of the
Broken Butterfly (28.0) if you don't pursue the exclusive upgrade, making it
the poor man's choice if you aren't smart at saving money in the game.
However, there is no doubt you would have spent loads upgrading the Broken
Butterfly to fight the tough bosses in the castle! The presence of a sunk cost
hardly justifies dumping a gun you've invested in.
Best magnum: Broken Butterfly
-----------------
Optional weapons
-----------------
TMP (Cost: 15000+4000 (stock) Dimensions: 3 x 2 (2 x 2 for stock))
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 0.4 0.10 2.37 30
2 0.5 (7000) 1.93 (5000) 50 (7000)
3 0.6 (14000) 1.17 (15000) 100 (15000)
4 0.8 (18000) 150 (20000)
5 1.0 (24000) 200 (25000)
6 1.2 (35000) 250 (35000)
E 1.8 (100000)
Total cost: 320000 Pesetas
The TMP is a machine pistol that deals a lot of damage every second.
Unfortunately, ammo isn't that plentiful in the game. You will end up using
ammo faster than you can replenish. In addition, the TMP has a detrimental
effect on your hit ratio due to the fast firing nature of the gun. Therefore,
I do not recommend getting the TMP, let alone its stock.
Worth it? No
Mine Thrower
(Cost: 28000+8000 (scope) Dimensions: 5 x 2 (2 x 2 for scope))
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 2.0 1.33 3.43 5
2 4.0 (25000) 2.57 (18000) 7 (25000)
3 6.0 (45000) 10 (40000)
Exclusive: Increases the blast radius of the mine darts and allows them to
home in on their targets. (30000)
Total cost: 219000 Pesetas
Consider this a replacement for grenades. The mine throwers fire long range
darts at the enemies. The darts will explode a few moments after impact,
taking out enemies in a large blast radius. This is the ideal long distance
crowd control weapon, for it takes out the crowd before it can even react!
In case you are confused about the firepower, it refers to the weapon's blast
radius. I'll recommend you getting the scope since it greatly increases the
range of the weapon. The Mine Thrower is entirely optional: you can beat the
game without it. If you want this weapon, you'll have to forgo the exclusive
upgrades of the Semi-auto rifle and Broken Butterfly to get the money to max
it out. But you won't regret it if you do so. Imagine the mines never missing!
Worth it? Yes
-----------------
Infinite weapons
-----------------
As in the previous Resident Evil games, Resident Evil 4 features a number of
weapons that can be unlocked by beating the game or its associated minigames.
In fact, you will eventually find 3 such weapons buyable from the merchant as
you play new rounds of the game. These weapons provide different ways of
removing any semblance of challenge from the game. They are the Infinite
Launcher, Chicago Typewriter and the Handcannon. The only thing the weapons
differ are their dimensions, their firepower and their firing speed.
Infinite Launcher (Cost: 1000000)
The infinite launcher costs 1 million Pesetas, and can be bought from the
merchant after you beat the game for the first time. It's large clunky and can
kill most bosses in 1 hit, just like the normal rocket launcher, only that you
don't need to worry about running out of ammo.
Chicago Typewriter (Cost: 1000000)
The Chicago Typewriter isn't a typewriter, it's a very powerful assault rifle
fit for a Chicago gangster! It is unlocked by beating the Separate Ways
minigame featuring Ada Wong. This gun is well worth the 1000000 Pesetas. For
one, it comes fully upgraded with infinite ammo. After all, each single bullet
it fires has the firepower of the maxed out riot gun. The bullets just come
out at such a sick rate... In fact, all you need to do to clear a room is just
press and hold the B and A buttons and swing the Wii Remote around for a few
seconds!
------------------------
The almighty Handcannon
------------------------
You'd find it strange that I dedicate an entire subsection to only one weapon
in the game. But still, it's because this weapon is so powerful that it
deserves a special mention. It's the Handcannon! Names after the first
portable firearms in the Middle Ages, the Handcannon is anything but. It's a
.50 calibre magnum with a very fast firing time and incredible firepower.
That being said, it is an unlockable feature in this game. In order to gain
access to it, one must beat the Mercenaries minigame with 5 stars in all 4
levels with all 5 characters. That's a total of 20 5 star scorelines. Once
you've done so, rejoice, as whenever you load a file saved right after you
beat the game, you'll meet the merchant, and the Handcannon can be obtained
for free!
**************
Upgrade list
**************
Handcannon (Cost: Free Dimensions: 4 x 2)
Level: Firepower: Firing speed: Reload speed: Capacity:
1 30.0 1.17 3.67 3
2 35.0 (40000) 2.87 (25000) 4 (15000)
3 40.0 (50000) 1.83 (50000) 5 (20000)
4 45.0 (70000) 6 (25000)
5 50.0 (90000) 8 (35000)
6 60.0 (120000) 10 (50000)
E 99.9 (200000) Infinite
Total cost: 790000 Pesetas
As you can see, the Handcannon starts off with much greater firepower than
most of the weapons in the game. On the other hand, it fires much slower than
the other handguns and magnums in the game. The gun capacity isn't that great
either. Since this gun is a .50 magnum, compared to the other two .45 calibre
ones, regular magnum ammo cannot be used for this gun. Instead, specialised
Handcannon ammo must be obtained. This new type of ammunition can be
recognised by its distinctive yellow coloured boxes. As long as you save the
Handcannon exclusively for bosses, you shouldn't worry about running out of
ammo before you get the infinite ammo upgrade.
But still, everything will rock once you obtain its exclusive upgrade. Not
only will the weapon have a firepower stat of 99.9, it would have infinite
ammo, so there's no need for you to ever reload again! It costs a total of
790000 Pesetas to fully unleash this beast's potential. Depending on how well
you play the previous round, you may or may not have enough leftover money to
get everything, although you'd be very close.
Lord Saddler drops a grand total of 100000 Pesetas after you've killed him.
The best weapons to sell to raise money for the Handcannon will be the Red9,
semi-automatic rifle and Broken Butterfly, as well as the thermal scope. All
of these yields a total of around 565000 Pesetas. Therefore at the worst case,
you'd have to raise 125000 Pesetas in your next playthrough to reap the full
benefits. Knowing this game, you should be able to get that much cash before
you face the first El Gigante, if not, you should have raised enough money
just before you have to fend of those villagers in the cabin with Luis.
Once you've maxed out the Handcannon, buy another replacement rifle and focus
on maxing it out once again with the money you'll be collecting later in the
game.
*******************
Witness the power!
*******************
The Handcannon uses .50 calibre bullets; You'd be surprised that just an extra
0.05 inch of bullet diameter could make such a big difference in damage. Most
regular enemies in this game will die in one hit from the fully upgraded
handcannon. This includes the Dr. Salvadors and Bella Sisters, the chainsaw
maniacs of this game. The only enemies that require more than one hit to kill
are J.J. and the regenerators. Even for those enemies it's a no brainer: 2
hits will do the trick. Even those pesky parasites are no match to this
weapon. In ordinary cases, you would have to focus on the parasite. When you
use the Handcannon, all you have to do is to hit any part of the host's body
and the parasite will die too.
Handcannon bullets (or should I say, balls?) have a strong penetrating power.
When a few villagers are lined up in a row, one shot can pass through 3-4 of
them! Shields offer no protection from the handcannon, as one hit is almost
always enough to shatter the shield AND kill whoever's holding it. In
addition, the Handcannon has a very long range. The firepower remains the same
no matter how far the enemy is away from you, so this makes it much more
convenient than having to look through a scope when using the rifles, provided
that you have a steady hand of course!
*********************************
Speedrunning with the Handcannon
*********************************
The Handcannon kills large hordes of enemies very quickly, making it ideal for
speedruns. Here are some touch scenarios that are trivialized with the
Handcannon, from my own personal experience.
Pueblo Town Centre, Chapter 1-1
As soon as you enter the village centre, kill all the villagers you see before
they even notice you are there. This will trigger the scene where a large
number of villagers start to swarm in after you. Run up the path to the left
of the tower to find 2 villagers and Dr. Salvador. Blow them to pieces and the
church bell should ring.
Fighting El Gigante, Chapter 2-1
As soon as you have control of Leon, hit El Gigante with the Handcannon to
make his parasite pop out. Don't bother jumping onto his back. Instead, shoot
him in the parasite. One hit will kill El Gigante instantly.
Defending the cabin, Chapter 2-2
Having read the Handcannon FAQ on this site, I couldn't disagree with the
author more. To start with, run to the back of the cabin and block the two
windows there. Go back to the window next to Luis and start blasting all the
Villagers you can find outside. Once the villagers break in through the other
two windows, retreat to the foot of the stairs and blast them silly. When Luis
tells you to go upstairs, continue blasting the villagers you see on the
ground floor and the event will be over in less than a minute.
Two Routes, Chapter 2-3
If you choose the left path, the superb penetrating power of the Handcannon's
going to be vital. There will be two large hordes of closely packed Villagers
that will be queuing for the slaughter. The second group is easier than the
first since they'll be coming right at you from a distance, allowing you to
line them up much easier.
Once you've jumped into the arena where you face the two Bella Sisters, you
must act quickly. Run towards the closest one and quickly put one in her
chest. Turn around and kill the other one before she does the same to you.
That's easy, no need to climb back up the ladder to slow them down.
If you choose the path with El Gigante (right path), it's even simpler. Shoot,
climb up, slash parasite, shoot, climb up, slash parasite. That's all there is
to it! Easy peasy lemon squeezy.
Cable Car ride, Chapter 2-3
The cable car ride is one of the more fun places to use the Handcannon. As
before, lean to the left of the cable car and keep an eye on the ones going in
the opposite direction. When you see even an irregular shape on a cable car in
the distance, aim at that shape and shoot. You'll see some small dots falling
off that cable car in both directions: Those are the Villagers. Talk about
being killed without knowing the cause! The aiming reticule is extremely
accurate in this version of Resident Evil 4, so it's to be exploited to the
fullest.
Fighting Bitores Mendez, Chapter 2-3
You only need two shots: One to snap his spine, the second one to knock him
down and take him out for good. You may be hit once, but that's no big deal.
Good riddance to the village's last defense.
First Garrador encounter, Chapter 3-1
There are two ways to kill the Garrador. The first way is to fire a shot into
his chest. This causes him to kneel on the floor in pain, exposing his back to
you. Shoot him in the exposed heart and he'll die in one hit. Otherwise, walk
around slowly and wait till he turns his back on you. Fire at his exposed
heart and he'll die in one hit.
Intense action hall, Chapter 3-1
This is the hall where you have to turn the cranks to progress to the next
room, right after the area with the prison. As you enter the hall, you should
kill the cultist leader and the two men in front of you who have shields. The
rest will be easy. There is no need to hide in the bottom room after you've
pressed the two switches to reveal the first crank. When Ashley gets grabbed
while on the upper platform, always aim at the cultists' feet. This prevents
you from killing Ashley accidentally.
Novistadors in the sewer, Chapter 3-2
These invisible insects move very fast, making it difficult for you to hit
them. But still, one hit kills them. The trick will be to memorise all the
locations of the Novistadors, if you haven't done so already. Walk slowly so
they are not aware of your presence and look carefully for small green clouds
floating in mid air. Shoot at that green cloud and the insect will die.
Several Novistadors will charge at you, but fortunately from a distance,
making it not hard for you to plant a slug in them.
Garden Maze, Chapter 3-2
The slow firing speed and lack of area damage of the Handcannon makes it
slightly more difficult to kill those Ganado dogs in the garden maze. The
trick is to concentrate and memorise their locations. But still, the range of
this weapon allows you to open fire while those dogs are still winding up for
a pounce.
Freeing Ashley, Chapter 3-4
This time, DO NOT use the handcannon while freeing Ashley. Those iron hoops
that are holding her to the wall look very small on the TV screen. It's just
too easy for you to accidentally hit Ashley and kill her. Use a rifle instead.
Once she's free, reequip the Handcannon and fend off the cultists that come
after her. If Ashley is grabbed, switch to the rifle again since it's too easy
to hit her from this angle.
Arise, Sir Plagas! Chapter 4-1
The Handcannon more than trivialises the fight with those knights in shining
armour in the room with the King's Grail. Fire one round at his head and the
whole suit of armour will collapse onto the ground. No Plagas popping out or
anything, just instant death!
Slaying Salazar's Right Hand Man, Chapter 4-1
There is absolutely no need for the Rocket Launcher for this particular
battle. The first time you meet him, lure him to a liquid nitrogen canister
and tip it over. Now that this Right Hand is frozen, fire one round at him.
He'll take huge damage and quickly snap out of his frozen state. This guy may
have hundreds of health, but the Handcannon's firepower is almost 100 as well.
6 more shots will be enough to take him out for good.
Minecart ride, Chapter 4-3
Aiming is quite difficult on the minecart since you'll be turning so often. If
you want to use the Handcannon, I suggest you always stay at the rear
minecart. This allows you to have perfect sight of all the villagers and Dr.
Salvadors that will be hijacking your ride. If you have any doubts about your
abilities (which shouldn't be a big problem since this isn't the Gamecube
version), stick with the Striker for some no-brainer aiming.
Killing Salazar, Chapter 4-4
Shoot the central tentacle in the eye to expose Salazar's body. Run slightly
to the left and start shelling him with the Handcannon. Just 3 shots will be
enough to take him down. I guess this proves that Salazar's health is beneath
300, since it takes up to 12 shots to kill him if you use a Broken Butterfly
with a firepower stat of 24.0.
Regenerators and Iron Maidens, Chapter 5-1
Regenerators may have the ability to "regenerate" any damaged parts of their
body in a short time, but that doesn't mean that they can withstand the
handcannon. Two shots to the chest will cause them to explode. There is
absolutely no need for Leon to bother finding the thermal scope!
Fighting "It", Chapter 5-3
Don't bother shooting this boss when you are inside those suspended container
rigs. When you do end up in the cave for the final encounter, there is no need
for you to lure him in the tunnel. Keep firing and "it" will be killed in 6
shots. Just be careful when the boss burrows underground.
Duelling with Krauser, Chapter 5-3
As you may know, the fight is divided into two stages. The first stage
features you and Krauser playing hide and seek amongst the ruins. Aiming is
going to be difficult due to him popping out randomly and whizzing left and
right. But still, one shot from the Handcannon is all you need to trigger the
next stage of the fight. Your main priority in this stage of the fight is to
pay attention so as not to be taken by surprise.
Once you arrive at the top of the tower where Krauser reveals his giant claw,
the second and final stage will begin. During this stage, let him come close
and quickly shoot him in the head when he gets ready to stab you. This should
knock him back and deal heavy damage. As few as three shots would be enough to
take him out.
Final Battle, Final Chapter
Listen to Saddler ramble on about clichés and Hollywood movies, since he won't
be living for very long. Use the Handcannon to shoot one of the eyes on his
legs to stun him. Instead of running forth to stab him in the eye inside his
mouth, shoot the eye. Repeat a couple of times and Ada will toss you a rocket
launcher. But still, don't bother using it. Keep an eye on Saddler's eyes (no
pun intended) and shoot one when it opens. Now, shoot the eye inside his mouth
one last time and Saddler will be down and out! You can now get the cash prize
for killing him as well as keeping the special rocket launcher. This launcher
can be sold for 30000 Pesetas when you play the next round of the game.
***************
Conclusion
***************
Of all the unlockable weapons in this game, the Handcannon is no doubt the
best. It's small, safe and packs quite a punch! I'm not surprised that Capcom
made the players play through an extremely tedious minigame just to get this
weapon! Once you've got it, it's more than worth it. The only drawback is the
noise generated by this weapon. I literally had to turn down my speakers so as
not to hurt my ears while using this gun! When you have this gun,
congratulations and have a happy time blasting.
-----------------
28. Melee combat
-----------------
[RE28]
In the GameCube version of the game, the player is given a large abundance of
ammunition. As a result, some reviews have complained how the game has become
so ridiculously easy, and how "You'd be deliberately killing enemies just to
get more ammo drops". You won't have any of them in this game, I promise. With
aiming becoming so easy, the amount of ammo you receive from enemies would be
significantly toned down.
Such tuning has had a polar opposite effect on the game. Many now complain
that they are running dry fast. What's the best counter for this problem? It
has got to be the oft-overlooked melee combat mechanics in this game. Having
received such extreme training with a Black Ops team that worked directly
under the president, Leon's learnt a lot of martial arts tricks to supplement
his knifing tricks such as kicking and the suplex.
Hand to hand fighting is arguably more exciting than just standing there and
shooting at the enemies that approach you. It's highly risky, just as it is
highly satisfying to see Leon kick their butts!
----------------
Using the knife
----------------
You all remember the knife in the Resident Evil games in the Playstation,
right? You swing your knife, it cuts into the zombie, which doesn't even seem
to feel any pain. You back a few steps, slash and repeat the above procedure.
After a certain number of slashes (up to 20 in Resident Evil 2), the enemy
suddenly drops dead in front of you! You'll probably get bitten many times as
well, making you think whether all that fuss was worth it.
Such atrocities are no more in Resident Evil 4. With the motion controls, it's
much easier to use the knife. Just swing the Wii Remote left and right and
Leon will automatically turn to his closest target and repeatedly slash him
silly. To make things even better, the knife has excellent stopping power in
the sense that only one or two slashes will make the villager flinch back and
stop whatever he's trying to do to you.
If you wish to aim your knife more precisely, press and hold the C button and
Leon will draw out his knife. Use the control stick to aim up and down before
swinging your Wii Remote. This attack tends to be stronger than the quick
knife attack. A good strategy would be to swing your Wii Remote once to hit
the enemy, then holding down the C button for subsequent swings. This enables
Leon to lock onto his target to deal maximum damage.
Speed is important when using the knife. A quick 2 slashes would effectively
prevent the enemy from doing anything dangerous to you, allowing you to slash
him 3-4 more times with impunity. If you slash someone in the head, he'll be
dazed for a short time, allowing you to kick him onto the ground!
Knifing is also a good way to finish off an enemy that has fallen onto the
ground. Once he's kicked onto the ground, run towards his body and start
swinging the Wii Remote like mad. As long as you are still in the Village or
Castle, chances are that he will be killed before he can completely get back
up. Sometimes, he may even be stunned once more as he stands up, allowing you
to kick him down to the ground again. Furthermore, if two enemies are lying
side by side on the ground, you can often get them both at once provided that
you in the right position.
Be warned though, this tactic is to be used with great care once you've
reached the Island. The Ganado soldiers have much more health than the zealots
and villagers. I often have to slash those guys up to 15 times before they
die! The more slashes you make, the greater chance that he gets to retaliate.
---------------
Kicking
---------------
Leon's like Bruce Lee with his spinning kick. Whenever he kicks, he sticks out
his foot and spins around, hitting anything within the 180 degree field in
front of him. It should be noted that kicking can only be used when the enemy
is stunned. That usually happens when you shoot a Ganado in the head, and he
flinches back in pain making a dramatic cry. Another way is to toss a flash
grenade, as soon as you see the flash you see the Ganados holding their eyes
in pain.
When you see him in either animation, it's time to run up to him until you see
the word "Kick" appear at the bottom of the screen next to an image of the A
button. Press A at this point and Leon will kick the enemy down.
This move is excellent to handle crowds. Whenever you kick an enemy, any other
enemies that happen to be nearby would be kicked to the ground as well. In
addition, any enemies that are not directly hit by Leon's foot would be
knocked back slightly when the kicked enemies fly towards him. Furthermore,
Leon is completely invulnerable in the middle of a kicking animation. You see
those zealots swinging their maces at you in the middle of a kick. For some
reason, they have all miraculously missed their target! How's that for a move
to gain valuable territory against angry mobs.
---------------
Suplex
---------------
A suplex is a wrestling move where you grab your opponent and flip him behind
your back. Once you've reached the castle, Leon will have the option of
performing the suplex on his enemy. However, he won't just grab any enemy
right off the bat. You must shoot your target in the knees, which will either
cause him to fall to the ground instantly or fall onto his knees. If the
latter happens, you are in luck.
Run forwards to the enemy and check the bottom of the screen for the word
"Suplex" next to the image of the A button. When you see that word, press A
immediately and Leon will grab his enemy and flip him over his back, judo
style. The suplex is a highly damaging move that very often smashes the
enemy's head into pieces, killing him instantly. It seems that as you progress
through the game, the enemies tend to stand back up faster, giving you less
time to do the Suplex on them, in that case you must hurry up (and let the
enemy walk closer before you shoot him in the kneecap).
Having said, the Suplex is not a good crowd control measure. Let just say you
manage to flip one enemy at the front of the pack. The matter is that the
other enemies behind him more than often would be waiting with their maces and
electric batons to swing them at you, causing a lot of pain. In that case,
kicking is safer since you'll clear the immediate area around you of active
enemies.
---------------
Door kicking
---------------
Leon certainly has his share of shock and awe tactics in this game. Just look
at how he opens doors. If you press the A button in front of a door just once,
Leon will open the door gently. On the other hand, if you tap the A button
repeatedly, Leon will quickly kick the door open. Surprise, the enemies do get
stunned and take damage when you kick the door in their face. All doors in
this game must be equipped with springs, since they automatically close after
a few seconds, allowing you to repeat the procedure again.
The slightly glitchy graphics in this game are a big help too: You'll often
see the Ganados' axe, knife or mace sticking through the door! That's a sure
sign that there is someone directly behind the door.
To be honest, kicking the door at the enemies doesn't deal that much damage.
However, it's the collateral effects that make door kicking such an effective
move. Sometimes, you'll find the enemy behind the door fall on his knees. What
does this tell you? It's suplex time!
----------------
Ladder guarding
----------------
Ladder placement in this game has proven to be highly beneficial to Leon.
There are many situations where you are on a higher ledge and only a ladder
separates you from the Ganados. In this case, the Ganados will just form a
single file and climb towards you one by one. These enemies are extremely
vulnerable while on the ladder since they can't attack you, while you can. So,
stand at the top of the ladder and keep an eye on the top. Whenever you see
the head of a Ganado popping out, swing your Wii Remote.
Leon will swing his knife at the enemy, which will flinch in pain and fall off
the ladder, screaming all the way down, landing on his back. Ouch! Now, all
you have to do is stay there and knife any fool that climbs up after you. Each
enemy typically takes no more than 6 slashes before they die and melt in a
pool of slime. It's going to take a while, but since you won't be rewarded for
beating the game quickly, take your time.
The only risks are the axe throwers (or reaper throwers). Those guys won't try
to climb up after you, but throw their weapons at you. That is easily
countered by backing off from the top of the ladder, forcing them to climb up
after you (and getting slashed as a result). I've tried this trick against Dr.
Salvador, the chainsaw maniac, in the Plagas mines beneath the castle. He may
wear similar clothes as one of the villagers, but he's resistant to that
attack, so don't do that on him either.
------------------------------------
Strategies against specific enemies
------------------------------------
The tricks above work against most regular Ganados (Villagers, zealots and
soldiers) in this game, but many special cases do exist. This section focuses
on specific strategies against certain enemies.
*********************
Ganados with shields
*********************
Starting from the castle, some enemies will be equipped with shields, making
it virtually impossible to attack them with melee attacks without getting
badly hurt. However, you can still catch them when they are trying to turn
round corners. At that point, you can have a clear shot at them. Shoot at the
head or knee and the Ganado will fall on his knees. Quickly run towards him
and you'll be able to kick him, knocking the shield off his hands, making it a
fair cop.
***************
Ganado bowmen
***************
From the castle onwards, you will face large groups of Ganados, some of which
fire arrows at you from a distance while the meleers charge forth. With the
meleers killed, only the bowmen are left. At this point, you can either shoot
them from a distance or charge up after them. Well, in an action film, no
hero's going to charge the bowmen. But in this game, there's nothing to stop
you from charging.
Run in a zigzag way to close the distance. When you have gone close enough,
the bowman would somehow not know what to do. He just stands there staring at
you for a few moments, and won't even try shooting at a point blank range! Of
course, let's start slashing him before he suddenly remembers to run off! Even
if you keep slashing him, he's just going to stand there, probably thinking,
"What's this guy doing? Why does it hurt so bad?"
If the Ganado does manage to run away, wait till he stops and holds up his
crossbow. This is when you charge at him again. For some reason, these guys
struggle at aiming against moving targets. He may not even shoot, but just
standing there until you can catch up and continue slashing him!
******************************************
Ganados with skull cap/bulletproof helmet
******************************************
Take care when fighting zealots wearing orange skull caps or some soldiers who
wear thick combat helmets on the island. Both of these enemies are protected
against attacks to the head. It doesn't matter whether you shoot or slash
them, the hit will just bounce right off. Fortunately, their knees are still
vulnerable. Shoot them there and give them the suplex. Keep an eye on them
afterwards since the same animation would be shown no matter whether the blow
was lethal, making it hard to tell whether the enemy's been killed.
On the other hand, don't be afraid of the zealots who wear goat skull masks,
since those masks offer no protection to their heads at all.
***************
Parasites
***************
Parasites would be popping out of random Ganados' heads once you've dealt
enough damage to them from chapter 2 onwards. There are three types of
parasites: Flayers, head chompers and bug types. The head chompers are the
most melee unfriendly, being able to bite your head off instantly, so keep
your distance. When it comes to the other 2 types of parasites, shooting them
with your handgun would stun the parasite's host, allowing you to kick them to
the ground.
Once on the ground, only the bug type parasite is safe to slash on the ground
since the flayers can swing their bladed tentacle at you even on the ground.
Once the bug type parasite has been released from his master, you can run up
to it and kill it with a single slash of the knife.
***************
Ganado dogs
***************
Despite being much tougher than their predecessors, the Cerberus, Ganados dogs
are just as vulnerable when they are floored. Use a shotgun to blast one onto
the ground, then run up to it and slash it while it's down. The dog won't be
able to get back up! This trick is the most effective when you are fighting
your way through Salazar's garden maze since those dogs would be coming after
you one by one most of the time. Don't use this strategy when you are facing
more than one dog at once.
***************
Novistadors
***************
Novistadors are very fast and invisible insects and should be taken out from a
distance. If one does get close, you can defend yourself. When the
Novistador's getting dangerously close to you, look for the word "Kick"
appearing at the bottom of the screen. When the word appears, press the A
button and Leon will kick the Novistador back onto the ground. If this is the
only Novistador you are facing at the moment, run forwards and give it a good
slashing. You should be able to get 3-4 slashes before the insect can jump
back. In that case, blast it with your shotgun and repeat the routine again!
*********************************************
Enemies to avoid using melee attacks against
*********************************************
Dr. Salvador, J.J., Soldier with hammer, any kind of boss
There used to be many "knife-only" challenges for the previous Resident Evil
games where you use the knife against everything, even bosses. Well, don't do
that in this game! The above enemies are fully equipped to counter any kind of
melee attack and can murder you within a few hits! Dr. Salvador's the prime
example, being able to saw your head off instantly, J.J.'s gonna bash you with
his heavy machine gun while the soldier with hammer's protected with metal
plates covering most of his body. So, stay away.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| VI. WHAT WAS ADA UP TO ALL ALONG? |
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Leon and Ada Wong have crossed paths so many times in Resident Evil 4, most of
the encounters were brief, with Ada Wong leaving the scene as quickly as she
could. Why? Well, she's got her own special objective in this village, and
she's sworn not to let anyone know. However, since hiding in the shadows is
not her style, she'll turn up every now and then and offer advice to Leon,
sometimes in the form of letters. Separate Ways is a mini-game unlocked after
you've beaten the game for the first time that allows you to play as Ada in
the vital moments of the game where her actions have great impact on Leon's
mission. We start by the bell ringing scene early in the game. It seems Ada's
responsible for ringing the bell!
Ada's side-game features unique weapons that are not upgradable. She starts
with a Blacktail and a Pump-action Shotgun. She takes more damage than Leon
when hit, but has a more powerful Fly Kick.
---------------------
29. Ringing the bell
---------------------
[RE29]
The village is being monitored by a satellite that has the Umbrella logo on
it. Ada is informed by Albert Wesker, the ultimate antagonist of the Resident
Evil series, that the villagers are tough, but sensitive to the church bell
nearby. So, you are asked to ring the bell to silence the majority of the
villagers. After she's finished chatting with Wesker, Ada notices a battle
taking place in the town centre. It's Leon, what a coincidence!
-------------------
Pueblo town centre
-------------------
You'll start at the opposite end of the town centre from Leon. As in the main
game, the villagers are to be dealt with by shooting them in the head before
fly kicking them. Start by searching the tower. Climb to the top to find some
shotgun shells, then jump down again. After that, enter the house right next
to the tower (the one where Leon runs into and barricades himself inside in
the main game). Some handgun bullets will be there for the taking. Break open
the barrels for some cash and get onto the upper floor.
A shotgun can be found, but you can't take it since it's for Leon. However,
the ammo on the bed can be picked up. Jump out through the window by the
shotgun and follow the path to the right onto the roof of the building, where
you'll find a Spinel.
Jump back down and enter the opposite house. Pick up the hand grenade on the
floor and the chicken egg on the plate to your right. Hold off the villagers
and force your way into the locked room, where an Elegant Mask can be found on
the bed. Fight your way out of the house and you'll discover a key on the roof
of the house. Hookshot up there and get the Insignia Key, which can be used to
access the secret passage leading to the church.
------------------
Passage to church
------------------
A merchant can be found here, but there's not need to buy anything from him,
not that you have much money anyway. The crate to his right has a snake
inside, which can be killed for an egg. Pick up the handgun bullets and go
through the door leading to the tunnel itself, breaking open the barrel for
the Green Herb beforehand.
Jump down into the tunnel, run forwards a little bit and a mob of villagers
would be chasing you from behind. Make your way to the other side of the
tunnel, picking up any handgun, shotgun and TMP ammo you find, as well as the
Green Gem inside the crate. 2 female villagers would be waiting behind the
door at the end of the tunnel. Kick the door open to stun them, then shoot one
in the head to start the kicking game. With them out of the way, wait by the
exit ladder for the villagers to catch up. Thanks to the narrow tunnel, a
single kick can deal heavy damage to the villagers. Help yourself to their
cash and climb up to the cemetery.
---------------
Cemetery
---------------
Kill the female villager standing in the way. Run up to the cemetery itself to
face another hoard of villagers which can be kicked to death. When they are
all dead, run up to the shiny item on one of the gravestones: It's a red gem.
After that, enter the shack by the cemetery to find some ammo and a yellow
herb in a box. With those items in hand, run up to the church, where you'll
find 2 more villagers.
With them taken care of, run along the wooden bridge path to the right of the
church, fighting your way past the villagers. The shack midway houses a snake
in a box, which can be killed for an egg. You'll find 2 female villagers and a
Bella Sister (female chainsaw maniac) at the end of the path. Take out your
shotgun so you can hurt all of them at once. However, keep in mind that your
shotgun deals less damage than a regular one in the main game. But still,
they'll all be killed in around 5 shots. With the villagers dead, pick up the
cash and the Green Catseye on the ground.
Make your way back to the church and enter the back area where a puzzle can be
found. As in the main game, you can only rotate the dial clockwise in
increments of 3 and 4. Rotate in the following order to solve the puzzle: 3 ->
3 -> 3 -> 4 -> 4 -> 4 -> 3.
The Round Insignia is revealed, but you are barred in this area with 2
villagers that have just run in. Kill the villagers and place the Green
Catseye on the puzzle to open up the bars. Run up to the door of the church
and use the Round Insignia to unlock the door.
---------------
Church
---------------
Some villagers are hanging out by the church's altar. Run up there and give
them a good beating. When no more villagers drop down, pick up the handgun
bullets. So, is this what they are offering to the Lord? Examine the left
corner of the church by the entrance for a Purple Gem. You can now combine all
3 gems with the mask. In addition, a flash grenade can be found in a barrel
nearby.
Climb up to the upper level and fight your way past the villagers and the room
in which Ashley is trapped. Break open the barrels at the other end for the
goodies inside and examine the device by the painting of Saddler. This time,
you should turn the red light 3 times, the green light once and the blue light
twice. The 3 colours will combine perfectly and bars will drop down around
Ashley's room. Furthermore, the church bell rings, distracting the villagers
from Leon. This is where the first chapter ends.
You will be shown a report which Ada's written for her organization.
***************
Report
***************
The only reason I've taken on this mission is to get closer to my own
objective. No matter what happens, I can't let anyone figure that out. Of
course, hiding in the shadows isn't my style. I'll have to reveal myself to
him and offer advice once in a while.
Here's what I know so far. Osmund Saddler's cult is known as Los Illunminados.
They've resurrected some sort of parasitic organism they call Las Plagas.
That's all my organization knows for sure, though Saddler's occult activities
seem worthy of investigation.
The Salazar family, castellans for generations, possess the ability to control
Las Plagas. The organization's hypothesis is that a unique frequency of sonic
wave sensed only by the parasites is used to control them. (1) The same
principle used in dog whistles.
This was inferred through the analysis of a tissue sample we retrieved. The
tissue contained an organ presumably used for sensing sound waves. I've seen
cult members carrying rods and I wonder if they emit these sounds. Of course,
this is purely theoretical.
The organization needs samples of the parasite to confirm or disprove these
theories. (2) That is the main objective of my mission and the only way to
prove my loyalty to the organization. The opening movers in this chess game
have been played. (3) There's no turning back now.
Explanations:
(1) Las Plagas can be controlled through sonic waves.
(2) The organization Ada works with wants samples of Las Plagas to confirm
whether Las Plagas are really sensitive to sound. In fact, they had a tissue
sample already. But why would want to research this? Is Ada working for an
evil organization now? Play on to find out.
(3) Ada isn't really on Wesker's side, contrary to Leon's belief.
------------------
30. Rescuing Luis
------------------
[RE30]
Ada's reading a book inside Chief Bitores Mendez' bedroom when she receives a
call from Wesker. Wesker tells her that there is an irregularity in the
mission: Luis Sera, a spy sent in to investigate Los Illuminados has been
caught and is currently imprisoned in an abandoned house to the northeast of
the village. You must not let him die before you can retrieve the sample.
---------------
Chief's house
---------------
Grab the chicken egg from the box, head out through the back of Mendez' house
and run down to the hatch leading to the prison gauntlet. Look to your right
to find something suspended over a large tub of manure. Shoot the wooden stick
holding the cover up to cover up the manure before you shoot the sparkling
object down: It's a Brass Pocket Watch. Enter the shack to the right of the
manure tub to find a box with a Spinel inside. With these treasures in hand,
reenter Mendez' house.
Search all the cupboards for cash. Open the open for, surprise, a chicken
that's just laid a Golden Egg! Also get the Hand Grenade from a glass case
before leaving the house. Just like in the main game, Dr. Salvador is waiting
for you with his mates. Start by tossing a grenade into the crowd to kill the
Ganados and severely injuring this chainsaw maniac. After that, it's a matter
of time before you gun him down.
With Salvador dead, fight your way down the path, get the Red Herb from the
box in the shack and return to the town centre.
-------------------
Pueblo town centre
-------------------
This place is still loaded with villagers. Search every house and corner for
ammo and herbs while fending them off with numerous fly kicks. When you are
done, run up the path by the tower to reach the farm.
---------------
Farm
---------------
There are a number of villagers here, many of them armed with pitchforks.
Attract their attention and kill them all. Afterwards, you are free to inspect
the whole place. Run over to the tub of manure to the left to find a Spinel
suspended above the manure. Shoot the wooden stick holding the cover up to
cover up the manure before you shoot the Spinel down. (There's no such thing
as a Dirty Spinel in this game. If you let the Spinel fall into the manure,
Ada will refuse to pick it up due to it being filthy!)
Run over to the barn nearest to you. Notice that there is something shiny on
the ledge sticking out the front. Run to the right of that barn and you'll get
to hookshot up there to get the Spinel there. With the Spinel in hand, search
the other barn, where you'll find handgun bullets in a box and in one of the
cupboards. Climb up to the upper floor to find some rifle round in the
cupboard there too. Jump out of the window to the left of that cupboard to get
onto a makeshift walkway. Jump into the enclosed area in front of you to find
a Gold Bangle in a box. Push the cupboard out of the way to get out of there.
After that, go through the southern gate to enter the area beyond the farm.
----------------
Beyond the farm
----------------
Run down the path and through the tunnel to reach the open area. This place
has been restocked with dynamite throwing villagers. your destination is the
house in which they are throwing dynamite from. As before, try to intercept
the sticks of dynamite as they fly through the air to blow up the villagers.
Once you've entered that house from a back window, go right and you'll trigger
a scene where Ada sees Leon and Luis being carried away by villagers after
they are knocked out by Mendez. You now have to return to Mendez' house.
Some villagers will get in your way on your way back, just kick your way
through them. As you run through the farm, you'll find that some shotgun
shells and a spinel have mysteriously appeared. I guess they dropped out of
Leon's pocket, heh. Even more villagers would be hanging out in the town
centre, one of them is wearing Leon's jacket! Fight your way through these
villagers, using a grenade if necessary. Once the Ganado who's wearing Leon's
jacket is dead, you can examine is corpse. Why is he wearing it?
---------------
Mendez' house
---------------
Run up the path to Mendez' house. It seems that Leon's already escaped and is
sneaking in through the back. Keep moving until you reach the door of the
house. Ada will overhear a demented conversation between two Ganados, talking
about how the Chief's Plaga is much stronger than theirs. Meanwhile, Leon's
being warned by Mendez "not to become unpleasant to their eyes". But Leon
insists on reentering his bedroom, causing him to be grabbed by the throat by
Mendez.
Ada decides to intervene. She hookshots up to the first floor of the house and
fires a few shots at Mendez to distract him. She quickly hookshots out of the
way as Mendez dives out of the window after her! However, Ada's not safe.
She's hit by a tranquilizer dart and passes out.
------------------------
Bottom end of cable car
------------------------
The unconscious Ada is laid on some sacrificial altar while some Ganados chant
"to die is to live" repeatedly. One of the villagers then raises his axe. At
this point, Ada wakes up. Dodge quickly! You have control again. Kill these
Ganados and fight your way out. Since it's night time already, you'll be
expecting parasites to pop out of the Ganados' heads every now and then from
now on.
Watch out for that dynamite thrower, he's almost certain to hit you at least
once. Run up the stairs to the cable car control room, where the Merchant is.
Purchase a Semi-automatic rifle with a scope before picking up the Iron Key
from the table and the ammo from the lockers. Take the key down the stairs to
the bottom level of this area. Pick up the rifle ammo by the typewriter and
use the Iron Key to unlock the gate.
--------------------------
Chief Mendez' ambush barn
--------------------------
Run down to the barn and search the small alley to the right: There's a yellow
herb and Red Catseye for the taking. Enter the barn itself only to be ambushed
by the other Bella Sister and 2 torch wielding villagers. Keep the Bella
Sister floored with a shotgun and slash her to death. When everyone's killed,
pick up the Green Herb and Shotgun Shells on the lower level before climbing
up to the upper level for some handgun bullets and a red herb. Grab the lift
activation key from the Bella Sister's corpse and fight your way back to the
cable car control room.
You'll be literally fighting an uphill battle. There is one axe thrower that
is hard to pass without taking any damage. Once you've gone past them, use the
key on the control panel to turn on the cable car. Now, ride the cable car up.
------------------
Village back gate
------------------
There is absolutely nothing of interest here, barring a Spinel on the ground.
Run over to the gate leading to the Gigante gauntlet and hookshot your way to
the other side.
-----------------
Gigante gauntlet
-----------------
There is loads of ammo (shotgun, handgun and TMP) scattered around here. In
addition, there are two high ledges that can be reached with the hookshot near
your entry point. The ledge to the right houses a First Aid Spray and a Yellow
Catseye while some shotgun shells can be found on the left one. Since you are
still using the small attache case, it's questionable whether you still have
room for all that, let alone the ammo and herbs in the shacks. But no worry,
the perfect solution to this problem can be found right pass the gate, in the
form of El Gigante.
Since he's so far away, it will be possible for Ada to expose his parasite for
the first time through a barrage of handgun shots before he can even reach
her. Once it's exposed, climb up onto his back and slash it silly. When he's
come to, put a few shotgun shells into him and stun him with a Flash Grenade.
Use this opportunity to gain some distance and barrage him with even more
handgun bullets from a range. Now, slash his exposed parasite a second time to
kill El Gigante, earning yourself 10000 Pesetas and some room for your ammo.
If you get hurt, there is a green herb by the exit.
--------------------------
Villager siege cabin area
--------------------------
Run up to the cabin and you'll come to the scene where Luis leaves Leon and
Ashley alone in the cabin because "he forgot something". Luis than meets up
with Ada, who asks him whether he has the sample. However, Luis was just
getting to that. He asks Ada who does she work for, but Ada refuses to
disclose it, asking him to hurry up and get it. Luis gets the hint, and stages
that he doesn't care who she works for as long as she can "get rid of that
stupid old man and all his friends". He leaves through a break in the fence
while Ada sighs in frustration. So how was Luis rescued in this chapter? It's
more like: Meet up with Luis!
***************
Report
***************
Among all the people involved in this, Luis Sera has the least entanglements.
He works for no organization, preferring to move on his own. I'm the one who
told the organization of his importance. I did it because I like him. His
histroy betrays an enthusiasm I once shared. (1)
It was a stroke of luck that I happened to intercept his e-mail for help. It
seems he can't trust the police, so he sent the e-mail to an old friend from
college. He must have thought his friend was still alive. (2) At any rate,
that's how I managed to find him.
Apparently, he'd been conducting his own investigation of the cult while doing
research on Las Plagas. A brilliant scientist. He's accumulated a pile of data
and pieced it all together. Must b why Saddler hired him. Too bad Sera's
snooping has aroused his suspicion.
When I told him who I was, he practically begged to be taken into custody. He
needed protection. He said, "I have no love for Las Plagas or this stupid
cult. I want out. I just want peace and quiet again." (3) I ordered him to
bring me a master Plaga specimen - a sample - for evidence. (4)
Looks like he's one of the few people whom Saddler actually trusts. Tracking
him down and getting my hands on the sample shouldn't be difficult. I doubt
the cult will take kindly to his escape, though. (5) I'll have to guide this
along if I want it to go smoothly.
Explanations:
(1) I guess this refers to her reckless behaviour in Resident Evil 2, where
she'd run off without saying anything at any time.
(2) Ada found out about all this by intercepting an e-mail Sera sent to his
late friend.
(3) This is consistent with what Luis wrote in the 4th memo of the game. He's
feeling extremely guilty about having helped Saddler develop this evil mind
controlling parasite that he wants to stop and reset his life.
(4) The sample in the game refers to the Master Plaga Specimen, I guess this
is the "one ring to rule them all" and allows the host to control other
Ganados, just like Salazar and Mendez.
(5) They definitely won't treat you as friends ever, as shown by his
impalement!
-------------------------------
31. Try to retrieve the sample
-------------------------------
[RE31]
We start this chapter with the friendly conversation between Leon and Ada in
the bedroom facing Salazar's garden maze. Having jumped out of the window
after distracting Leon with a flash grenade, Ada stands near the fountain in
the maze. She receives a call from Wesker telling her that Luis has retrieved
the sample, so she'll have to get to him as soon as possible. At the same
time, Wesker suggests that Leon be eliminated, Of course, Ada tries to find
excuses not to kill Leon. But Wesker insists. At this point, she's getting
worried.
The merchant's right next to you as you start, so let's buy stuff from him.
Buy a large attache case for 40000 Pesetas. Notice that a new weapon, the
bowgun is available for 70000 Pesetas. Having sold all your treasure but the
catseyes at this point, you should have around 50000 Pesetas, which is 20000
short. Take the Bowgun arrows from the fountain and make your way out, only to
be ambushed by many zealots. Retreat to the fountain and pick off the zealots
as they round the corner. After they are killed, turn right by the stairs to
find a chest with TMP ammo.
Climb up the stairs, cross the bridge and turn left at the junction. You'll
reach a dead end with a chest guarded by a zealot leader. Kill the leader for
3000 Pesetas and open the chest for shotgun shells. Make your way to the far
southwest corner of the maze for a yellow herb (guarded by a regular zealot).
After that, make your way north and turn left, where there is another chest
guarded by a zealot leader. This one holds rifle rounds. Climb up to the
bridge nearby to find a gold bangle with pearls on the fountain here. Get back
down through the stairs and more zealots will storm the place. Ignore them for
now, Keep moving east along the north edge of the maze and get all the goodies
there too.
By this time, the zealots should have caught up with you. Kill them all and
get their cash. When you are done, head back to the centre of the maze,
beneath the elevated fountain and smash the barrel for a red herb. At this
point, you should have enough money to buy the Bowgun. Sell the Gold bangle if
necessary. Note that the bowgun has rather awkward dimensions: 5 x 3. Place it
in the bottom right corner of your inventory for now.
Leave the maze and enter the bedroom. Search all vases and cupboards for cash
and bowgun ammo before you enter the dining room.
---------------
Dining room
---------------
A crossbowman will be waiting for you as soon as you enter this room. Take him
out quickly with your semi-automatic rifle. There are two more zealots around
the corner. Lure the one with the mace to your entry point and take him out.
After that, quickly run to the other side of the dining room, avoiding the
arrows to take out the bowman. Pick up the green herb and the handgun bullets
on the tables.
Instead of entering the enclosed area where the cage trap is, turn right and
kill the zealot leader. Break open the vases for money and go through the door
there.
-----------------------------------------
Storeroom + Scenic walkway with fountain
-----------------------------------------
Another merchant can be found in this room. Ignore him and break the boxes for
TMP ammo and a Green Herb. Exit through the other door to reach the scenic
walkway. You'll encounter a zealot leader and some bowmen on your way to the
fountain. Once you've reached the fountain, try to open the door to the
enclosure there. It's locked, so use the hookshot to get in through the large
hole high above you. Another zealot leader's inside. Kill him and open the
chests for shotgun ammo, a hand grenade, a yellow herb and most importantly,
an hourglass with golden decor.
With this in hand, return to the dining room.
---------------
Dining room
---------------
Enter the enclosure to the right. As before, run in and skip the movie scene
immediately after it starts. Quickly toss a hand grenade forwards to blow up
the lock to the cage that dropped down, as well as a couple of zealots that
are rushing in. Get out of the cage and kill the other zealots. What's left is
the caged Blind Barbarian, which can be destroyed by shooting his exposed
heart on his back with either bow gun bolts or rifle rounds. Once he's down,
get the cash and check the empty chest in the middle of the cage. Ada will
notice an indentation on a separate layer on the bottom. Place the hourglass
there and the exit will be unlocked. Go through that door before more zealots
drop down from the ceiling.
-------------------------
Rocket launcher showroom
-------------------------
You hear the sound of gunfire. Looks like Leon's fighting a lot of zealots!
Ada really wanted to help, but she couldn't be seen with him. As a result, all
you can do is to run across the bridge. You can try to shoot at Leon, but the
bullets will just fly right through him!
Fight your way past the zealots who are diverted towards you, run through the
next hallway (breaking a vase for a spinel on the way) and go through the next
door. You'll arrive at the upper level of the large hall where Ashley's
bounded with hoops. Move to the left to trigger the ending of this chapter,
where Leon sees Luis impaled to death by Saddler's tentacle as Ada hides
behind one of the pillars.
Ada as to take the sample from Luis, but now, Saddler's got it back! She tells
Wesker about this. He asks her whether she had any chances to eliminate Leon.
Ada lies and tells him that she hadn't. Wesker then decides to change
strategies. The plan is to make use of the disruption caused by Leon to Los
Illuminados to their own advantage so that Ada may retrieve the sample. After
Wesker hangs up, Ada breathes a sigh of relief.
***************
Report
***************
Jack Krauser has been the subject of extensive study and research by the
organization. His skills and personality have been tested both on and off the
battlefield. If he weren't the best, he would become a liability that would
jeopardize the rest of us.
My conclusion? He's a great soldier. No more. No less. As long as he's well
compensated, he shouldn't cause any problems for us. (1) If he does start to
get restless, I can take care of him. I've studied his combat style and can
deal with that arm of his if necessary. (2)
Krauser answers directly to Wesker, and it was Wesker who decided that Krauser
should be sent to spy on the cult. He also decided to send me along. I wonder
if it wasn't to keep an eye on Krauser. (3)
No doubt Krauser has already fallen to the temptation of Las Plagas and the
power they represent. This could have dire consequences for the organization.
On some level, however, this may be a necessary development, as his role is to
disrupt this farce of a play. (4)
That said, the stage and its players will ultimately come crashing down in the
end. Bad luck for him, but he'll play the patsy in the end and take the fall
for all of us. (5) That's why I need to make sure things keep going exactly as
they are. (6)
Explanations:
(1) Krauser's only strength is his physical strength and combat skills. He has
loads of brawns, but not brain whatsoever.
(2) This suggests that he had been physically enhanced by Wesker's
organization so that it can turn into a claw at will.
(3) This is why Krauser didn't trust Ada. He's so proud of himself that he
doesn't like people keeping an eye on him.
(4) Krauser's irrational behaviour provides a smokescreen for Ada's true
intentions, making it hard for Wesker to find out her plans.
(5) When all else fails, Krauser will be the scapegoat.
(6) Her words doesn't seem to match what she said during the intro movie and
the ending scene. But still, she couldn't really explain her actions by saying
"I like this guy" on a serious report, right?
----------------------
32. Saving Agent Leon
----------------------
[RE32]
You are shown the conversation between Ada and Krauser regarding the sample.
Krauser doesn't trust you and threatens to kill you if you try to do anything
funny. Ada leaves the room and is contacted by Wesker, who's pleased with the
mess Leon's made to the Saddler's men on the island. Ada tries to convince
Wesker that once Leon's recovered Ashley, his job is done and there is nothing
to worry about him. However, Wesker insists on sending Krauser after him and
asks you to retrieve the sample ASAP. This is when Ada has to run quickly to
save Leon.
You start in the blocked off tunnel that Ashley's driven the bulldozer
through. Run forwards to fight the soldiers around the first corner. There are
a total of 5, including one with a hammer. With them killed, run into the
storage area to the left. There is a hand grenade in the barrel. In addition,
some barrels on top of the crates can be reached with the hookshot. The one to
the right holds rifle rounds while the one to the left holds handgun bullets.
With these items in hand, get out of this storage area and turn left, walking
through the debris. There are some soldiers on the other side. Shoot the red
barrel to blow them all up. Pick up the shotgun shells to the right side of
the next wreckage before going through the door to the left (take note of the
treasure on the other side of the wreckage). You enter another heavily guarded
storage area. Kill the soldiers and pick up the shotgun shells and the green
herb, flash grenade and TMP ammo hidden inside the boxes.
Go through the next door and fight the soldiers on the other side. Watch out
for the bowman on the high ledge to the left. With them all killed, go left
and clawshot onto the pipe above the wreckage. Search for a ventilation duct
that can be jumped into. Run along the vent and kill the soldier with hammer
on the way. Jump down at the other side to reach a room with a yellow herb. Go
through the door to find a Golden Lynx and more Bow Gun Arrows. Climb up the
crates to reach the other side of the wreckage and continue along the tunnel,
grabbed the Velvet Blue on the ground.
You reach a dead end. Use the hookshot to reach the catwalk above you and go
through the door there.
---------------
Shipyard
---------------
Surprise, looks like Saddler's got his own private fleet! Move along the
walkway, collecting the TMP ammo as you do so. Run past the gun battery and go
down the stairs. You find a blue activation key for the battery on a crate,
but then many soldiers appear and the guns on the ship start to open fire on
you. In this case, try to kick the enemies as frequently as possible since Ada
is invincible while doing so. Eventually you'll reach the other side of this
platform where the card key is. Take it to the battery you went past just now
and activate it. You now can return fire at the ship! Use the control stick to
aim and the A button to fire. Fire at all 3 cannons until they are destroyed,
you can also open fire on the soldiers on the ship as well!
Once all 3 cannons are destroyed, the gun battery you are using will explode
too. Meanwhile, a series of lifts are activated. Run down the stairs again and
pick up the First Aid Spray and Hand Grenade there before climbing up the
ladder. You'll find the lift to your left, as well as a bowman on the other
side. Shoot the bowman down and search the level you are on for a red herb and
some ammo, but don't use the hookshot at the far end just yet.
Get onto the lift to go onboard the ship. Fight the soldiers to your left,
getting the handgun bullets beforehand. Watch out for the bowman on the
lifeboat! Run to the other end of this part of the ship, pick up the green
herb and climb up the ladder to your right to reach the next level. Continue
fighting your way through the soldiers and jump over the gap to reach the
other side. Kill the soldier to your left and pick up the shotgun and handgun
bullets on the pillar there.
Climb up the ladder to face another 2 soldiers. Just then, more guns are
activated and they pop out of the ship to fire at you. Lean to the right of
this area and hookshot to the platform above you, where the red activation key
can be found. With that in hand, go right, onto the small ledge sticking out
and hookshot all the way across the shipyard to the opposite platform, where
another gun battery can be found. Activate it and open fire on all the guns.
Don't worry, you are invulnerable while you control the gun.
This is not machine gun battery, it's a heavy cannon! Once you've hit the
first cannon on the ship, the ship will start to take critical damage and a 3
minute timer will start. At this point, try to blow up as many cannons as
possible before leaving and jumping back down to the level below. Ride the
lift to board the ship and make your way up the ship, to the other end and run
right through the gate at the very end (where you hookshot to reach the red
activation key in the first place).
Once you've gone through the gate, the battleship behind you explodes and
sinks! Saddler's not going to be happy! What's waiting for you is ammo for
your handgun, rifle, shotgun and bow gun. Take them all and run along the
walkway, past the merchant to the door.
----------------
Industrial area
----------------
You are on a series of catwalks overlooking an industrial area. Pick up the
rifle ammo and green herb before turning around the corner to face 2 soldiers.
Kill them, move to the other end and jump down at the ladder. 3 more soldiers
are waiting for you to the left, one of them a crossbowman. Kill them, pick up
the shotgun shells by the right of the path and jump off the edge to the right
of the path. A large horde of soldiers are coming after you from the right.
Shoot the red barrel to get rid of most of them, then finish of the
stragglers. Pick up the shotgun ammo to the left of the path and look up.
See 3 soldiers on the catwalk above? Shoot them down with the semi-auto rifle.
Run towards the catwalk and pick up the Velvet Blue on the ground, as well as
the money in the crates. Hookshot up to that catwalk, turn left to find a T-
junction. Run up the stairs to the right to reach a dead end with the Green
Stone of Judgement. Turn around to find some soldiers coming towards you,
which can be easily taken out by shooting the barrel. Go through the door,
cross the bridge to the left and then continue along the path to the right,
fighting past some shield wielding soldiers.
Turn right and climb up the ladder and Ada will jump through the window into
the room where Saddler took control of Ashley, leaving Leon writhing on the
floor in pain. Go through the door to the left of the altar.
-----------------
Steamy pipe room
-----------------
Run forwards and pick up the shotgun shells at the end of the walkway, then
run down the stairs to fight some soldiers with shields. Rush through the door
and fight your way past even more enemies. The store room to the right houses
handgun ammo and a flash grenade. With those in hand, go through the door to
where Leon and Krauser are having a duel right now.
----------------------
Confrontation walkway
----------------------
Run forward, pick up the Spinel and clawshot up to the catwalk above. You get
to see Ada watch Leon and Krauser fight. After a while, Krauser has the upper
hand, and he's trying to drive his knife into Leon's chest! Wait for the
onscreen prompt "FIRE" to appear and press the A and B buttons simultaneously.
Ada shoots the knife away from Krauser and saves Leon. You get to watch the
same movie scene in the main game before this chapter ends.
***************
Report
***************
Leon S. Kennedy... Perhaps the most essential part of this mission. This story
wouldn't be complete without him and his formidable survival skills. He has
what it takes to survive against overwhelming odds. I've seen him do it
before. And he's improved since then.
Practically a genius, he has smarts and he knows how to use them. On top of
that, his service as a government agent has toughened him up. I'll work behind
the scenes to make him think he's the primary players here, though it may be
naive of me to think that'll be easy.
Considering the involving of both Saddler and Krauser, the possibility of
unforeseen problems is there, but I need him in the supporting role for me to
achieve my goals. I'll do whatever it takes to keep him in his place and make
this all go smoothly. (1)
Of course, his role didn't exist at all until a few months ago. Back then, my
role was much simpler too. But that was before the President's daughter was
abducted and Leon was dispatched alone to find her. (2) Talk about a major
script revision.
I don't think I need to worry. Leon's been through worse and always come up
smelling like roses. His consistent luck is part of the reason why I have
absolute and unshakable faith in my vision of what's in store for him. (3)
Explanations:
(1) Ada's helping Leon every now and then because he'll be gunning down many
tough foes during his mission, which also makes life for Ada easier. However,
she did let some emotions, ever so slightly, slip during chapter 3, which
suggests that it's kind of personal as well (but that can't be written in the
report, can it?)
(2) Ada has not planned for Leon to be there at the village beforehand.
(3) That's a serious way to show your admiration for Leon, eh? This also
explains why Ada would arm the explosives set around the island, while giving
Leon only 3 minutes to get off the island. She's so confident in his abilities
that she's willing to put his life at risk at the final moment, knowing that
he'll survive anyhow.
--------------------------------
33. Obtain the sample, for real
--------------------------------
[RE33]
Ada's standing at the entrance to the combat zone at the end of the main game,
watching Leon's support helicopter fly in and wreck havoc on the soldiers. She
receives another call from Wesker, telling her to report. Ada tells Wesker
that Krauser's dead. Wesker's surprised by this, and decides to continue to
take advantage of the problems Leon's causing for Lord Saddler. He reminds Ada
to retrieve the sample, and instructs her to clean up what's left of Saddler
and Leon. He insists that he's running the show in a tone that matches a
spoiled brat's.
So, you start at the battlefield. Buy the extra large attache case from the
merchant, since you'll need it. Run up the slope to kill one soldier in plain
sight. Walk a little more forward and J.J. will jump down to confront you. He
can be killed by 5 Bowgun Arrows. Take the First Aid Spray he dropped and
smash open the barrels to the left of the building he jumped down from for a
Velvet Blue and TMP ammo. Clawshot up the building to find some Bowgun Arrows
and a Blue Eye.
Jump back down and go left to find more soldiers waiting for you. Lure them
back to the previous building to take them out easily. What's left now are a
bowman and a dynamite thrower on a high ledge. Stand by the blocked off stairs
leading down and you should be able to take them both out with the semi-auto
rifle without getting hit by the dynamite.
Keep moving to reach another group of soldiers across the bridge. Shoot the
barrel to the right to get rid of them. Grab the yellow herb by the bridge and
enter the following building. A soldier drops an explosive barrel down to the
entrance, trapping you inside. Now, you must fight off all the soldiers that
drop down from above for the exit to open up. It's going to take some time
before they are all killed. Once the door opens, pick up the Green Herb and
shotgun shells on the floor and leave the tower, shooting the red barrel by
the next two soldiers to blow them up.
Run over to the stairs they are guarding, look left and kill the bowman by the
lever. Run up the stairs and grab the sliding at the top to reach the platform
above the lever. Break the barrel there for a hand grenade and drop down to
pull the lever to gain access to the second part of the battlefield. Before
you get there though, backtrack a bit and jump into the large pit with the
tents. There is a yellow herb, a red herb, a velvet blue and some handgun ammo
in the pit. Climb back up and head into the 2nd area.
As soon as you step forward, the shutter behind you will come down, trapping
you in. This place is now heavily guarded by bowmen. Take out your handgun and
quickly shoot the red barrel by the bowman in plain sight, one down. It's very
likely that you'll be hit by at least one arrow in the process. Quickly duck
into the tunnel to the left before you get hit more. Lean back out slowly to
take out the 3 bowmen to the left. One's on the same level as you are behind
the crates, another's on a ledge high above the left lever, another's on the
platform to your left.
With these 3 guys killed, run into the tunnel and climb up. You'll find
another bowman overlooking the ground below. Since his back is turned to you,
run up to him and slash him to death. Continue moving along the path to
trigger the appearance of J.J. by the right lever. Duck into the small alcove
to the right of the path, taking care of the soldier inside. When J.J. has
paused firing, run to the right and duck around the corner to avoid his
machine gun fire. Pick up the TMP ammo when he pauses and kick down the gate
separating him and you. Quickly fire a bow gun arrow at his head to stun him.
Fire 4 more arrows at him to kill him and pull down the lever behind him.
Now, let's jump down and explore the left side of this area. Pick up the Green
Herb in plain sight and climb up to the platform above. As you approach the
left lever, another J.J. would appear. He must have a lot of twins, eh? Since
he'll come to you by himself, let him and blast him to death with Bow Gun
Arrows. Get the Green Herb and Bow Gun Arrows and pull the lever to unlock the
exit. Jump down and don't forget the shotgun shells by the door before you
leave.
---------------
Mike's end
---------------
This is where Mike met his end. Run up the stairs, getting the rifle rounds on
the way. You'll find a bowman at the top of the stairs. Take him out from a
range with the semi-auto rifle. A soldier with a rocket launcher is looking
down at the wreckage of the helicopter. Take him out with the rifle before he
can spot you. A barrel can be found in one of the alcoves, where some handgun
bullets can be found inside. 3 soldiers will ambush you, so blast them with
the shotgun. Move around the corner to find 2 more bowmen in the distance,
which can be easily killed with the semi-auto rifle. With that done, grab the
handgun bullets to your left and go through the door.
-----------------
Sandstone tunnel
-----------------
Grab the ammo in plain sight and jump down through the large hole. Some bowgun
arrows can be found behind the ladder. Enter the next room to trigger the
scene where Ada nearly gets strangled by Leon, who's under the influence of
his Plaga. After the scene, Ada will leave through the door. Move forwards and
go through the double doors.
---------------
Dingy hallway
---------------
A merchant is here, but nothing's new on sale. Inspect a box on the wall for a
Chicken Egg and take a look at the other end of the hallway. See the bowman?
Kill him with the semi-auto rifle before he can hit you. Enter a side room by
the merchant for a yellow herb too. As you proceed to the end of this hallway,
3 soldiers will run out of a cell. Kill them with the shotgun, pick up the red
herb and climb up to the exit door.
---------------
Last blockade
---------------
Get the ammo in front of you. As you try to follow Leon, someone tries to
throw a steel girdle at you from above. It's Krauser! He's still not dead and
has mutated a bit more! Just think of all the paperwork Ada has to file when
Krauser turns up alive. Of course, Ada has to hookshot up after him and fight.
For this fight, do not use the Bowgun since Krauser's too close for comfort
(You can easily blow yourself up). Instead, use the shotgun and blacktail.
As in the main game, aim at Krauser's knees for maximum damage. When he kneels
down in pain, that's your chance to give him one in the head. Krauser attacks
by a number of jabbing actions with his claw which can be dodged by either
pressing the A and B buttons simultaneously or by swinging the Wii Remote to
the left when the on-screen action prompts come up. If manages to give you a
low kick, Ada will be knocked down onto the ground and you must press the A
and B button quickly to prevent him from stabbing you to death.
Once you've dealt enough damage, Krauser will jump to the roof of another
tower and taunt you to come after him. Keep fighting him as before, making
sure that you grab all the ammo and green herb on the table. Otherwise Ada
will not be able to get them when she hookshots to the next rooftop when
Krauser's had it.
Once you've dealt enough damage to Krauser on his third rooftop. He'll die the
same way as when Leon defeated him in the sandstone ruins. To add insult to
injury, Ada then proceeds to comment on the big thing Krauser has! Either way,
you've hookshot to a catwalk outside Ashley's stasis chamber.
------------------------
Catwalk outside chamber
------------------------
Pick up the Butterfly Lamp in front of you and move on. Grab the green herb by
the merchant and hookshot into the stasis chamber.
------------------------
Ashley's stasis chamber
------------------------
You get to see the same movie scene where Leon takes a beating from Saddler
before Ada distracts him with her TMP, allowing Leon to free Ashley. Ada then
fires at some explosive barrels above the exit, stopping Saddler from going
after Leon and Ashley. And now, he turns his attention to you!
It's a matter of time before Saddler jumps onto the catwalk you are on, so
quickly grab all the ammo and herbs that are there. Whatever you do, keep your
distance. Saddler has 4 attacks: A tentacle whip, tentacle grab, a charge
tackle and a trick where he knocks you to the ground and crushes your head,
causing instant death. Thankfully, all 4 can be avoided through the on-screen
action prompts.
Take out your shotgun and keep it trained on his head. Whenever you see
Saddler about to unleash an attack, open fire and he'll be knocked back,
exposing a large eye in his mouth. Quickly run forward and press A to stab him
in the eye, literally! Once you've done so, run back and wait for the next
opportunity. After you've done this maybe 7 or 8 times, Saddler will be
knocked out. Ada jumps down to the lower level and picks up the sample. You
think it's done? Maybe not! A tentacle stretches out from Saddler and knocks
her out.
------------------
Logistic terminal
------------------
You are shown the scene before Leon's final boss battle. He finds Ada tied up
and suspended above the platform. He frees her by throwing a knife at the rope
holding her up. At this point, Saddler appears and laughs at this cliched
scene before mutating into some horrible monster. Leon asks Ada to run off,
which she does. Ada hookshots on a high tower in full view of Ashley below.
She sees a special rocket launcher and makes her way there.
Immediately clawshot to the next tower structure. It looks like someone's
rigged this tower with explosives. You have 2 minutes to get off before it
explodes! Now, take out your shotgun. There is no need for subtlety here. Just
make your way along the paths, either jumping down or hookshotting to the next
path at the end of them. If any soldiers get in the way, just blast them down
with the shotgun, but don't bother killing them. Ignore all the ammo scattered
around as well, since you have more than enough at this point.
As long as you rush along, Ada should be able to hookshot out of this tower
with maybe 30 seconds left. Once you've reached the final tower, jump down and
pick up the rocket launcher. Ada throws it to Leon who uses it to wipe out
Saddler. Leon sees the sample on the ground, by Ada forces him to give it to
her at gunpoint. She then jumps off this platform and leaves in a helicopter,
arming explosives planted around the island and throwing Leon a key to a
jetski while doing so. My guess is that Ada wants to fool Wesker into thinking
that she's eliminated Leon, while knowing that Leon's skilled enough to escape
the island with Ashley in 3 minutes.
Ada places the sample into some special case, or has she? Either way, she
looks on with a tired expression on her face as the helicopter flies off into
the sunrise. At this point, the credits roll to the sound of some soothing
nightclub music. That's the end of Separate Ways! Your reward for beating it
is a Chicago Typewriter, a powerful assault rifle with unlimited ammo, now
buyable in the main game!
***************
Report
***************
It wasn't easy, but I'd say the mission has been a success. Getting my hands
on the sample was my initial objective after all. But I've sent Wesker a
different present, just as the organization ordered. (1) Pretending to work
with him was entertaining.
Albert Wesker... I wonder where he's headed next. Something tells me this
whole affair was just a taste of what he's got in store. To him, Umbrella
represented power. He used it to hide behind while he made plans of his own.
(2) And now the umbrella's been folded.
With the sanctuary of their old umbrella ruined, those in power struggle to
erect a new one. They are aware of their own crookedness and deceit as they
engage in their personal war of light and darkness. (3) That's why Wesker will
stop at nothing in opening his new umbrella.
The giant pharmaceutical corporation S maintains medical and drug facilities
the world over. We know for certain that Wesker has been in contact with them
following Umbrella's demise. There's no doubt we'll next hear from him there.
The organization must remain vigilant. (4)
But Wesker's not stupid. He knows exactly what the organization is thinking.
He and I still have time to continue our little game of cat and mouse before
the next move is played. (5) This mission may be over, but the battle is just
beginning.
Explanations:
(1) The sample wasn't for Wesker after all, this has got to be the second time
Ada's messed up Wesker!
(2) Umbrella has a track record of high ranking people with various evil
schemes who pretend to work together is a unit. So, Umbrella is a good name to
describe an organization filled with people who uses it as a front for their
own actions! Is this a coincidence, or did Mr. Spencer made that name after
"lengthy consideration"?
(3) The wording here implies Ada does not condone Wesker and his competitors'
actions. By having the opinion that their actions are "crooked and deceitful",
Ada is implied to be a good person after all.
(4) Many former S.T.A.R.S. members have joined anti-Umbrella groups having
witnessed the atrocities of that organization. Barry, Chris, Leon at some time
and so on... Of course, there's no telling when Ada and all of them had worked
together in the past.
(5) Ada seems to enjoy messing around with Wesker, and would continue to
disrupt his plans until it becomes too dangerous to do so.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| VII. THE MERCENARIES |
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
The Mercenaries is another minigame that is unlocked by beating the main game
for the first time. It's kind of like the Mercenaries minigame in Resident
Evil 3. You'll play as one of 5 characters and you'll have to kill as many
enemies as possible within a time limit. The more enemies you kill, the more
points you gain. The reward for completing this game with a top rank with all
characters in all levels is a powerful Handcannon, which can be obtained from
the merchant for free whenever you load a new round of the main game.
---------------
34. Basics
---------------
[RE34]
In the Mercenaries minigame, speed matters. There is absolutely no time for
any fancy knife manoeuvres. Go out there and shoot them all!
---------------
Items
---------------
Items come in the form of ammo and healing items. They can drop from enemies
or appear when you break open boxes or barrels. Never overlook any items since
you'll never know when you need them. The strategy chapter of this section
will assume that you'll pick up all the items you run into, hence it won't
describe the exact locations of each item.
---------------
Scoring
---------------
Each regular Ganado (villager, cultist, soldier) gives you 300 points when
killed. Tougher enemies like the Bella Sisters and J.J. give more points when
killed. Each Bella Sister (Female chainsaw maniac) is worth 5000 points, a
Garrador (aka Blind Barbarian) is worth 7000. J.J. is even better as he'll
give you 10000 points, while Dr. J.J. Garrador Salvador (you'll see why I gave
him this name soon enough) is worth 5000 points.
----------------------------------
Killing multiple enemies in a row
----------------------------------
You'll receive bonuses if you can kill multiple enemies in a row. A kill
counter is provided for this purpose. Every time the number goes up in the
counter, you have around 6-7 seconds to kill another enemy before the counter
disappears.
There are times in which you've cleared an entire area of enemies and new
enemies are slow to reappear, thus breaking your kill chain. You can avoid
this problem by spacing out your kills. The bonus score from killing multiple
enemies in a row increases exponentially at first before increasing linearly
at 10 consecutive kills or above.
The number of points rewarded for killing 2 to 9 enemies in a row are as
follows: 20, 70, 170, 370, 620, 920, 1270, 1670. Any enemies killed beyond
that point will each add 700 points to your bonus score. So, the formula for
the bonus score for N kills would be:
Bonus score = 1670 + 700(N-9) = 700N - 4630 for N >= 10
----------------
Time extensions
----------------
Time extensions are available in the form of golden hourglasses around the
level. Each hourglass can provide extra time ranging from 30 seconds to 90
seconds. If you are after a high score, feel free to pick up as many
hourglasses as you like. If you are only after the highest rank, skip any
excess hourglasses as you don't want to risk dying. (If you die, any effort
you have made would be thrown to waste.)
---------------
Bonus time
---------------
Point bonuses are available in treasure chests: When a chest is opened, any
kill within the next 30 seconds will net you 1000 points more than normal. The
locations of the treasure chests can be found on the map. Look for the stars
as they correspond to the locations of the chests. If you play as a character
that is slow in killing things (i.e. Leon), it may be of your best interest to
wait for the enemies to bunch up before opening the chest.
---------------
Ranking
---------------
After the timer runs out, your game will end. You'll be given a ranking
depending on the number of points you've gained. To gain the best ranking, 5
stars, you must score 60000 points or above. A new character will be unlocked
when you beat a new level with 4 stars or more. Beating all 4 levels with 5
stars for all 5 characters (that's 20 runs in total) unlocks the almighty
Handcannon in the main game! I know this minigame is a chore, but it's all
worth it.
-------------------------------
35. Overview of the characters
-------------------------------
[RE35]
There are 5 playable characters in the Mercenaries. You start with only Leon,
and will unlock new characters as you beat levels with a 4 star rating.
---------------
Leon Kennedy
---------------
Weapons: Blacktail, Riot Gun, Hand Grenades Melee moves: Kick, Suplex
Leon is the first character you will be able to play as. You'll expect him to
play the same way as in the main game. His weapons and melee moves are the
weakest amongst the five characters, making him the most difficult character
to play with. When you see the kill counter flashing, the fastest way to
guarantee a kill (thus continuing the combo) is to pepper a Ganado with
blacktail bullets.
---------------
Ada Wong
---------------
Weapons: Punisher, TMP, Semi-automatic rifle, Incendiary Grenades
Melee moves: Fly kick, back kick
Ada is unlocked by beating the Village with 4 stars or more. She moves faster
than Leon and has more powerful weapons at her disposal. Unlike Leon, she can
kill any Ganado at will with the semi-automatic rifle since no regular enemy
can survive the shot. If you are not in a hurry to kill Ganados, use the TMP.
In addition, always use the semi-automatic rifle on enemies that line up so as
to kill many birds with one stone.
---------------
Jack Krauser
---------------
Weapons: Krauser's bow, Flash Grenades
Melee moves: Double kick, Knee, Claw attack
You'll get to play as Krauser once you beat the Castle level with 4 stars or
more. Krauser's arguably the easiest character to play as. First, he only uses
one weapon, so there's no need to micromanage that many types of ammunition.
His signature bow is very powerful. It can kill most Ganados in one hit, no
matter where you aim. Any hits to the head are instantly fatal. Ganados that
wear skull caps and thick helmets aren't protected either: One hit to the head
will cause them to flinch in pain, allowing you to run forward and give them
the double kick, which would finish them off.
In addition, the arrows are so powerful that you can stop any of the more
powerful enemies in their tracks (Bella Sisters, J.J. etc) without hitting
them in their sensitive spots! Finally, Krauser's claw is at your disposal.
Whenever his arm is red, press the Plus button and he'll whip out his claw. At
this point, press the A button and he will charge forward and stab whoever's
in front of him! Destruction guaranteed.
---------------
Agent Hunk
---------------
Weapons: Special TMP, Hand Grenades Melee attacks: Neck breaker, kick
Everybody's favourite Umbrella elite trooper is back for more! Hunk is
unlocked by beating the Island level with 4 stars or more. This guy is a no
brainer, equipped with nothing but a special TMP that includes a stock for
easy aiming. Given so many ammo drops, it's just too easy to amass a large
kill combo. Fire away!
Hunk's melee attack has got to be one of the coolest. Shoot the enemy in the
head to stun him, run to him and press A. Hunk will grab the enemy by the head
in slow motion before giving it a sharp twist, breaking the enemy's neck and
killing him instantly! Oh and one thing, Hunk isn't equipped with a knife. Any
barrel or box can only be broken by shooting at them.
---------------
Albert Wesker
---------------
Weapons: Handgun with silencer, Semi-automatic rifle, Killer7
Melee attacks: Thrust punch, Chikyo Chagi
Looks like even Wesker's joined the party. Once you beat the Water World level
with 4 stars or more, he'll be available. Wesker's got a wide range of weapons
each for a different situation. The Handgun has been maxed out, so headshots
are 5 times more likely to blow the enemy's heads off. The Killer 7 is to be
reserved for the tougher foes in the level.
Remember Wesker in Code Veronica? You'll be re-enact his thrust punch whenever
you stun a regular Ganado. Shoot the enemy in the head, run up to him and
press A. Wesker delivers the Buddhist Palm on the enemy and sends him flying
way back, sending him to hell. Despite having a weapon for every situation,
Wesker is quite a hard character to play as. Due to all those weapons, he
won't have much inventory space left. The general strategy is to always aim
for the head. It will either be blown to pieces or the enemy will be stunned,
allowing you to finish him off with the thrust punch.
Of course, as for this Chikyo Chagi, it's to be used only when you shoot a
Ganado in the knee. Wesker will raise one of his leg high up before slamming
it down on the enemy, dealing heavy damage. One more thing, Wesker isn't
equipped with a knife, so all barrels can only be opened by shooting them with
a handgun.
---------------------
36. Level strategies
---------------------
[RE36]
This is where I list the strategies for each of the 4 levels in the
Mercenaries minigame. This chapter is intended for those players who intend to
just beat the level with 60000 points with each character so that they can get
the Handcannon. I'm one of those players, hehe.
---------------
Village
---------------
The village level is essentially the Pueblo Town Centre. You'll have to fight
hordes of Villagers and the chainsaw wielding Bella Sisters (there are more
than 2 of them, this time). Your character will start at 3 possible locations:
Next to the tower, at the top of the slope leading from Chief Mendez's house
and on the roof of a house facing the main square.
Hourglass locations:
There are 5 golden hourglasses that provide time extensions.
1. The first one is in the house closest to Leon's entry point in the main
game that was previously blocked off. This hourglass gives you 90 extra
seconds.
2. The second one, with 30 extra seconds, is behind the barn opposite to the
house with the first time extension.
3. Another hourglass can be found inside the house on the other end of the
village square opposite the tower. In case you don't understand, I'm referring
to the one with the padlocked bedroom in the main game. This one gives 90
extra seconds.
4. If you look out the window of the bedroom in which you found hourglass 3,
you'll see a barn with the 4th hourglass inside providing an extra 30 seconds.
5. Remember the door that leads to the secret passage to the church? Bear left
at the door and turn around the corner. An extra 90 seconds is waiting for you
at the dead end behind the tower.
Bonus chest locations:
2 bonus chests can be found in the same buildings where you found hourglasses
1 and 3. A third one can be found in the back alley behind the house with
hourglass 1.
Strategy:
Before you start fighting villagers, I suggest that you pick up hourglasses 1
and 5 to the least. That should give you enough time to score 60000 points. I
suggest you hang out in the main square for most of the time since that's
where the constant stream of Villagers will congregate. After 10 kills, the
Bella Sisters will start to appear.
These evil dames have loads of health and there can be up to 4 of them
attacking you at once. Krauser and Hunk have ways to trivialise them though.
If you are playing as Krauser, use the claw attack to instantly destroy one.
If you are Hunk, shoot the Sister in the head until she flinches back in pain.
Run up to her and press A to break her neck, killing her instantly!
If you are playing as Leon or Wesker, throw hand grenades at them to deal
heavy damage and kill several Villagers at the same time (the Thrust Punch
doesn't deal enough damage to justify the risk). If you are playing as Ada
Wong, an incendiary grenade helps to slow them down even more since their
animation while in flames takes a long time.
In my opinion, Leon is the only character that will struggle to keep up his
kill counter. Therefore bonus time chests will be vital for him, whereas it's
not much of a priority for the other guys. The best place to stand your ground
while the clock is ticking is the slope that leads up to Mendez's house. The
villagers will be bottlenecked, making it easy for you to keep them at bay.
---------------
Castle
---------------
The castle is the most linear of all the 4 levels of The Mercenaries. You'll
always start inside the tower at the lowest level of the ramparts (the tower
where the cannon in the main game originally was). Your character has to make
his way up to the top ramparts of the castle while killing all the cultists
you find and collect as many hourglasses and bonus time chests as possible.
The special enemy of this level is the Blind Barbarian. This guy is just too
difficult unless you are Krauser. Fortunately, there is a way to keep him from
appearing.
Hourglass locations:
1. The first hourglass can be found to your right as you climb up the first
set of stairs of the level. This hourglass gives you 50 extra seconds.
2. The second hourglass is located on the ramparts directly above hourglass 1.
It's outside what would be the castle gates Leon blew up with a cannon in the
main game. It adds an extra 90 seconds to the timer.
3. The third hourglass is found in an alcove atop a circular tower, one level
above hourglass 1. This hourglass gives you 90 extra seconds.
4. This 50 second hourglass can be found in a room 1 level above hourglass 3.
5. Continue making your way up the Castle from hourglass 4 and you'll find a
fifth hourglass in the middle of the walkway, giving you 50 extra seconds.
6. The last hourglass can be found in the final area of the Castle at the top
level of the ramparts (guarded by two Blind Barbarians!). It gives you another
90 seconds.
Bonus chest locations:
The three bonus chests are found near hourglasses 3, 4 and 6.
Strategy:
If you are not playing as Krauser, I recommend that you only collect
hourglasses 1, 3, 4 and 6 to avoid triggering the appearance of Blind
Barbarians. From the starting point, smash the two barrels behind you for ammo
and a green herb. Climb up the stairs and go right past the cultists for the
first hourglass. Break open the barrels for the goodies inside and turn
around. Start fighting your way past the cultists until you reach a door
opposite a set of stairs. Those stairs lead to hourglass 2, so avoid them.
Fight off some more cultists and go through the door. Climb up the stairs and
fight the shield bearing cultists. Look out the windows and you'll find some
bowmen firing arrows at you from the ramparts opposite you. Ignore them (or
you'll cause a Blind Barbarian to appear in a few moments) and run out to the
circular area guarded by two more bowmen. Kill one of the bowmen and run into
the small alcove for the hourglass and bonus chest. Turn around and fight your
way back indoors and get as many bonus points as possible.
Get the green herb and run up the stairs to a room with large beer barrels.
There's a green herb, an hourglass and a bonus chest for the taking. Collect
them all and stand your ground for a short while to hold off the cultists.
When things seem to have quieted down, exit through the double doors and
continue your way up the Castle, collecting the red herb and hourglass as you
do so.
You eventually reach the top level of the castle ramparts. Some purple cloaked
cultists run down to greet you, but can be disposed of with a shot to the
barrel. There is a bronze gate here. Don't open it, or you'll have to face
some Blind Barbarians! Keep running around the ramparts, killing anything that
gets in your way. When you have over 60000 points, you can run back to the
room with the large barrels and hide until the timer runs out.
---------------
Island
---------------
The Island level takes you to the battle zone area of Chapter 5-4 of the main
game. The enemies are naturally the Soldiers. However, they are much weaker
than those in the main game since two shots from the Blacktail can kill most
of them. There are three possible starting points in this level: Atop a tower
near Leon's entry point in the main game, at the base of that tower and near
the gate that leads to the second part of the battle zone. The most
advantageous starting point will be atop the tower due to the way the enemies
appear in this game. The special enemy of this level is J.J. The good news is
that he doesn't take that many shots to kill, and each J.J. gives you a
whopping 10000 points when you've killed him! There may be 3 or 4 J.J.s in
this level. As long as you manage your kill counter and bonus time properly,
you'll be getting 60000 points after a few tries.
Hourglass locations:
There are countless hourglasses in this level, many of which are located on
all 3 levels of the tower I mentioned earlier. There is another one near the
steps that lead down to the downward sloping path near the base of the tower.
Another can be found near the slider with which Leon used to reach the J.J. in
the main game. Once you've reached the other side, another hourglass can be
found there too. I know there may be more than what I said above, so keep
looking if you need to, but I doubt you do!
Bonus chest locations:
There is one atop the tower, near the first of the three starting points. A
second bonus chest can be found at the far end of the path leading from the
third starting point. To be precise, it is near the ladder leading down.
Strategy:
This section assumes that you will be starting atop the tower, since that's
the most advantageous position when it comes to building up points and kill
counts. Right at the start, move left and open the chest for a bonus time
period. Now, run around this level of the tower and kill as many enemies you
find. J.J. will eventually jump up to meet you, so take him out fast. Once his
dead, continue to hold your ground until your kill counter has gone up to
around 15. After the next kill, jump down to the next level and some more
soldiers will immediately jump down after you. Kill these soldiers and grab
all the hourglasses and items on this level.
Once you've killed around 5 enemies or so, jump down to the level below and
let the enemies jump down after you. At this point, another J.J. will come and
say hello. Take him out fast and get your bonus points. Collect the items and
hourglasses on this level before jumping down to the base of the tower (on the
side where Leon entered the area in the main game).
Stand your ground for a while and fight off more soldiers. Another J.J. may
come. Take him out, get the points and make your way through this area the
same way you did in the main game (down the stairs). Fight your way past this
path and climb up the ladder at the other end. You'll find another bonus chest
for the taking. Open the chest and keep killing soldiers. If you are good at
keeping the kill counter up, you should have exceeded 60000 points by now.
Otherwise, just keep killing and those 300 points increments will take you
there soon enough.
---------------
Waterworld
---------------
Welcome to the level built from ground up for The Mercenaries. You'll be
fighting Ganado soldiers in some wooden buildings erected on a large body of
water. It consists of a number of buildings and towers built around a large
central area. Just like the Island, these soldiers die in a few hits.
Now for the bad news, Capcom's designed a special enemy just for this level:
The Dr. J.J. Garrador Salvador! Know why I call him that? Well, he's got the
costume of Dr. Salvador, he's got the build and voice of J.J., and he swings
his double chainsaw the same way as a Garrador! These guys are very tough to
handle (unless you are Krauser) since they move so fast that you can't just
outrun them. If you are not playing as Krauser, one must constantly fire at
his head to keep him in place. Things are a bit easier for Ada and Wesker,
since they can significantly slow him down with Incendiary Grenades. Like
other Ganados, Dr. J.J. Garrador Salvador will dance around in pain while on
fire for a short while before collapsing on the floor. This gives you the
opportunity to maintain your distance from him.
There are so many hourglasses and bonus chests in this level so you'll run
into all of them if you thoroughly explore this level. You'll start in 3
possible locations: The far end of the central area, on a tower right above
the central tower, and in the far end of the first floor of a building
overlooking the central area.
Strategy:
Let's assume you start at the far end of the central area. Right at the
beginning, kill one of the soldiers around you and search the area in an anti-
clockwise direction. You'll find a Green Herb, an hourglass and a bonus chest.
With that chest opened, grab the next hourglass you see, as well as the
healing item nearby and turn around. A large horde of soldiers will be after
your hide. Start killing them as they approach you. Once the bonus time has
expired, turn around once more and you'll find a set of stairs leading up and
a door leading to another building to the left. Skip the stairs and run over
to that door, break open the barrel for a herb and make a stand in front of
the door.
When your kill counter has risen up to over 25, open that door and enter the
building. Get the Green and Red Herbs and stay in a corner to fend off against
the soldiers for a while. You'll eventually hear the sound of a chainsaw: Dr.
J.J. Garrador Salvador's coming after you! Climb up one of the stairs to the
rooftop where you can find a Red Herb, a bonus chest and an hourglass. Make
your stand against more soldiers as well as this chainsaw maniac. This is the
most critical moment of the game. You must aim absolutely accurately at Dr.
Salvador's head to stop him. If he gets too close, it's too late. It's very
likely that you'll have to sacrifice the kill counter to stop him too.
Once you've survived this onslaught, kill a few more soldiers on the rooftop
and jump off the edge by the bonus chest. You'll be back at the central area.
At this point, you should have gained near or more than 60000 points. If that
is so, kill a few more Garradors to reach that mark before making another
stand in the central area before the time expires. Only grab the hourglass if
you are running out of time and needing more points. If you have the guts, run
up the stairs I told you to avoid earlier and go through the door. Here you'll
find another Dr. J.J. Garrador Salvador. Good luck!
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| VIII. QUICK REFERENCE |
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
This is where I list out various tidbits of information on the game for your
quick reference, starting on the weapons.
----------------
37. Game files
----------------
[RE37]
It's a tradition of the Resident Evil 4 series to provide the player with
various files that can be picked up and read. Files tend to give you various
clues on how to get past certain areas, others provide further insight into
the minds of the characters in the game. Unlike the previous games, you won't
be finding anything that gives you an idea of the history of the Umbrella
Corporation, since it's completely finished by then.
***************
Alert Order
***************
Recently there has been information that a United States government agent is
here investigating the village. (1)
Do not let this American agent get in contact with the prisoner.
For those of you not yet informed, the prisoner is being held in an old house
beyond the farm. We will transfer the prisoner to a more secure location in
the valley when we are ready. The prisoner is to stay there until further
notice. Meanwhile, do not let the American agent near the prisoner. (2)
We do not know how the American government found out about our village. But we
are investigating.
However, I feel that this intrusion at this particular time is not just a
coincidence.
I sense a third party other than the United States government involved here.
(3)
My fellow men, stay alert!
Chief, Bitores Mendez
Explanations:
(1) News travels fast of your arrival. You've been in here less than half an
hour and the Chief has already identified you!
(2) You will eventually run into this prisoner, but I have to tell you, he is
not Ashley.
(3) It seems you are not alone in this village. Who will be the third party?
You'll see later.
**************************
About the Blue Medallions
**************************
15 blue medallions...
7 in the farm... 8 in the cemetery...
For those of you who destroy 10 or more will be awarded...
(The rest is illegible)
Explanation: There are 15 blue medallions hanging around the place. Shoot them
all and you will be rewarded some gun from someone later on.
*****END FILE*****
***************
Chief's Note
***************
As instructed by Lord Saddler, (1) I have the agent in confinement, alive. Why
keep him alive? I do not fully understand what the Lord's intentions are.
I would, however, think he'd keep them separate; not confine them together as
has been ordered.
I don't expect Luis would trust a stranger but if by chance they did
cooperate, the situation could get a bit more complicated.
If for some reason, an unknown third party is involved, I don't think they'd
let a chance like this slip by. (2)
But maybe it's all Lord Saddler's ploy - leaving us vulnerable so that this
third party will surface, if they even exist that is...
It's an unlikely possibility, but if a prowler is already amongst us, then our
plans could be ruined.
I guess the Lord thinks it's worth the risk, if we're able to stop whatever
conspiracy is at work.
At any rate, it's the Lord's call. We will trust his judgment as always.
Explanations:
(1) This whole crazy place is run by a man called Lord Saddler. He might be
the person who injected the egg into your neck in the first place.
(2) This unidentified group continues to suspect a third party is at work.
**********************
Closure of the Church
**********************
Regarding the two fugitives, the apprehension of Luis is our top priority; the
American agent a distant second.
What Luis stole from us is far more important than the girl. (1)
Unless we get it back, the girl will become useless to us. We must get it back
to execute our plan to the end.
If it gets in the wrong hands, the world would become a totally different
place than what Lord Saddler has envisioned. At all costs, we mustn't let that
happen.
Nevertheless, we're not letting go of the girl. To ensure that the agent does
not get to her, I have locked the church door where the girl is being held.
Anyone who needs access to the church must first get approval by Lord Saddler.
There is a key beyond the lake but it should be safe now that the "Del Lago"
has been awakened by our Lord. No one will get across the lake alive. (2)
Plus, our same blood flows through the agent's veins. It'll be just a matter
of time before he joins us. Once he does, there will be nobody else left that
will come looking for the girl. (3)
Explanations:
(1) Luis was imprisoned because he stole something very important from Los
Illuminados. They aren't going to give as much effort to catch you, for the
time being.
(2) The key to the church is found on the other side of the lake, but you will
have to fight a lake monster before you can cross!
(3) Looks like you may have been injected with something that would bring you
under control by Lord Saddler. Time may be running out!
*****************
Anonymous Letter
*****************
There's an important item hidden in the falls. If you are able to get it, you
might be able to get Ashley out of the church. (1)
But I'll warn you, the route to the church isn't a walk in the park by any
means. They've deployed what's called an "El Gigante", so God bless. (2)
About what's been going on in your body... If I could help you, I would. But
unfortunately it's beyond my power. (3)
Explanations:
(1) You will come to a waterfall soon. The item needed is in a cave behind it.
(2) El Gigante means "The Giant" in Spanish. You'll fight this boss in the
arena I talked about in the previous chapter.
(3) Leon's infected with something! The person writing this letter is likely
to be Luis, since that woman in the red dress is unlikely to have crossed the
lake, as you see in a minigame later.
**********************
Sera and the 3rd Party
**********************
The whereabouts of Sera are still unknown. Most likely he's using an old
secret passage taught to him by his grandfather who used to hunt in this
region long ago.
I'm pretty certain that he's hiding our property somewhere in the forest. If
his grandfather was still alive, I would have used him to find Sera... (1)
But now did he find out about the egg injected into his body? And the fact
that he was able to remove it before it hatched is concerning.
Another factor that concerns me is that Sera escaped with our property just
before the American agent arrived. I don't believe that was just a
coincidence. There has to be another player involved in this. (2)
In order to settle this whole situation, we have to capture Sera and wait for
the effects of the drugs to wear off before we inject him with another egg.
Once this is done, whoever is behind all of this will surface. Nobody shall
interfere with our plans. Those who do shall suffer severe consequences.
Explanations:
(1) This makes Sera's claim that he is a former policeman in Madrid
questionable. There is no coincidence that his family used to live in the same
region of this village.
(2) Who's the 3rd party? Could it be the woman in the red dress just now?
Definitely yes! Oh, and it may seem that "severe consequences" is Chief
Mendez's catchphrase!
***************
Two Routes
***************
Just a while I ago, I was informed by Lord Saddler that our men had shot down
a United States military helicopter. (1)
There shouldn't be any more outside interference for a while now.
Unless the United States government determines who the traitor is, they can
only initiate very small covert operations.
We must use this time to our advantage and recapture the girl.
The two Americans can only get out of our territory by using one of two
routes. This is where we will stop them. (2)
We shall make use of our forces to the greatest degree.
We will deploy a large number of Ganados in one of the routes to ensure that
they do not slip by us. For the other route we shall leave the task to El
Gigante. Whichever route they take, the agent will never leave here alive. Not
with the girl at least.
Explanations:
(1) It's confirmed that Saddler's men are heavily armed that they can shoot
down a military helicopter. You'll find more of those armed goons later in the
game.
(2) The file sums up what's up right now. You have a choice of two paths to
get out of the village. You either fight through a lot of villagers or just
one Gigante.
***********************
Village's Last Defense
***********************
I clearly underestimated the American agent's capability. He's still alive.
I thought that we could wait until the egg hatched, but at this rate, he could
destroy the whole village before it does. We must take care of this nuisance.
We shall change our priorities - for the time being, we will cease our hunt
for Luis and ambush the two Americans.
There is a building used to enlighten betrayers just beyond the point where
you get off the lift. (1)
It's a perfect place for ambushing them. If all else fails, they still would
need to face me in order to get past the last gate that leads out of the
village.
For only before my sight will the gate open. (2)
Explanations:
(1) You are up for a cable car ride next. That building Mendez is referring to
isn't really a building, but a cave bore from the rock.
(2) Mendez is being literal here. You're going to fight him in a boss battle
soon enough, and the thing used to open the village gate has something to do
with his eyes.
******************
Capture Luis Sera
******************
I have confirmation that Sera has entered the castle.
Why he would return during his escape leaves me to question his motives. But
we must seize this moment and capture him.
We will get the other two Americans after we apprehend Sera.
It appears he took some vaccines when he stole our "sample". The vaccines we
can do without but we must retrieve the "sample" for it is our life blood.
I feel there is somebody else or some other group involved in this whole
affair.
If the "sample" were to get into the hands of that other entity the world
which we seek to create will not come. We must apprehend Sera as quickly as
possible.
Explanation:
Ah, more rants about Sera stealing their "sample". The sample is a Master
Plaga specimen developed by Saddler, as revealed in a later minigame. There
definitely is a third party involved, since there was that woman in the red
dress that saved your life.
****************
Target practice
****************
Game Rules
1. Receive prizes by scoring above 1000 points.
2. Bonus points will be awarded for headshots.
3. A high-scoring Salazar target may appear with successive hits.
4. Shooting an Ashley target will deduct points.
Prizes
1. 1 bottle cap will be awarded for every 1000 points scored.
2. Special bottle caps will be awarded by either shooting all the wooden
targets except Ashley or scoring above 3500 points.
3. There are 24 bottle caps in all. Each time you enter a new Shooting Range,
6 new bottle caps will become available.
Special Bonuses
1. Each time you complete a row on the collector's base, you'll earn bonus
points!
2. There are a total of 4 rows. You have 4 bonus chances!
Note: Bottle cap collections can be viewed in the Key/Treasures screen.
*****END SCENE*****
***************
Luis' Memo
***************
There are some parasites that have the ability to control their hosts.
It's basic knowledge among biologists but not much is known as to how the
parasites do it.
Studying these parasites specifically might reveal some clues to as to how the
powers of the Las Plagas work. And perhaps provide more insight on the victims
of the Las Plagas, the Los Ganados.
here is a list of some parasites that have the ability to manipulate the
behavioural patterns of their host.
Dicrocoelium
Once the larvae of this parasite migrates to the ant's oesophagus, it alters
the behaviour of the ant. When the temperature drops in the evening, the
infected any climbs to the top of a plant and clamps onto a leaf using its
mandible.
It stays here immobile until the next morning, placing the ant where it's most
vulnerable to be eaten by a browsing herbivore such as sheep.
One could conclude that the parasite is manipulating the hos's behaviour to
make its way into the body of its definitive host.
Galactosomum
The larvae of this parasite makes its home inside the brain of a fish such as
the yellowtail and the parrot bass. Once infected, the fish make their way up
to the water's surface where they'll swim until eaten by seabirds.
Once again, this peculiar behaviour can only be explained by the parasite's
cesire to get into the bodies of the seabirds.
Leucochloridium
This parasite's sporocysts develop in the snail's tentacles. The sporocysts
are vivid in colour and pulsate continually somewhat like a work.
Surprisingly the infected snail makes its way to the top of the plant where it
is more visible to the yes of birds, therefore more likely to b eaten.
Once eaten by a bird, the parasite will complete its metamorphosis into an
adult.
Explanation:
Las Plagas is a mind controlling parasite. This whole biology lesson must have
been written by Luis while he's interred in the cells here.
***************
Castellan Memo
***************
For many years the Salazar family has served as the castellans of this castle.
However, not everything is bright, for my ancestry has a dark past.
Long ago there once was a religious group that had deep roots in this region
called the Los Illuminados. Unjustly however, the first castellan of the
castle took away their rights and powers. (1)
As a follower of this religion and as the 8th Castellan, I felt that it was my
duty as well as my responsibility to atone for that sin.
I knew the best way to atone for the sin was to give power back to those who
we once took it away from, the Los Illuminados.
As expected it took a little time, but we were able to rejuvenate the once
sealed Las Plagas. With this success I was one step closer to the revival of
the Los Illuminados.
The reason why I released the Las Plagas from deep under this castle (2) and
gave them to Lord Saddler was not only to repay for the sins of my ancestors
but I felt certain that the Lord would make better use of this power to help
save the world.
To save those that have sinned with the power of the Las Plagas and to cleanse
their souls creating a world without sinners, the way it as meant to be. Once
cleansed, they would become one of the many Ganados where they will find their
reason to live. (3)
And after the Lord has succeeded in creating the world in which he has
envisioned, then the sins of my Salazar family will be atoned for. (4)
Explanations:
(1) Los Illuminados has a longer history than you can imagine. It's likely at
least 2 centuries old!
(2) Las Plagas originated beneath Lord Salazar's castle.
(3) A mind controlled person has no free will, and hence can't sin!
(4) A typical symptom of an evil cultist. They have their extreme ideals for
saving the world, but what they are actually doing is illegal and possibly
terrorism.
****************
Female Intruder
****************
There seems to be a female intruder among us. We believe she's connected with
Sera.
We also believe that she was the one who removed the egg injected into Sera
before it hatched. She may have had him retrieve the "sample" before the
American agent's arrival.
It's obvious that her objective is the "sample". We must get to her before she
is able to re-establish contact with Sera.
There's also reason to believe that she's working for somebody. We need her
alive for interrogation.
The female should be able to answer all our questions. After we have captured
her, Sera will no longer be of any concern.
As long as we retrieve the "sample", you may dispose of him as you see fit.
Explanation:
Ada's objective is to retrieve the Master Plaga specimen developed by Lord
Saddler. Who she works for will not be revealed in the game.
**************
Butler's Memo
**************
Knowing that Sr. Ramon Salazar had no family, (1) Lord Saddler must have used
his strong faith in the Los Illuminados to his advantage to talk Sr. Salazar
into undoing the seal of the Las Plagas once done by his ancestor.
Sr. Salazar would never do such a thing unless he was in some way being used
unknowingly. I should have sensed the Lord's dirty scheme sooner. I feel I'm
partly responsible for all of this.
I have no idea as to what the Lord is planning, but Sr. Salazar was just being
used. (2)
It is too late now however, Sr. Salazar has already taken the Plaga into his
body.
There is no turning back once the Plaga has turned into an adult in the body.
The Plaga parasite will not die unless the host dies. There's no cure. (3)
Perhaps, Sr. Salazar may have been vaguely aware of the Lord's plan all along.
But it's hard to tell. (4)
Nevertheless, there's nothing I can do about it now.
I have served the Salazar family for generations. I am prepared to continue my
services until the very end.
Explanation:
(1) Salazar, like Alfred Ashford, was a lonely individual driven mad by all of
it, making him do the wrong things.
(2) Salazar is nothing but a pawn in the whole scheme of things.
(3) Once a Plaga grows into an adult, it stays in your body permanently! Now
that Ashley and Leon still have a larva inside, they must act fast or they can
never be cured.
(4) Salazar might have been mind controlled.
*****************
Sample Retrieved
*****************
As you may have heard, Luis Sera has been disposed of by Lord Saddler. The
"sample" is back where it belongs. I had hoped that the whole matter could be
resolved without troubling the Lord. However, as long as the "sample" is safe
we can all rejoice, for our time is nearly at hand.
Now that the "sample" is back in our safe hands, it'll be a bit more difficult
for that troublesome woman to get it. In light of this, it's unfortunately
that Sera had to go. Like us, he would have had a bright future if only he had
shown more faith in our beliefs.
As for the other two Americans, the Lord has left the matter in our hands.
We must not disappoint the Lord. We shall capture Ashley and take her to the
Lord and dispose of the American agent.
Explanations:
Ada originally planned to have Luis retrieve the sample for her, but with him
killed, the plan all goes to waste.
*******************
Ritual Preparation
*******************
Thanks to the efforts of the "Novistadors" (1), we have been able to recapture
Ashley.
We shall prepare for the sacred ritual as quickly as possible and make Ashley
an official member of the Los Illuminados.
While we prepare for the ritual, those of you who feel inclined can attend to
our American friend.
We should be able to hold off our friend for at least a little while by
jamming the gears in the clock tower with something.
I think if we jam the gears in 3 places, it should give us enough time to
prepare everything for the ritual. (2)
Now go and entertain our American tourist.
Explanation:
(1) Those evil insects are called Novistadors, Spanish for "invisible".
(2) The machinery in the tower controls the bridges that lead to where Ashley
is heading. They are trying to delay you by jamming the machinery, since they
expect it takes a lot of time for you to find the pieces of wood to shoot at!
***************
Luis' Memo 2
***************
The first castellan buried the Las Plagas deep underground below the castle to
hide their very existence. But when Salazar released the Las Plagas, no one
thought he could bring them back to life. Because when Salazar found them they
were all just fossilized remains. (1)
Everyone knew that the parasitic organisms could not survive without hosts.
That they couldn't sustain live on their own. But when Salazar and his men
excavated the remains, it almost appeared as if the Las Plagas were just
waiting to be discovered so that they could resurrect.
Several years later, unexplainable convulsions started occurring among the
villagers who helped with the excavation of the Las Plagas.
Then one day, all of a sudden, these villagers turned into violent savages.
They later found out it was caused by the Las Plagas. Although they appeared
fossilized, they were able to survive the long years by lying in a dormant
state at the cellular level remaining in a spore-like form. (2)
Apparently, during the excavation, the villagers inhaled the spores and within
their bodies the parasites became active again. This is how the Las Plagas
were resurrected.
Even as I'm writing, the excavation of the Las Plagas continues.
God only knows how many of these Plagas have been resurrected. Not to mention
the countless number of Ganados that have been created.
Their inhumane activity must be put to an end. If they are not stopped, people
around the world could turn into victims of this crazy cult organization. (3)
Explanations:
(1) Las Plagas have existed for centuries, and their evil was already known
then. Hence the first castellan buried it deep beneath the castle.
(2) The villagers violent behaviour is due to the influence of Las Plagas. Las
Plagas are able to survive in a spore-form for centuries. When they dug up,
they just let themselves get breathed in and the villagers become infected.
(3) Luis knew about the Illuminados' plans, hence he's trying to stop their
activities (and behaving oddly from your point of view). Unfortunately, he's
now dead.
****************
Letter from Ada
****************
Once a Plaga egg hatches, it's nearly impossible to remove it from the body.
But if it's before it hatches, then it can be neutralized by medication. (1)
If it does hatch you might be able to get it out by surgery before it turns to
an adult. But it won't be easy. There's a high chance you won't survive the
operation. (2)
As far as I know the girl was injected with the egg before you. Her time is
ticking. You should prepare yourself for the worst case scenario. (3)
Explanations:
(1) The parasite has hatched inside Leon, so medication would be out of the
question when it comes to removing the Plaga.
(2) But don't worry, you'll eventually remove it from Leon's body. Just play
on to find out.
(3) Uh-oh, this doesn't look good.
***************
Luis' Memo 3
***************
The hideous creatures such as the El Gigante and the Novistadors are merely
by-products of the diabolical and inhumane experiments conducted on the
specimens that were once human. (1)
But there's one type of creature that clearly distinguishes itself from the
rest. These creatures are called Regenerators.
Regenerators have a superior metabolism that allows them to regenerate their
lost body parts at incredible speeds. (2)
I've never seen anything like it... It is this characteristic that makes them
almost invincible to conventional weapons. But like any living creature,
there's a way to kill it. Apparently there are Plagas that live in its body;
somewhat like leeches.
They can't be seen with the naked eye. They can only be located through
thermal imaging. (3) To stop its regeneration process, these leech-like Plagas
must be located and then destroyed.
As far as I know, most of the Regenerators host a number of these leech-like
Plagas. To kill the Regenerators, each one of these leech-like Plagas must be
killed.
Explanations:
(1) Los Illumninados, like Umbrella, have been experimenting on people to
create bio weapons! It's a pity the two can't spar a little since both have
insanely idealistic people working for them.
(2) You're introduced to a new enemy in the game. These Regenerators are not
to be killed with conventional weapons.
(3) The Plagas inside the Regenerators' bodies can be located through a
thermal scope attached to the semi-auto rifle. The Plagas will show up as red
dots on their bodies.
***************
Paper Airplane
***************
Perhaps you have it figured out already, but you might be able to get out of
here by using the waste disposal vent.
***************
Our Plan
***************
Because of that agent we lost Chief Mendez and Ramon. Nevertheless, everything
will proceed according to plan.
I must admit however, the loss of my loyal men is a bit disheartening. But I
will deal with it. Replacing that loss will not come easy. I must choose
wisely; for the Plaga reflects the conscience of their hosts. If chosen
poorly, they could betray me.
I need men who will swear their allegiance to me. I've learnt my lesson when
Sera betrayed me. I will not make the same mistake again.
In this important hour, I cannot and will not have anyone stand in my way.
Explanation:
Saddler recalls the events in the early part of the game.
***************
Luis' Memo 4
***************
I'll report my findings about the Plagas here. The Plagas have 3 distinct
characteristics.
1. As mentioned previously, the Plagas have the ability to manipulate the
behavioural patterns of their hosts.
2. The Plagas are social organisms. By this I mean that instead of living
individually, they live in perfect social harmony. IT is believed that they
have a collective intelligence.
This type of behaviour can be seen among insects such as bees and ants.
However this kind of social behaviour is rarely seen among parasitic
organisms. Perhaps it was a learned behaviour by the Plagas. I'm finding out
if this has any relationship with their first characteristic.
3. The Plagas have exceptional adaptation skills. They are able to live off
many kinds of organisms by creating a symbiotic environment quickly. This
ability, when combined with their social behaviours, allows them to interact
intelligently between hosts regardless of the host organism. (1)
I am ashamed to admit that my pure fascination with the Plagas, in hindsight,
has blinded me to the true research objectives of the Los Illmuniados.
Even with the knowledge that Saddler was going to abuse the results of these
experiments, I could not pull myself away from my research. As a result, I am
just as responsible for this whole mess as he is. I see now that I was wrong,
but can I stop their evil plans alone? (2)
Explanation:
(1) Plagas are well adapted to whatever hosts they infect. In addition, they
control the minds of the hosts in a way such that anyone infected with a Plaga
can tell who else is infected as well. This is why the villagers are able to
plan so many attacks on Leon and Ashley.
(2) This explains why Luis said "It makes me feel better that way" during an
earlier scene. He's feeling guilty of helping Saddler to develop a nasty mind
controlling parasite for evil purposes. He had been helping Leon as an attempt
to make up for his sins.
***************
Krauser's Note
***************
It turns out that old man Saddler wasn't buying me from the start. Even though
I succeeded in kidnapping Ashley, I sort of sensed this when Saddler didn't
completely let me in the loop.
Under the circumstances, I had no other alternative but to call for her
assistance. Perhaps she knew this was the way it was going to turn out all
along. My guess is that her ultimate goal might be different from Wesker's and
mine. This is just the perfect opportunity to find out.
And after I get to retrieve the sample, I'll put her in a body bag along with
Leon and send them both to Wesker.
Explanation:
Krauser doesn't really want to work with Ada and he doesn't trust her a bit.
He correctly suspects that Ada might be up to something else. In addition,
Krauser's planning to assassinate Leon.
***************
Luis' Memo 5
***************
From the initial stages of the research, we have been searching for a safe and
practical removal procedure of the Plaga.
Ironically, it turns out that the real objective of this research was not to
find a way to remove the Plagas from the infected persons but to find a way so
that the Plaga could not be removed from the body easily. In the end, we were
able to find out that the Plagas could be removed only by exposing them to a
special radiation.
The only drawback with this method is that it is a very painful procedure.
Since the Plaga attaches itself to the nerves, there is a possibility that it
may impair the consciousness of the host. Another fact that must be mentioned
is that once the Plaga grows into an adult, the removal procedure could kill
the host.
But perhaps death isn't so bad when you think about the alternative.
Explanation:
To remove the Plagas from their bodies, Leon and Ashley will use a special
device designed by Luis that zaps beams of radiation into their bodies. It's
extremely painful, as you see later.
***************
Our Mission
***************
The real power of the United States lies in three areas. The Justice
Department, the Administrative bodies, and the Military. In order to take
control of these areas, we must influence the minds of the people who advise
the President. (1)
After this is done, the rest of the departments will quickly fall under our
sway. If by chance the United States were to figure out our plan, the damage
caused should be minimal.
We will still be able to conquer the country as planned using our backup plan.
Once we control the country, we will use their international influence to our
advantage. (2) The rest of the world will fall swiftly.
As already stated, if our first plan doesn't go as smoothly as expected, we'll
proceed with our secondary plan. By sending in our "special" forces we will
infiltrate the country from within. Fear and chaos will spread through the
nation like a virus.
It'll only be a matter of time before the country loses its stability. At that
time, when they're most vulnerable, we will strike.
Rejoice my brethren; the world shall soon be cleansed. (3)
Explanations:
(1) This explains why Ashley Graham was kidnapped. They plan to use Las Plagas
to control her mind and sway the President's decision.
(2) What an anti-American theme! The cult knows the United States' standing in
the world and will exploit it to spread their faith.
(3) It's important that you stop Saddler, otherwise his megalomanic tendencies
will cause one hell of a pain!
--------------------
38. Regular enemies
--------------------
[RE38]
Villager
Recommended weapons against them: Handgun (single), Shotgun (large groups)
The Villagers in these woods seemed to be violent savages, what's causing them
to be so? Fortunately, they tend to give themselves away by yelling out loud
when they discover you. Some grim music will start to play, and will stop once
you have killed all of them in the area. Villagers are also known as Ganado,
or cattle in Spanish, probably they are all pawns of some greater evil force
behind the scenes.
Villagers attack with various weapons like axes, pitchforks and torches. They
may also throw axes and dynamite at you. Villagers tend to appear in large
groups. If they are bunched up together, blast them with the shotgun. If you
can stun a villager with the handgun, run forward and kick him to the ground.
You may be able to take down several in the process if they are packed closely
enough. That's when you start slashing them with the knife. If you are
unfortunate enough to be grabbed by a Villager, shake your Wii Remote rapidly
to break free.
Dr. Salvador
Recommended weapons: Shotgun, rifle
Dr. Salvador is a guy with a bag over his head, armed with a chainsaw! Don't
let him attack you, since he will decapitate you instantly. I recommend that
you use heavy weapons like the Shotgun against him, since that will surely
knock him back. It takes quite a number of shots to take him out though.
Parasite
Attacks: Tentacle Flay/Head bite/Acid spray
Recommended weapon: Shotgun, Rifle, Flash Grenade
The reason why the villagers are behaving so savage is that they are under the
influence of a mind controlling parasite, Las Plagas. From now on, whenever
you appear to kill an enemy, there is a chance that one of three different
types of parasites will pop out of their heads, while continue to make use of
their host's body.
The first type is reddish brown in colour, and appears to be lumpy. They
attack by flaying a long bladed tentacle. The second type looks like the head
of a centipede, and can bite off your head when they are close, killing you
instantly. The third type looks like the typical insect, and attacks by
spraying acid at you. When you have dealt enough damage to it, it abandons the
host body and continues to crawl around as an insect, wrecking havoc.
All parasites can be dealt with a close range shotgun blast. If the enemy is
far away, a single shot of the Rifle will destroy it. Parasites are extremely
sensitive to light. Throwing a Flash Grenade at it will kill it instantly, so
use this trick when many parasites have popped out of the enemies' heads!
Ganados Dog
Attacks: Lunging bite, tentacle whip
Recommended weapon: Shotgun
Resident Evil will not be complete without their trademark evil hellhounds. In
the previous instalments, we've killed Cerberuses to death. Now, it's time for
something new. The dogs in Resident Evil 4 are enhanced by Las Plagas. As in
the previous games, the dogs attack by lunging at you. When you are floored by
a dog, shake the Wii Remote rapidly to knock him away. In later stages of the
game, tentacles will stick out of some of the dogs' backs which they use to
whip you. The best weapon to use against dogs is the shotgun, since it can
deal with them at a range and there is no way he can evade the spread damage.
Insane Cultists
Recommended weapon: Red9, Riot Gun, Semi-automatic Rifle, Incendiary Grenades
These zealots are more devout members of Los Illuminados. Cultists in the
castle are definitely insane, with their obsession with death and brains (They
chant "cerebros, cerebros..." meaning brains, brains!).
They behave similarly to the villagers outside the castle, but use medieval
weapons in combat including maces, crossbows and shields. Their attacks are
much harder to evade than the villagers, so give them more room if you want to
run past them. The methods used to kill villagers apply to them. Watch out for
some cultists who wear skull caps. The cap protects their heads from damage.
In that case, it may be helpful to aim at their knees, or their groins!
Blind Barbarian
Attack: Savage Talon Swing
Recommended weapon: Semi-auto rifle
Blind Barbarians, or officially Garradors, are one of the many types of
fighters that result from Plaga experimentation on humans. They will try and
guess the location of the enemies and swing around wildly and savagely. They
hit for a lot, so you won't want to be caught in one of this frenzies.
Fortunately, their blindness can be used to your advantage. Whenever you want
to fight one, keep your distance and walk, don't run. He'll never know where
you are!
Take out your semi-auto rifle, or riot gun, or whatever, and wait until he has
his back turned towards you. Shoot his exposed heart. This will damage his
parasite and deal heavy damage. After the shot, I suggest you walk away from
where you are standing. The barbarian will attempt to slash at where he thinks
the bullet comes from, all to no avail. Repeat this procedure until he dies,
that'll put him out of his misery.
Novistador
Attacks: High kick, claw slash, acid spray
Recommended weapons against them: Any shotgun, semi-auto rifle
Novistadors, Spanish for invisible, are evil bugs that have been enhanced by
Las Plagas. The variants in the sewer are invisible, so they may be hard to
intercept. However, their presence still will slightly distort the
environment; that provides a chance for you to catch them with the shotgun.
Another important thing you should know is that the aiming reticule will turn
red if you are targeting one, even when it is invisible. This is another way
of catching them. Novistadors can swing from the ceiling and kick you. They
can also grab you. In that case, shake the Wii Remote rapidly to break free,
however, it will not come off before it's sprayed acid all over you!
Soldier
Recommended weapon against them: Red9, Riot Gun, Incendiary Grenade
Soldiers are the toughest Ganados you'll face. However, they are a bit too old
fashioned for men dressed up in military fatigues. They still attack with
maces and crossbows! Of course, some are just a bit more advanced, armed with
electric batons that deal a lot of damage. The same strategies against
Villagers and Cultists apply. The funniest thing about them is how they scream
when you stun them with a shot in the head. In fact, some of them scream like
a whimpering mongrel! I also like the sounds they make when they spot you.
"Appleale!" is my favourite cry.
J.J.
Recommended weapon against him: Broken Butterfly, Semi-auto rifle
J.J. is the Ganados' equivalent of Rambo, wearing a long line of bullets. He's
tall, burly, heavily armoured and attacks with his machine gun. Fortunately,
they are not instantly lethal given enough health. If you are standing far
away from him, normal bullets will not stop him in his tracks, only the Broken
Butterfly or semi-automatic rifle will. 5 magnum shots or 8 shots of the rifle
to the head will often be enough. If you are lucky enough to be close, blast
him in the head repeatedly with the Striker.
Regenerator
Attacks: Grab and bite, tentacle flay
Recommended weapon: Semi-auto rifle with thermal scope
These bad guys are the scariest enemies in the game. Not only do they have a
sinister breathing sound, whenever you shoot off a limb, it grows back almost
immediately! Whatever you do, keep your distance since their attacks hurt a
lot. The key to killing them lies in Luis' Memo 3. Use the thermal scope on
the semi-auto rifle and have a look at the Regenerator's body from a distance.
See the red dots on his body? Those are the Plagas. Shoot a red dot and it
will disappear, causing the Regenerator to fall back in pain. Shoot every
single red dot and the Regenerator's upper body will explode! Later on, you'll
find Regenerators with spikes on their bodies. Those are Iron Maidens, more on
them later.
-----------------
39. Boss battles
-----------------
[RE39]
Del Lago
Attacks: Sneaky ram, long range charge Health: ~11 harpoons
Del Lago is the resident monster of the lake, 10 times meaner than the Loch
Ness Monster. He will drag you around the place. However, this doesn't mean
that the boat is out of control, you can still steer it. At the start, you
will be dragged into a series of floating logs. Tilt the control stick to the
right to dodge the first one. You can have enough time to throw a harpoon at
him before he dives into the water.
When he dives into the water, he will reemerge a second later and attempt to
ram your boat. You can anticipate this by always steering the boat to the left
whenever he dives. Afterwards, he will attempt to drag you into even more
floating logs, so prepare for evasive manoeuvres. If for whatever reason you
end up knocked off the boat (due to crashing into the log or into Del Lago),
shake the Wii Remote rapidly to swim back to your boat. Otherwise, you may be
devoured.
Sometimes, Del Lago dives into the water and all goes quiet. This is because
he is preparing for a long range charge. The onscreen cursors will help you
pinpoint the exact direction from which Del Lago is coming from. Just use the
control stick to turn until you do not see any red arrow on either side of the
screen. You can tell by the splashing of the water in the distance. Aim at him
with your Wii remote and press A to throw the harpoons at this point. You
should be able to throw at least 3 before he dives back down into the water.
The battle continues. After about 11 harpoons, Del Lago will suffer mortal
damage and sink to the bottom of the lake. But it's not over!
Leon finds the anchor rope wrapped around his leg. He has to cut off the rope
fast to avoid being dragged down with Del Lago's heavy corpse. When the game
tells you to cut the rope, shake the Wii Remote left and right and the rope
will be cut. After it's cut, you can breathe a sigh of relief.
El Gigante
Attacks: Ground punch, kick, tree swing, boulder roll
Health: 7-9 shotgun shells to expose his parasite
El Gigante is serious business. He attacks by brute force. He can swing his
fist down to you, and attempt to punch you flat into the ground. He can also
kick you like a football. So, keep your distance from him. His ranged attacks
are easy to avoid. He may grab a tree and swing at you. In that case, either
press A and B simultaneously or swing to Wii Remote to the left to dodge,
whatever instruction is on screen. He may grab a boulder and roll it at you
like a bowling ball. In that case, Keep running in a straight line
perpendicular to the direction the boulder is coming from to avoid it.
El Gigante cannot be defeated by conventional methods. Your weapons only serve
to expose his weakness. Fire your shotgun at him from a distance. It takes
between seven to nine shots for him to feel the pain. He will kneel down, and
a parasite will pop out of his back. In that case, run up to him, and press A
to climb on his back. Then swing the Wii Remote left and right repeatedly to
slash at the parasite with your knife. You will then be knocked off, and the
process repeats again.
If you have helped the dog out of the bear trap early in the game, the dog
will come and distract El Gigante, making it easier to beat him. After you
have slashed his parasite twice (and fired between 14-16 shotgun shells), El
Gigante will scream in pain and drop dead, as you have killed his parasite. If
you are close to him when he falls down, you may have to dodge his body by
swinging the Wii Remote to the left when the game instructs you to do so. Now
that he's dead, grab your cash prize: 15000 pesetas.
Chief Mendez
Attacks:
Claw slam, Grab, Claw swing (only after he is detached)
Number of shots needed to detach him from his lower body:
Red9 (1.8 firepower): 32+ shots
Number of shots needed to defeat him afterwards:
Red9 + Shotgun: 6 shotgun shots and 20+ Red9 shots
Mendez has turned himself into some centipede like creature! His main weapon
is his claw, which he uses to smack you silly. He can also grab you with them.
In that case, shake the Wii Remote rapidly to break free. Mendez's weak spot
is his thorax (or spine), shoot him in the spine continuously with the Red9,
but keep your distance. The best strategy will be to quickly shoot him 10
times, then run around him to the other end of the barn and reload. Then turn
around and shoot him 10 times again. If you are fast enough, you should not
get hurt. Sometimes, he will flinch backwards in pain for a short time,
bending his thorax backwards. If you shoot him at that point, you will deal
more damage than usual.
After over 30 shots, Mendez's spine will snap and fall off, leaving his upper
body. He now relies on swinging on the beams of the barn for movement. He
swings from beam to beam with his claws like a monkey! At this point, take out
your shotgun and shoot him as he springs around. Once it's empty, don't reload
it. Change back to the Red9. As before, you should keep your distance. When he
is close up to you, he will attempt to swing his claw at you. This attack can
take off more than half of your health! To avoid it, simply run out of the
way. The best place to shoot at him remains at the two ends of the barn.
After about 20 or so shots of the Red9, Mendez will fall onto the ground. He
makes one last scream and drops dead for real. His False Eye drops off. Go
over to his corpse and take it. So this is what he means by "before my sight"!
Get the cash, and you will receive another 30000 Pesetas for killing him. The
Village's Last Defense is down!
Salazar's Right Hand
Attacks: Claw slash, claw slam, tail whip, ceiling grab
Health: 14+ shots with the Broken Butterfly (20.0 firepower)
Salazar's right hand is one tough cookie, not only does he growl like some old
fashioned speedboat engine, he can't be damaged by normal means. Fortunately,
most of his claw attacks can be dodged if you react fast enough to the
onscreen prompts.
At first, you must run past him quickly and hope he doesn't hit you. Turn
right at the first moment and get to the red gas canister. Tip it over and the
gas will leak out, freezing the Right Hand. It's liquid nitrogen! While he's
freezing, shoot him with the Broken Butterfly, this is when he's the most
vulnerable. Take the opportunity to blast him with magnum slugs. When he's
overcome the cold, run around the room, avoiding his attacks. Sometimes, the
Right Hand will attack four times in a row, requiring you to press four
combinations of buttons to avoid damage. It's very hard and it pays to have
sharp reflexes.
Eventually, the shutter will open. Run out to the hallway. You will come to
another canister of liquid nitrogen. Knock it over when the boss is close.
Shoot him again while he's shivering. Enter the next room, and repeat the
knocking over procedure. If the boss doesn't die at this point, the final
liquid nitrogen canister is located in the room after where you are. It took
me all my magnum rounds (14 of them) before the boss shatters into many
pieces. He drops a Crown Jewel, which can be combined with the crown.
Dos Gigantes
Number of shots to expose his parasite: 6 shots of the Broken Butterfly (25.0
firepower)
Yup, it's time for TWO Gigantes. Fortunately, you can half their strength by a
simply procedure. See the platform accessible by a ladder? Go over and climb
up there. Head to the slider and wait until both Gigantes are close by.
Quickly grab the slider and slide over to the lever before they start to shake
the platform. Press A at the lever to operate it, press it again when one of
the Gigantes are on the circular hatch in the center of the room. The hatch
will open, dumping a Gigante into the lava below!
At this point, the typical hit and run techniques apply as your previous
meeting, but you'll be using the Broken Butterfly. When the hatch is still
over, avoid the lava pool, since the Gigante down there may attempt to grab
you in with him. Once the hatch closes, it's very easy. Just shoot him 6 times
with the Broken Butterfly to expose his parasite for the first time, and climb
onto his back to slash it. Another 7 shots should expose the parasite again,
so slash! Run out of the way when he's about to fall on you.
Salazar
Attacks: Tentacle whip, tentacle slam, devour (instant death)
Health: 1 Rocket
This fight is a cinch with the rocket launcher. At the start, avoid his
tentacles and shoot his mandible in the eye repeatedly with the Red9. Salazar
will laugh how it tickles. Eventually, the protective casing around Salazar's
body will open up, allowing you to damage him. Just take out the rocket
launcher, aim at his body and fire. He will begin to yell, "That tickles!"
Yeah right, the rocket tickles. He lets out one final scream and collapses
while the mandible falls to the ground. One hit KO! That's too easy.
It
Attacks: Claw swipe, pincer attack, burrowing attack
Health: 20 shots of the Broken Butterfly (28.0 firepower)
When the fight begins, run over to the lever on the wall and pull it. The bars
to the right will be raised, revealing a tunnel. Run through, past the red
barrel and pick up the handgun bullets. Go over to the lever and pull it. The
bars are raised. Turn around. Wait till "it" is next to the barrel and shoot
it. This will deal some damage to it. Go out of the tunnel and pull the lever
to the right. The bars come down, trapping "it" inside the tunnel. At this
point, you are safe for the time being. Back off slightly and take out your
Rifle. Fire countless rounds into it until it burrows into the ground.
At this point, you are to watch for the dodge instructions that show up on the
screen. When the requested action shows up, do it quickly to dodge its claw
stab attack. You may have to perform up to 4 dodges before "it" resurfaces.
Once it resurfaces, continue your barrage of magnum rounds. Just watch out for
its pincers. When you have shot "it" enough times, "it" should die. Otherwise,
pepper it with a few shotgun shells.
With "it" dead, grab the money and go out of the room and go through the door.
Go up the stairs, take the Green Herb and climb up the ladder.
Krauser
Attacks: Kick, claw swipe, horizontal claw stab, vertical claw stab (instant
death)
Health: 5 shots of the Broken Butterfly (50.0 firepower)
If you have upgraded your Broken Butterfly to the max, this fight is a
cakewalk. Although Krauser's claw acts as a shield, it doesn't cover every
part of his body, so you can exploit his Achilles' heel by shooting him in the
foot! He should flinch in pain, revealing his body. Shoot him again at this
point. He will stand up and hold up his claw. Repeat this procedure till he's
dead. Just be aware that Krauser still retains his finesse. He can whizz
around, dodging your bullets if you don't shoot fast enough. But if does
manage to get close, you'd probably have half a second to aim at him and fire,
thus stopping his attack. If your aim is good, 5 shots will be all you need to
defeat him. Krauser clutches his chest, his Plaga explodes from the inside,
and he falls down dead.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| IX. CONCLUSION |
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Here's where I have to say goodbye. Resident Evil 4 is the first game I bought
for my new Wii and the only version of the game I played. The controls are
what won me over really. I am sure this is why it's one of the many third
party million sellers we have so far (at December 2007). Some people may call
it a port of a 2 year old game, but for many people who are newly introduced
to gaming thanks to a Wii, it's a new one and definitely a killer application.
With Wii sales going so well, overtaking those of Xbox 360, here's hoping that
Capcom would provide a version of the next Resident Evil (scheduled for 2009)
for the Wii, just like how they "betrayed" Nintendo in 2005.
Resident Evil 4 boasts a lot of replayability with so many weapons to try out,
so if you play at a conservative rate, it could last for more than a month.
Anyways, this guide is intended for GameFAQs only, so don't bother asking me
for permission to post it on your site. Thanks.